All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

First published on April 15, 2024

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

Accusing countries of alleged intentions or ongoing programs to acquire weapons of mass destruction (WMDs) has long been the mainstay of America’s foreign policy.

Regardless of whether it was a completely unfounded claim or one based on solid intelligence, the openly imperialist foreign policy of the United States is such that it’s virtually impossible to survive it without resorting to WMDs.

North Korea is probably the most prominent example of this, as the small country (relative to its neighbors) was being directly threatened by the US only half a decade ago, while it now fields an arsenal worthy of a “pocket superpower”.

Worse yet for the Pentagon, Pyongyang now also has a robust tactical arsenal, in addition to its strategic one that can reach virtually any target in the continental US. Interestingly, this now includes hypersonic weapons, a field in which Washington DC is now lagging behind Pyongyang, Beijing and Moscow.

Ironically, if the US stops complaining about a country having nuclear weapons (or any other type of WMDs), then that country is safe, as Washington DC will know it can’t act with impunity.

However, when a country most likely doesn’t have WMDs, the US keeps accusing and threatening it before launching an illegal full-scale invasion.

The example of Iraq serves as a painful lesson of that strategy.

The whole world remembers the decades of US/NATO aggression in that unfortunate country, as well as millions of dead, wounded, displaced, etc. However, that’s obviously not enough, as Washington DC has been eyeing other countries in the region, particularly Iraq’s neighbor Iran. And yet, the window of opportunity for a successful conventional conflict with Tehran is effectively gone, as Americans are increasingly uninterested in joining the US military and its endless wars in the Middle East and elsewhere.

For decades, the US has been trying to keep Iran as one of its priority targets, with constant accusations that Tehran is supposedly in possession of either a working WMD, particularly a (thermo)nuclear weapon, or it’s allegedly close to fielding one. Virtually the same narrative is being recycled to this very day, which further suggests that Washington DC wants to keep the “bomb Tehran” option relevant for as long as possible. Just last week, the mainstream propaganda machine insisted that “Iran edges close to weapons capability”. Namely, according to Western media, the Middle Eastern superpower has been “edging close” and “it’s about to build [nuclear] weapons” for well over 20 years now. The US has been using this narrative to build capabilities that are part of the Pentagon’s new doctrine that essentially boils down to a rather liberal usage of low-yield thermonuclear weapons.

Such a possibility is quite concerning, particularly against the backdrop of the latest clashes between Iran and Israel. Iranian strikes over the weekend, a response to the previous Israeli airstrike on its consulate building in Damascus that killed several high-ranking officers, showed that Tehran has the capability to strike targets anywhere in the Middle East. And while Israel and its allies insist that the strike was unsuccessful as they’ve managed to intercept 99% of the missiles and drones, the available footage shows that such claims are overoptimistic, to say the least. Either way, Iran demonstrated a very robust long-range strike capability. This further undermines Washington DC’s conventional capabilities against Tehran, as the Pentagon is simply unable to field enough forces for any sort of action against it. However, it should be noted that the US has been threatening Iran well before its latest clashes with Israel.

Namely, on February 4, US National Security Advisor Jake Sullivan refused to rule out the possibility of strikes inside Iran. US/NATO attacks on the Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps (IRGC) and its allied militias in Iraq and Syria were already underway at the time. However, once again, the viability of strikes inside Iran is not the best, as there are close to 90 million people in the country, which also has a very robust domestic military industry, as well as a sizeable stockpile of ballistic missiles and drones, as demonstrated during the latest events over the weekend. In addition, as previously mentioned, the US itself is also a far cry from 2003 when it could muster hundreds of thousands of soldiers, as well as those of its vassals and satellite states. In other words, the Pentagon simply doesn’t have the conventional forces to pull off pretty much anything meaningful against Iran or even its proxies in the area.

So, what option does that leave the US with? Well, WMDs, of course. And indeed, Washington DC has an undisclosed number of W76-2 warheads with an extremely low yield of 2-7 kt (kilotons of TNT). This is upwards of only 10% of the destructive power of the “Fat Man” atomic bomb dropped on Nagasaki on August 9, 1945. Basic military logic implies that using such weapons against near-peer adversaries is pointless. For instance, a country like Russia that has multi-megaton monstrosities such as the unrivaled RS-28 “Sarmat” and whose retaliation would devastate the entire NATO, would certainly not tolerate it. Thus, the only viable explanation is that the US wants to use such warheads in a conflict with a non-nuclear power. Faced with dwindling conventional capabilities, America is left with only one way to try to blackmail the rest of the world into accepting its vaunted “rules-based world order” – nuclear war.

This is also completely in line with the overall US military strategy – attack only those who can’t shoot back. For the time being, Iran is the only major rival without thermonuclear weapons (officially at least), making it the “perfect target”. However, this still leaves the obvious question – what if Tehran has thermonuclear weapons? Nobody could blame Iran for wanting to protect itself from any hostile forces seeking to enslave or destroy it, but the prospect of an uncontrollable escalation still remains strong, meaning that restraint should be exercised by all sides and backdoor channels should be kept open at all times. The main issue lies in the fact that the US is desperate to prevent the enlargement of BRICS+, a truly historically unprecedented effort to create a better world in which there’s an actual functioning international law and where (neo)colonialism will be suppressed (if not eradicated once and for all).

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Drago Bosnic is an independent geopolitical and military analyst. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from InfoBrics

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Visit and follow us on InstagramTwitter and Facebook. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

First published on January 28, 2023

***

 

 

 

Historical Analysis of the Global Elite:
Ransacking the World Economy Until ‘You’ll Own Nothing.’

 

By Robert J. Burrowes

 


About the Author

 

Robert has done extensive research since 1966 in an effort to understand why human beings are violent and has been a geopolitical analyst since 1971. Since becoming a nonviolent activist in 1981, he has been involved in many nonviolent action campaigns and been arrested for nonviolent acts of conscience about 30 times. He is the author of The Strategy of Nonviolent Defense: A Gandhian Approach and Why Violence?

His email address is [email protected] and his website is here.

He is a regular contributor to ‘Global Research’.

 


Table of Contents

 

Preface

Acknowledgments

Introduction

Chapter I

A Brief Economic History

Chapter II

Who Is the Global Elite and How Does It Operate?

Chapter III

The US Federal Reserve System

Chapter IV

The Bank for International Settlements

Chapter V

World War II and What Followed

Chapter VI

The Post World War II Superstructure to Transform World Order, Destroy the World Economy and Capture All Wealth

Chapter VII

The Coup de Grâce: The Great Reset

Chapter VIII

Collapsing the Global Economy

Chapter IX

The Rothschilds and Transhumanism

Chapter X

So What Can We Do About This?

Conclusion

 


Preface

 

My father was a Coastwatcher during World War II and while he survived the war, both of his brothers were killed. His older brother, Bob, was killed when the unmarked and unescorted Japanese POW ship, Montevideo Maru, was torpedoed by the USS Sturgeon off the coast of the Philippines on 1 July 1942. Bob had been captured during the fall of Rabaul five months earlier. Dad’s twin brother, Tom, was shot down over Rabaul on 14 December 1943. It was his first mission. As a child, my father took my brother and me to an annual service at the Shrine of Remembrance to commemorate the death of his brothers.

Answering the question ‘Why do human beings kill each other?’ so that I might know how to end it, became my life passion.

But my investigation was still young when my search led me into a ‘minefield’ of issues and complexities. Surely someone already had the answer. But where was it? In the field of history, religion, politics, economics, sociology or psychology? All of these? Somewhere else? And was there a common thread explaining the violence of war and the violence of racism and the starvation the newspapers told me was happening in Africa? And would any ‘common thread’ explain destruction of the environment too? Where should I investigate first? Unfortunately but instructively, teachers at school and then University all had different answers to my fundamental question. And none of them felt compelling to me.

Clearly, I consciously conceded after a few years, the answer to my question was not as simple as posing the question had been. And, it seemed, I needed a much clearer sense of how the world worked. A political sociology class I attended in 1971 referenced a book written by C. Wright Mills: The Power Elite. If nothing else, reading this book made me realize that the world did not work as I had been taught. So I now sought to answer the question ‘Why Violence?’ with an awareness of my need to understand, far more deeply, how the world really worked.

And so, with the benefit of more than 50 years of investigation behind me, when prominent global and national figures starting expressing concern about the threat supposedly posed by a novel coronavirus in early 2020, some brief research soon revealed that there was no documented scientific proof that a unique ‘virus’ had been isolated and it was just the latest medical hoax to be perpetrated on humanity. From there, it was an easy step to identify and comprehend the basic components of this latest (technocratic) stage in the Elite program to impose control over all humanity. Still, after nearly three years, it felt like it was time to spell out, more fully, how what is happening now had a 5,000 year ‘lead time’. So this is my attempt to do so.

 


Acknowledgements

 

I thank Anita McKone, my lovely wife, fellow nonviolent activist and cofounder of ‘We Are Human, We Are Free’, for her thoughtful suggestions to improve the original draft of this investigation.

I extend my gratitude to Professor Michel Chossudovsky, whose investigative capacities, insight and courage has ensured the incredible value of his own contributions in exposing the Elite program but also in making ‘Global Research’ the premier news/analysis site for those resisting the ‘Great Reset’ and its fourth industrial revolution, transhumanist and eugenicist components.

And I thank my parents, Beryl and James Burrowes, both veterans of World War II and 99 years of age, for their unfailing love and support no matter where my investigation and nonviolent actions take me.

 


 

Introduction

 

According to a video published by the World Economic Forum in 2016, by 2030 ‘You’ll Own Nothing. And You’ll Be Happy.’ See 8 predictions for the world in 2030’.

Clearly, if this prediction is to come true, then many things must happen. Let me identify why the World Economic Forum believes it will happen and then investigate these claims. Among other questions, I will examine whether those who will own nothing will include the Rothschild, Rockefeller and other staggeringly wealthy families. Or, perhaps, whether they just mean people like you and me.

In fact, a primary intention behind the Elite’s ongoing technocratic coup, initiated in January 2020, is to kill off a substantial proportion of the human population, fundamentally reshape world order including by turning those humans left alive into transhuman slaves, drive the global economy to collapse and implement the final redistribution of global wealth from everyone else to this Elite. Let me start with the briefest of histories so that what is happening can be understood as the ultimate conclusion of a long-standing agenda, identify who I mean by the ‘Global Elite’ (and its agents), then present the evidence to explain how this is happening and, most importantly, a comprehensive strategy to defeat it.

Needless to say, in the interests of keeping this study manageable, many critical historical events – including how imperialism and colonialism, the international slave trade, a great number of wars and coups, Wall Street support for the Bolshevik Revolution in Russia in 1917 and precipitation of the Great Depression in 1929, were used to advance the Elite program – are not addressed in this investigation. But for accounts of the latter two events which provide evidence consistent with the analysis offered below, see Wall Street and The Bolshevik Revolution and The Secrets of the Federal Reserve.

 


 

Chapter I
A Brief Economic History

 

Following the Neolithic revolution 12,000 years ago, agriculture allowed human settlement to supersede the hunter-gatherer economy. However, while the Neolithic revolution occurred spontaneously in several parts of the world, some of the Neolithic societies that emerged in Asia, Europe, Central America and South America resorted to increasing degrees of social control, ostensibly to achieve a variety of social and economic outcomes, including increased efficiency in food production.

Civilizations emerged just over 5,000 years ago and, utilizing this higher degree of social control, were characterized by towns or cities, efficient food production allowing a large minority of the community to be engaged in more specialized activities, a centralized bureaucracy and the practice of skilled warfare. See ‘A Critique of Human Society since the Neolithic Revolution’.

With the emergence of civilization, elites of a local nature (such as the Pharoahs of Egypt), elites with imperial reach (including Roman emperors), elites of a religious nature (such as Popes and officials of the Vatican), elites of an economic character (particularly the City of London Corporation) and elites of a ‘national’ type (especially the monarchies of Europe) progressively emerged, essentially to manage the administration associated with maintaining and expanding their realms (political, economic and/or religious).

The Peace of Westphalia in 1648 formally established the nation-state system in Europe. Enriched by the long-standing and profitable legacy of their control over local domestic populations, support for the imperial conquest of non-European lands, colonial subjugation of indigenous peoples and the international slave trade, European elites, backed by military violence, were able to impose a long series of changes over national political, economic and legal systems which facilitated the emergence of industrial capitalism in Europe in the 18th century.

These interrelated political, economic and legal changes facilitated scientific research that was increasingly geared towards utilizing new resources and technological innovation that drove the ongoing invention of machinery and the harnessing of coal-fired power to make industrial production possible.

Beyond this, and following several centuries of more and less formal versions of it, Elite political and economic imperatives drove the ‘legal’ enclosure of the Commons to force people off their land and into the poorly-paid labour force needed in the emerging industrial cities. In these cities, an ongoing series of developments in the organization of work in factories, electrification, banking, and other changes and technologies dramatically expanded the gap between rich and poor. Along with subsequently imposed changes to education and, later, healthcare, national economies and the global economy were increasingly structured to profoundly disconnect ‘ordinary’ people from their land, traditional knowledge and long-standing healthcare practices to make them dependent while dramatically reinforcing an institutional reality progressively consolidated since the dawn of human civilization: Elite control ensured that the economy perpetually redistributed wealth from those who have less to those who have more.

As noted by Adam Smith, for example, in his classic work An Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations published in 1775: ‘All for ourselves, and nothing for other people, seems, in every age of the world, to have been the vile maxim of the masters of mankind’.

And this was exemplified, for example, by the 150-year struggle between the bankers working to establish a privately-owned central bank in the newly independent United States and those Presidents (such as Andrew Jackson and Abraham Lincoln) and members of Congress who worked tirelessly to defeat it. In fact: ‘Most of the founding fathers realized the potential dangers of banking and feared bankers’ accumulation of wealth and power.’ Why?

Dividend Day at the Bank of England, 1770 (Licensed under the Public Domain)

Having observed how the privately-owned British central bank, the Bank of England, had run up the British national debt to such an extent that Parliament had been forced to place unfair taxes on the American colonies, the founders in the US understood the evils of a privately-owned central bank, which Benjamin Franklin later claimed was the real cause of the American Revolution.

As James Madison, principal author of the US Constitution argued: ‘History records that the Money Changers used every form of abuse, intrigue, deceit, and violent means possible to maintain their control over governments by controlling money, and its issuance.’ Another founder, Thomas Jefferson, put it this way: ‘I sincerely believe that banking institutions are more dangerous to our liberties than standing armies. The issuing power should be taken from the banks and restored to the people to whom it properly belongs.’ As it turns out, the battle over who would get the power to issue US money raged from 1764, changing hands eight times, until the bankers’ final deceitful victory in 1913 with the establishment of the Federal Reserve System. ‘The battle over who gets to issue our money has been the pivotal issue throughout the history of the United States. Wars are fought over it. Depressions are caused to acquire it. Yet after WWI, this battle was rarely mentioned in the newspapers or history books. Why? By WWI, the Money Changers with their dominant wealth had seized control of most of the nation’s press.’ Watch The Money Masters: How International Bankers Gained Control of America (with the relevant section of the four-part transcript of the video available here: The Money Masters: Part I.)

Why the objection to a private central bank? Well, consider the formation and ownership of the inaccurately named Bank of England, established in 1694.

By the end of the C17th, England was in financial ruin: 50 years of more or less continuous wars with France and Holland had depleted it. So government officials asked the bankers for the loans necessary to pursue their political purposes. What did these bankers want in return? ‘The price was high: a government-sanctioned, privately owned bank which could issue money created out of nothing.’ It became the world’s first privately-owned central bank and, although it was deceptively called the Bank of England to make people think it was part of the government, it was not. Moreover, like any other private corporation, the Bank of England sold shares to get started. ‘The investors, whose names were never revealed, were supposed to put up 1,250,000 British pounds in gold coins, to buy their shares in the bank. But only 750,000 pounds was ever received.’ Despite that, the bank was duly chartered in 1694 and started the business of loaning out several times the money it supposedly had in reserves, all at interest.

Let me restate that for clarity: The British government legislated to create a privately-owned central bank (that is, a bank owned by a small group of wealthy individuals) that loaned out vast amounts of money it did not have so that it could make a profit by charging interest.

This practice is called ‘fractional reserve banking’ to make it sound like some sophisticated economic concept rather than a deceitful practice that, should you or I do it, we would be jailed. ‘In exchange the Bank would loan the British politicians as much of the new currency as they wanted, as long as they secured the debt by direct taxation of the British people.’ In other words, the Bank could not lose.

So, as William T. Still notes: ‘legalization of the Bank of England amounted to nothing less than the legal counterfeiting of a national currency for private gain.’

‘Unfortunately’, he goes on, ‘nearly every nation now has a privately controlled central bank, using the Bank of England as their basic model. Such is the power of these central banks, that they soon take total control over a nation’s economy. It soon amounts to nothing else than a plutocracy, rule by the rich.’ Watch The Money Masters: How International Bankers Gained Control of America (with the relevant section of the four-part transcript of the video available here: The Money Masters: Part I.)

Before proceeding, if how the banking system works isn’t your strong point, this brief video does a good job of spelling out essential points in a non-technical way. Watch ‘Banking – the Greatest Scam on Earth’.

And for a thoughtful explanation of the meaning and history of money, see Nick Szabo’s superb article  ‘Shelling Out: The Origins of Money’.

In any case, the fundamental point is simple: After 5,000 years, the various processes by which local elites, then ‘national’ elites, then international elites, and now the Global Elite have continuously asserted their control to enhance their capacity to shape how the world works and to accumulate wealth has now reached its climax. Thus we are on the brink of being herded into an Elite-controlled technocracy in which, as the World Economic Forum makes clear: By 2030 ‘You’ll Own Nothing. And You’ll Be Happy.’

So you will own nothing.

And why would you be happy about that? Because you will be a transhuman slave: an organism that no longer even owns their own mind.

 


Chapter II
Who Is the Global Elite and How Does It Operate?

 

Many authors have, directly or indirectly, addressed this question and each has come up with their own nuanced combination of wealthy individuals and families, their political connections, as well as the financial instruments and organizational structures through which their power is gained and exercised.

For the purposes of this study, I am going to define the Global Elite as those families that had acquired their vast wealth and firmly established their preeminent political and economic power in global society by the end of the 19th century. These families have thus played the central role in shaping institutions and events both before but also since that time, thus providing the framework in which other wealthy people have since emerged.

In order to perform their fundamental role in shaping the modern world to serve their purposes, this Elite has facilitated the creation of a vast network of agents – corporations, institutions, other families and individuals – who are owned and/or controlled by this Elite and act as ‘fronts’ to advance Elite interests. In any given period, the Elite families remain largely unchanged (while succeeding generations of individuals further the families’ interests) but the organizational and individual agents through which these families work vary, depending on Elite aims in the contexts it precipitates.

A landmark Rothschild Palace in Frankfurt, Germany, Villa Günthersburg (photographed 1855) (Licensed under the Public Domain)

Let me briefly illustrate my approach by using one family – the ‘House of Rothschild’ – as a case study before moving onto a wider description of how Elite families use their wealth to shape corporations, institutions, events and people to serve their own purposes.

This example is drawn from the official Rothschild Archive and two (sometimes conflicting) Rothschild-authorized accounts of the family’s history written at different times. See The Rothschild Archive, The House of Rothschild – Money’s Prophets, 1798-1848 and The Rothschilds: A Family Portrait.

In addition, the account draws on sources that report neutrally on Rothschild involvement as well as some sources that are critical. These sources are cited in context below.

By the mid-18th century, the ancestors of Mayer Amschel had long been small merchants in the town ghetto of Frankfurt. But, as a Jew without a family name and before street numbering was used, Mayer was also known by the name some ancestors had used on the house sign where they once lived: Rothschild (Red Shield). With more ability than other merchants and having been sent to learn the rudiments of business in the firm of Wolf Jakob Oppenheim, he became a dealer in rare coins, medals and antiques, the buyers of which were almost invariably aristocratic collectors, including William, Hereditary Prince of Hesse-Kassel. It was this business that enabled Mayer Amschel to accumulate the capital to move into banking, a natural outgrowth of his policy of extending credit to some of his clients. His wealth started to increase rapidly as he focused more on state and merchant banking, both local and international.

With a policy of seeking little profit from interest on loans while seeking trade concessions in other areas, seeking clientele only among ‘the noblest personages in Germany’, secret bookkeeping in parallel with the official one and, later, deploying his five sons to replicate his style and activities in England (Nathan, who, after a few years in Manchester, established himself in the City of London), Paris (Jakob, known as James), Naples (Kalman, or Carl), Vienna (Salomon) as well as Frankfurt (where eldest son Amschel eventually succeeded father Mayer), the Rothschild dynasty and ‘multinational business model’ quickly established itself throughout Europe. Critically, it was serviced by the maintenance of close relationships with leading political figures and salaried agents working in financial markets who provided essential political and commercial news, as well as private communications channels (including coaches with secret compartments) that worked with enormous efficiency.

And it was this ‘Red Shield’ communication network, later operating under Royal patronage, combined with a certain audacity, that enabled the Rothschilds to profit handsomely from a variety of adverse circumstances including the restrictions on trade between England and the continent which characterized the Napoleonic period, and the Napoleonic Wars as well. This included smuggling vast amounts of contraband goods from England to the continent and transferring a substantial hoard of gold bullion through France to finance the feeding of Wellington’s army.

Most spectacularly, and despite family efforts to suppress awareness of this fact, the Rothschilds profited enormously from their privileged notice that Wellington defeated Napoleon at Waterloo in 1815, as recorded by William T. Still and Patrick S.J. Carmack in their 3.5 hour documentary

The Money Masters: How International Bankers Gained Control of America (with the relevant section of the four-part transcript of the video available here:

The Money Masters: Part II.)

How did this happen?

Following a long series of wars across Europe and the eastern Mediterranean, during which he was very successful, rapidly promoted and, in 1804, elected Emperor of France, Napoleon was eventually defeated. He abdicated and was exiled to Elba, an island off the Tuscan coast, in 1814 but escaped nine months later in February 1815.

As he returned to Paris, French troops were sent out to capture Napoleon but such was his charisma that ‘the soldiers rallied around their old leader and hailed him as their emperor once again.’ And, having borrowed funds to rearm, in March 1815 Napoleon’s freshly equipped army marched out to be ultimately defeated by Britain’s Duke of Wellington at Waterloo less than three months later. As Still remarks: ‘Some writers claimed Napoleon borrowed 5 million pounds from the Bank of England to rearm. But it appears these funds actually came from Ubard Banking House in Paris. Nevertheless, from about this point on, it was not unusual for privately controlled central banks to finance both sides in a war.’

‘Why would a central bank finance opposing sides in a war?’ Still asks. ‘Because war is the biggest debt generator of them all. A nation will borrow any amount for victory. The ultimate loser is loaned just enough to hold out the vain hope of victory, and the ultimate winner is given enough to win. Besides, such loans are usually conditioned upon the guarantee that the victor will honor the debts of the vanquished.’

Image: Nathan Mayer Rothschild (Licensed under the Public Domain)

Nathan Rothschild.jpg

While the outcome of the battle at Waterloo was certainly in doubt, back in London Nathan Rothschild planned to use the outcome, no matter who won or lost, to try to seize control over the British stock and bond market and possibly even the Bank of England. How did he do this? Here is one account. ‘Rothschild stationed a trusted agent, a man named Rothworth, on the north side of the battlefield, closer to the English Channel.’ Once the battle had been decided, at the cost of many thousands of French, English and other European lives, Rothworth headed immediately for the Channel. He delivered the news to Nathan Rothschild, a full 24 hours before Wellington’s own courier arrived with the news.

Rothschild hurried to the stock market and, with all eyes on him given the Rothschild’s legendary communications network was well known, others present observed Rothschild knowing that if Wellington had been defeated, and Napoleon was again at large in Europe, the British financial situation would become grave indeed. Rothschild began selling his consoles (British government bonds). ‘Other nervous investors saw that Rothschild was selling. It could only mean one thing: Napoleon must have won, Wellington must have lost.’

The market plummeted. Soon everyone was selling their own consoles and prices dropped sharply. ‘But then Rothschild started secretly buying up the consoles through his agents for only a fraction of their worth hours before.’

Fallacious? As Still concludes this recounting of the episode: ‘One hundred years later, the New York Times ran the story that Nathan Rothschild’s grandson had attempted to secure a court order to suppress a book with that stock market story in it. The Rothschild family claimed that the story was untrue and libelous. But the court denied the Rothschilds’ request and ordered the family to pay all court costs.’

In any case, having built their initial fortune using various means – some of which, as just illustrated, were neither moral nor legal – throughout the 19th century the Rothschild family continued to accumulate wealth through the international bond market, which they played a key role in developing, as well as other forms of financial business: bullion broking and refining, accepting and discounting commercial bills, direct trading in commodities, foreign exchange dealing and arbitrage, even insurance. The Rothschilds also had a select group of clients – usually royal and aristocratic individuals whom they wished to cultivate – to whom they offered a range of ‘personal banking services’ ranging from large personal loans (such as that to the Austrian Chancellor Prince Metternich) to a first class private postal service (for Queen Victoria). The family also had substantial mining interests and was a major industrial investor backing the construction of railway lines in Europe in the 1830s and 1840s. But, apart from its other interests, the family continued to be heavily involved in ‘the money trade’.

‘From 1870 onwards, London was the centre of Britain’s greatest export: money. Vast quantities of savings and earnings were gathered and invested at considerable profit through the international merchant banks of Rothschild, Baring, Lazard, and Morgan in the City’. See Hidden History: The Secret Origins of the First World War, p. 220.

But what, exactly, is the City?

Image: Coat of arms of the City of London. The Latin motto reads Domine Dirige Nos, “Lord, guide us”. (Licensed under the Public Domain)

The City of London Corporation, an independent square mile in the heart of London, was founded in about AD50 and quickly established itself as an important commercial centre which ultimately gave birth to some of the world’s greatest financial institutions such as the London Stock Exchange, Lloyd’s of London and, in 1694, the Bank of England. The City’s ‘modern period’ is sometimes dated from 1067.

However, as explained by Nicholas Shaxson, the City ‘is an ancient, [semi-foreign] entity lodged inside the British nation state; a “prehistoric monster which had mysteriously survived into the modern world”, as a 19th century would-be City reformer put it…. the corporation is an offshore island inside Britain, a tax haven in its own right.’ Of course, the term ‘tax haven’ is a misnomer, ‘because such places aren’t just about tax. What they sell is escape: from the laws, rules and taxes of jurisdictions elsewhere, usually with secrecy as their prime offering. The notion of elsewhere (hence the term “offshore”) is central. The Cayman Islands’ tax and secrecy laws are not designed for the benefit of the 50,000-odd Caymanians, but help wealthy people and corporations, mostly in the US and Europe, get around the rules of their own democratic societies. The outcome is one set of rules for a rich elite and another for the rest of us.’

In the words of Shaxson:

The City’s ‘elsewhere’ status in Britain stems from a simple formula: over centuries, sovereigns and governments have sought City loans, and in exchange the City has extracted privileges and freedoms from rules and laws to which the rest of Britain must submit. The City does have a noble tradition of standing up for citizens’ freedoms against despotic sovereigns, but this has morphed into freedom for money. See The tax haven in the heart of Britain.

As Gerry Docherty and Jim Macgregor explain it then, by 1870:

City influence and investments crossed national boundaries and raised funds for governments and companies across the entire world. The great investment houses made billions, their political allies and agents grew wealthy…. Edward VII, both as king and earlier as Prince of Wales, swapped friendship and honours for the generous patronage of the Rothschilds, Cassel, and other Jewish banking families like the Montagus, Hirschs and Sassoons…. The Bank of England was completely in the hands of these powerful financiers, and the relationship went unchallenged….

The flow of money into the United States during the nineteenth century advanced industrial development to the immense benefit of the millionaires it created: Rockefeller, Carnegie, Morgan, Vanderbilt and their associates. The Rothschilds represented British interests, either directly through front companies or indirectly through agencies that they controlled. Railroads, steel, shipbuilding, construction, oil and finance blossomed…. These small groups of massively rich individuals on both sides of the Atlantic knew one another well, and the Secret Elite in London initiated the very select and secretive dining club, the Pilgrims, that brought them together on a regular basis. See Hidden History: The Secret Origins of the First World War, p. 220.

To choose one example from those just listed, you can read an official account of the Rothschild family’s early involvement in oil production, including its ‘decisive influence’ in the formation of Royal Dutch Shell, in the Rothschild Archive. See Searching for Oil in Roubaix’.

Beyond their investments in the industries just listed, however, the Rothschilds had significant media interests: Their Paribas Bank ‘controlled the all-powerful news agency Havas, which in turn owned the most important advertising agency in France.’ See Hidden History: The Secret Origins of the First World War, p. 214.

And, by the late 19th century, direct Rothschild investment in major ‘armaments companies’ (now better known as weapons corporations) and related industries was substantial with official biographer Niall Ferguson candidly noting ‘If late-nineteenth-century imperialism had its “military-industrial complex” the Rothschilds were unquestionably part of it.’ See The House of Rothschild – Volume 2 – The World’s Banker, 1849-1998, p. 579.

Of course, as noted previously, the Rothschild family is not the only family that uses its wealth to exercise enormous economic and political power and to profit from war, but the evidence suggests that it has long been the most deeply entrenched in the institutions, including those it has created, that facilitate the exercise of this power. Moreover, it is linked to many other wealthy families through a multitude of arrangements as will be shown.

Consider the following examples of how the power of wealth is exercised and note the names of some other wealthy families.

Invariably working ‘in the background’, elite figures spend considerable time manipulating ‘well-positioned’ people, and none are more adept at this than the Rothschilds. To cite just one of many examples, ‘both the great estates of Balmoral and Sandringham, so intimately associated with the British royal family, were facilitated, if not entirely paid for, through the largess of the House of Rothschild’ thus maintaining the long-standing Rothschild tradition of gifting ‘loans’ – that is, bribes, as the brothers had long before privately acknowledged – to royalty (and other key officials).

Of course, this manipulation of people is done to ensure the creation of particular institutions or to precipitate or facilitate a particular sequence of events. Just one obvious example of this occurred when the British government was manipulated into the Boer War of 1899-1902 by ‘the secret society of Cecil Rhodes’ as it was originally known and of which Lord (Nathan) Rothschild was a founding member along with Alfred, later Lord, Milner who succeeded Rhodes as head of this exclusive secret club. While the British public was given a more palatable pretext for this war via the media, it was fundamentally fought to defend and consolidate the rich South African gold-mining interests of wealthy businesspeople, including the Rothschilds. By the time the war ended, the Transvaal’s gold was finally in their hands. The cost? ‘32,000 deaths in the concentration camps, [of whom more than 26,000 were women and children]; 22,000 British Empire troops were killed and 23,000 wounded. Boer casualties numbered 34,000. Africans killed amounted to 14,000.’ See Hidden History: The Secret Origins of the First World War, pp. 23 & 38-50 and The Anglo-American Establishment: From Rhodes to Cliveden.

 


 

Chapter III
The US Federal Reserve System

 

In his classic work The Creature from Jekyll Island: A Second Look at the Federal Reserve, in which he describes the formation, structure and function of the US Federal Reserve System, which governs banking in the United States, G. Edward Griffin identified the seven men and who they represented, at the secret meeting held at the private resort of J.P. Morgan on Jekyll Island off the coast of Georgia in November 1910 when the System was conceived (and later passed as The Federal Reserve Act in 1913).

The seven men at this meeting represented the great financial institutions of Wall Street and, indirectly, Europe as well: that is, they represented one-quarter of the total wealth of the entire world. They were Nelson W. Aldrich, Republican ‘whip’ in the US Senate, Chair of the National Monetary Commission and father-in-law of John D. Rockefeller Jr.; Henry P. Davison, senior partner of J.P. Morgan Company; Charles D. Norton, President of the 1st National Bank of New York; A. Piatt Andrew, Assistant Secretary of the Treasury; Frank A. Vanderlip, President of the National City Bank of New York, representing William Rockefeller; Benjamin Strong, head of J.P. Morgan’s Bankers Trust Company and later to become head of the System; and Paul M. Warburg, a partner in Kuhn, Loeb & Company, representing the Rothschilds and Warburgs in Europe.

But lest you think that there is some ‘diversity’ here, long-standing ties generated from huge financial injections at crucial times meant that several other key banks owed much to Rothschild wealth. For example, in 1857 a run on U.S. banks saw the bank Peabody, Morgan and Company in deep trouble as four other banks were driven out of business. But Peabody, Morgan and Company was saved by the Bank of England. Why? Who initiated the rescue? According to Docherty and Macgregor, ‘The Rothschilds held immense sway in the Bank of England and the most likely answer is that they intervened to save the firm. Peabody retired in 1864, and Junius Morgan inherited a strong bank with powerful links to Rothschild.’ Junius was the father of J.P. Morgan. See Hidden History: The Secret Origins of the First World War, p. 222.

A similar thing happened when Nathaniel Rothschild headed the Bank of England committee that rescued Barings Bank from imminent collapse in 1890. But other big banks ‘were beholden to or fronts for the Rothschilds…. Like J.P. Morgan, Barings and Kuhn Loeb, the M.M. Warburg Bank owed its survival and ultimate success to Rothschild money.’ To reiterate then: ‘by the early twentieth century numerous major banks, including J.P. Morgan and Barings, and armaments firms, were beholden to or fronts for the Rothschilds.’ And this had many advantages. J.P. Morgan, who was deeply involved with the Pilgrims – an exclusive club that linked major U.K. and U.S. businesspeople – was clearly perceived as an upright Protestant guardian of capitalism, who could trace his family roots to pre-Revolutionary times, so by acting in the interests of the London Rothschilds he shielded their American profits from the poison of anti-Semitism.

But the connections do not end there. Superficially, ‘there were periods of blistering competition between the investment and banking houses, the steel companies, the railroad builders and the two international goliaths of oil, Rockefeller and Rothschilds, but by the turn of the century the surviving conglomerates adopted a more subtle relationship, which avoided real competition.’ A decade earlier, Baron de Rothschild had accepted an invitation from John D. Rockefeller to meet in New York behind the closed doors of Standard Oil’s headquarters on Broadway where they had quickly reached a confidential agreement. ‘Clearly both understood the advantage of monopolistic collusion.’ The apparent rivalry between major stakeholders in banking, industry and commerce has long been a convenient facade, which they are content to leave much of the world believing. See Hidden History: The Secret Origins of the First World War, pp. 222-225.

Marriner S. Eccles Federal Reserve Board Building.jpg

The Marriner S. Eccles Federal Reserve Board Building (commonly known as the Eccles Building or Federal Reserve Building) located at 20th Street & Constitution Avenue NW in the Foggy Bottom neighborhood of Washington, D.C. Designed by architect Paul Philippe Cret in 1935, construction of the Art Deco building was completed in 1937. (Licensed under CC BY-SA 3.0)

Beyond business and financial links of this nature, of course, there is marriage. For example, according to  Dean Henderson: ‘The Warburgs, Kuhn Loebs, Goldman Sachs, Schiffs and Rothschilds have intermarried into one big happy banking family. The Warburg family… tied up with the Rothschilds in 1814 in Hamburg, while Kuhn Loeb powerhouse Jacob Schiff shared quarters with Rothschilds in 1785. Schiff immigrated to America in 1865. He joined forces with Abraham Kuhn and married Solomon Loeb’s daughter. Loeb and Kuhn married each others sisters and the Kuhn Loeb dynasty was consummated. Felix Warburg married Jacob Schiff’s daughter. Two Goldman daughters married two sons of the Sachs family, creating Goldman Sachs. In 1806 Nathan Rothschild married the oldest daughter of Levi Barent Cohen, a leading financier in London.’ See Big Oil and Their Bankers in the Persian Gulf: Four Horsemen, Eight Families and Their Global Intelligence, Narcotics and Terror Network, p. 488.

So to return to the foundation of the US Federal Reserve System, according to Griffin:

The reason for secrecy was simple. Had it been known that rival factions of the banking community had joined together, the public would have been alerted to the possibility that the bankers were plotting an agreement in restraint of trade – which, of course, is exactly what they were doing. What emerged was a cartel agreement with five objectives: stop the growing competition from the nation’s newer banks; obtain a franchise to create money out of nothing for the purpose of lending; get control of the reserves of all banks so that the more reckless ones would not be exposed to currency drains and bank runs; get the taxpayer to pick up the cartel’s inevitable losses; and convince Congress that the purpose was to protect the public. It was realized that the bankers would have to become partners with the politicians and that the structure of the cartel would have to be a central bank. The record shows that the Fed has failed to achieve its stated objectives. That is because those were never its true goals. As a banking cartel, and in terms of the five objectives stated above, it has been an unqualified success.

To reiterate Griffin’s key point: ‘a primary objective of that cartel was to involve the federal government as an agent for shifting the inevitable losses from the owners of those banks to the taxpayers.’ And this is confirmed by the ‘massive evidence of history since the System was created’.

Or, in the words of economics Professor Antony C. Sutton, who carefully detailed the longstanding links between Wall Street and the family of US President Franklin D. Roosevelt, including Roosevelt himself (a banker and speculator from 1921 to 1928): ‘The Federal Reserve System is a legal private monopoly of the money supply operated for the benefit of a few under the guise of protecting and promoting the public interest.’ See Wall Street and F.D.R.

And, as U.S. Congressman Louis Thomas McFadden, chairman of the House Committee on Banking and Currency, observed in 1932: ‘When the Federal Reserve Act was passed, the people of the United States did not perceive that… this country was to supply financial power to an international superstate – a superstate controlled by international bankers and international industrialists acting together to enslave the world for their own pleasure.’ See ‘Speech by Rep. Louis T. McFadden denouncing the Federal Reserve System’.

Equally importantly, creation of the Federal Reserve was just one of many preliminary steps taken over a 25-year period by a select group of men in key positions who conspired to ignite The Great War to both shape the future world order and profit enormously from the death and destruction. You can read detailed accounts of what took place, including key players, their motives and instigation of the Boer War in South Africa, touched on above, as part of the process, in books such as these: Hidden History: The Secret Origins of the First World War, The Anglo-American Establishment: From Rhodes to Cliveden, The House of Rothschild – Volume 2 – The World’s Banker, 1849-1998 and Prolonging the Agony: How the Anglo-American Establishment Deliberately Extended WWI by Three-and-a-Half Years. There is also a thoughtful summary in ‘A crime against humanity: the Great Reset of 1914-1918’ and an excellent video on the subject: ‘The WWI Conspiracy’.

The primary cost of World War I was 20 million human lives, but it was immensely profitable for some.

 


Chapter IV
The Bank for International Settlements

 

Another critical development in this period was the creation of the Bank for International Settlements (BIS) – as ‘the central bank of central banks’ – in 1930. As described by Professor Carroll Quigley, the BIS was the apex of efforts by elite bankers ‘to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole.’

But the push started many years before with Montagu Norman (Bank of England) and Benjamin Strong (the first governor of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York) both committed advocates. ‘In the 1920’s, they were determined to use the financial power of Britain and of the United States to force all the major countries of the world to go on the gold standard and to operate it through central banks free from all political control, with all questions of international finance to be settled by agreements by such central banks without interference from governments.’

Bank for International Settlements.png

All the members of the Bank for international settlements (Licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0)

This system was to be controlled in a feudalist fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret agreements arrived at in frequent private meetings and conferences. The apex of the system was to be the Bank for International Settlements in Basle, Switzerland, a private bank owned and controlled by the world’s central banks which were themselves private corporations. Each central bank, in the hands of men like Montagu Norman of the Bank of England, Benjamin Strong of the New York Federal Reserve Bank, Charles Rist of the Bank of France, and Hjalmar Schacht of the Reichsbank, sought to dominate its government by its ability to control Treasury loans, to manipulate foreign exchanges, to influence the level of economic activity in the country, and to influence cooperative politicians by subsequent economic rewards in the business world. The B.I.S. as a private institution was owned by the seven chief central banks and was operated by the heads of these, who together formed its governing board.

But, Quigley points out:

It must not be felt that these heads of the world’s chief central banks were themselves substantive powers in world finance. They were not. Rather, they were the technicians and agents of the dominant investment bankers of their own countries, who had raised them up and were perfectly capable of throwing them down. The substantive financial powers of the world were in the hands of these investment bankers (also called ‘international’ or ‘merchant’ bankers) who remained largely behind the scenes in their own unincorporated private banks. These formed a system of international cooperation and national dominance which was more private, more powerful, and more secret than that of their agents in the central banks. This dominance of investment bankers was based on their control over the flows of credit and investment funds in their own countries and throughout the world. They could dominate the financial and industrial systems of their own countries by their influence over the flow of current funds through bank loans, the discount rate, and the re-discounting of commercial debts; they could dominate governments by their control over current government loans and the play of the international exchanges. Almost all of this power was exercised by the personal influence and prestige of men who had demonstrated their ability in the past to bring off successful financial coupe, to keep their word, to remain cool in a crisis, and to share their winning opportunities with their associates. In this system the Rothschilds had been preeminent during much of the nineteenth century. See Tragedy & Hope: A History of the World in Our Time, pp. 242-3 & 245.

Ensuring that this select group of international bankers could operate without any form of accountability to any other authority in the world, the BIS ‘Headquarters Agreement with Switzerland’ Articles 4 and 12 specifically identify a range of ‘privileges and immunities’ that, among others, provide that ‘The Bank shall enjoy immunity from jurisdiction’ and ‘members of the Board of Directors of the Bank, together with the representatives of those central banks which are members of the Bank’ with ‘immunity from arrest or imprisonment’. See ‘Agreement between the Swiss Federal Council and the Bank for International Settlements to determine the Bank’s legal status in Switzerland’.

In plain language, the BIS and its members are beyond the reach of governments, key international organizations and the rule of law. They are accountable to no-one. And this is why the BIS was never held to account for its commission of war crimes. See ‘History – the BIS during the Second World War (1939-48)’. For an excellent and detailed account of the Bank for International Settlements, see Adam LeBor’s Tower of Basel: The Shadowy History of the Secret Bank that Runs the World.

Beyond this, as Sutton notes, because politicians sympathetic to financial capitalism and academics with ideas about world control are kept in line with a system of rewards and penalties, ‘in the early 1930s the guiding vehicle for this international system of financial and political control’ was the BIS, headquartered in Basle. The BIS ‘continued its work during World War II as the medium through which the bankers – who… were not at war with each other – continued a mutually beneficial exchange of ideas, information, and planning for the post-war world.’ In this sense only, the war was irrelevant to them. See Wall Street and The Rise of Hitler, pp. 11-12.

So while elite figures, including the Rothschilds, continued to shape institutions and events to restructure world order and make it more profitable for themselves, virtually everyone else in the world was an unwitting victim of their secret programs, many at the cost of their own life. A notable exception was US Major General Smedley Butler who at least spelled out the critical role that war played in wealth creation for the elite. Following more than three decades of highly-decorated service in the US Marine Corp, Butler later described his experience in the following terms: ‘I spent most of my time being a high-class muscle man for Big Business, for Wall Street and for the bankers. In short, I was a racketeer for capitalism.’ See ‘Major General Smedley Butler’.

In his book published in 1935, he wrote: ‘War is a racket. It always has been. It is possibly the oldest, easily the most profitable, surely the most vicious…. It is the only one in which the profits are reckoned in dollars and the losses in lives…. It is conducted for the benefit of the very few, at the expense of the very many. Out of war a few people make huge fortunes.’ He went on to describe some of the individuals and corporations that made huge profits out of World War I. See War Is A Racket.

 


 

Chapter V
World War II and What Followed

 

And, just a few years later, World War II demonstrated that ‘war is a racket’ yet again. By carefully penetrating the cloak of deception behind which it was hidden, Professor Antony C. Sutton considered original documentation and eyewitness accounts to reveal what remains one of the most remarkable and under-reported facts of World War II. In his account of this orchestrated conflagration, Sutton carefully documents how prominent Wall Street banks and US businesses supported Hitler’s rise to power by financing and trading with Nazi Germany, reaching the unsavory conclusion that ‘the catastrophe of World War II was extremely profitable for a select group of financial insiders’ including J.P. Morgan, T.W. Lamont, the Rockefeller interests, General Electric, Standard Oil, and the National City, Chase, and Manhattan banks, Kuhn, Loeb and Company, General Motors, Ford Motor Company, and scores of others in ‘the bloodiest, most destructive war in history’. See Wall Street and The Rise of Hitler.

To illustrate the complex and wide-ranging collaboration between US business interests and the Nazis throughout the war, consider just one example: On the eve of World War II the German chemical complex of I.G. Farben, which included the banker Max Warburg (brother of Paul of the US Federal Reserve) on its Board of Directors, was the largest chemical manufacturing enterprise in the world, with extraordinary political and economic power within Hitler’s Nazi state. The Farben cartel dated from 1925 and had been created with financial assistance from Wall Street by the organizing genius of Hermann Schmitz, a prominent early Nazi who, through I.G. Farben, helped fund Hitler’s seizure of control in March 1933. Schmitz created the super-giant chemical enterprise out of six already giant German chemical companies.

So critical was I.G. Farben to the Nazi war effort that it produced 100% of its lubricating oil and various other products, 95% of its poison gas – ‘enough gas to kill 200 million humans’ – used in the extermination chambers, 84% of its explosives, 70% of its gunpowder, and very high proportions of many other critical products including aviation fuel. As Sutton concludes: ‘Without the capital supplied by Wall Street, there would have been no I.G. Farben in the first place and almost certainly no Adolf Hitler and World War II.’ See Wall Street and The Rise of Hitler, pp.17-20.

The cost in human lives of World War II was 70-85 million. But there was no cost to those Wall Street corporations and their fellow war profiteers that collaborated with Nazi Germany. Just massive profits.

Following World War II

Documenting what had become the long-standing collusion between political, corporate and military elites, sociology Professor C. Wright Mills published his classic work The Power Elite in 1956. This scholarly effort was among the earliest of the post-World War II era to document the nature of the US elite and how it functioned, highlighting the interlocking power of corporate, political and military elites as they exercised control over US national society and went about the task of exploiting the general population.

But a weakness of the account by Mills was his failure to grapple with the already long-standing power of a global elite to manipulate key events in any one country, and certainly the United States, even if much of this was done through the relevant national elite(s).

This ‘global reach’ of the Elite is again clearly apparent in any study of ownership of the world’s oil resources. In his 1975 book The Seven Sisters, Anthony Sampson popularized this collective name for the shadowy oil cartel that, throughout its history, had vigorously worked to eliminate competitors and control the world’s oil. See The Seven Sisters: The Great Oil Companies and the World They Shaped. Several decades later, Dean Henderson simply observed that ‘After a tidal wave of mergers at the turn of the millennium, Sampson’s Seven Sisters were Four Horsemen: Exxon Mobil, Chevron Texaco, BP Amoco and Royal Dutch/Shell.’ Beyond this, however, Henderson noted the following:

The oil wealth generated in the Persian Gulf region is the main source of capital [for the international mega-banks]. They sell the Gulf Cooperation Council sheiks 30-year treasury bonds at 5% interest, then loan the sheiks’ oil money out to Third World governments and Western consumers alike at 15-20% interest. In the process these financial overlords – who produce nothing of economic import – use debt as their lever in consolidating control over the global economy. See Big Oil and Their Bankers in the Persian Gulf: Four Horsemen, Eight Families and Their Global Intelligence, Narcotics and Terror Network, pp. 168, 451.

And, following a series of mergers and then the 2008 banking crisis, four giant banks emerged to dominate the US economy: JP Morgan Chase, Citigroup, Bank of America and Wells Fargo. Moreover, these banks, along with Deutsche Bank, Banque Paribas, Barclays ‘and other European old money behemoths’, own the four oil giants and are also ‘among the top 10 stock holders of virtually every Fortune 500 corporation’ giving them vast control over the global economy. See Big Oil and Their Bankers in the Persian Gulf: Four Horsemen, Eight Families and Their Global Intelligence, Narcotics and Terror Network, pp. 470, 473.

So who owns these banks? By now it should come as no surprise that several scholars at different times during the past 100 years have investigated this issue and come to essentially the same conclusion: the major families, increasingly interrelated by blood, marriage and/or business interests, have simply consolidated their control over the banks. Apart from scholars already mentioned above, in the 1983 revision of his book, Eustace Mullins noted that a few families still controlled the New York City banks which, in turn, hold the controlling stock of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. Mullins identified the families of the Rothschilds, Morgans, Rockefellers, Warburgs and others. See The Secrets of the Federal Reserve, p. 224.

Several scholars have written on the subject of elite power since Mills with Professor Peter Phillips penning the 2018 book Giants: The Global Power Elite which reviews ‘the transition from the nation state power elites described by Mills to a transnational power elite centralized on the control of global capital around the world. The Global Power Elite function as a nongovernmental network of similarly educated wealthy people with common interests of managing, facilitating, and protecting concentrated global wealth and insuring the continued growth of capital.’

Aside from the obvious criticism that Phillips effectively repeats the mistake made by Mills in assuming that there was no pre-existing ‘transnational power elite’ even if in different form, Phillips goes on to usefully identify the world’s top seventeen asset management firms, such as BlackRock and J.P Morgan Chase, that collectively manage (by now) more than $US50 trillion in a self-invested network of interlocking capital that spans the globe.

Image: The WEF logo is seen on a window at the congress center during preparations for the upcoming Annual Meeting 2011 of the World Economic Forum in Davos, Switzerland, January 23, 2011. (Copyright by World Economic Forum, swiss-image.ch/Photo by Jolanda Flubacher)

More precisely, Phillips identifies the 199 individual directors of the seventeen global financial Giants and the importance of those transnational institutions that serve a unifying function – including the World Bank, International Monetary Fund, G20, G7, World Trade Organization (WTO), World Economic Forum  (WEF), Trilateral Commission, Bilderberg Group (with a review of Daniel Estulin’s book The True Story of the Bilderberg Group here: ‘“The True Story of the Bilderberg Group” and What They May Be Planning Now’), Bank for International Settlements and the Council on Foreign Relations (see ‘One World Governance and the Council on Foreign Relations. “We Shall have World Government… by Conquest or Consent.”’) – and particularly two very important global elite policy-planning organizations: the Group of Thirty (which has 32 members) and the extended executive committee of the Trilateral Commission (which has 55 members).

And Phillips carefully explains why and how the Global Elite defends its power, profits and privilege against rebellion by the ‘unruly exploited masses’: ‘the Global Power Elite uses NATO and the US military empire for its worldwide security…. The whole system continues wealth concentration for elites and expanded wretched inequality for the masses.’ Advocating the importance of systemic change and the redistribution of wealth, Phillips goes on to argue that ‘This concentration of protected wealth leads to a crisis of humanity, whereby poverty, war, starvation, mass alienation, media propaganda, and environmental devastation are reaching a species-level threat.’

Hence, it is worth reiterating: War plays an ongoing and vital role in the exercise of Elite power to reshape world order to maximize wealth concentration by the Elite. If you want further evidence of this, you might find these recent reports instructive: the US Congressional Research Service report ‘Instances of Use of United States Armed Forces Abroad, 1798-2022’, the Tufts University Fletcher Center for Strategic Studies report ‘Military Intervention Project (MIP) Research’ and an article and video that summarize and discuss these two reports in US launched 251 military interventions since 1991, and 469 since 1798.

But, as the discussion above and below illustrates, war is not the only mechanism the Elite uses.

For an account which focuses on identifying many of the world’s largest corporations, in many industries, and then illustrates the interlocking nature of corporate ownership while demonstrating that they are all owned by the same small group of giant asset management corporations – notably including Vanguard, BlackRock and State Street – this video is very instructive: ‘Monopoly: Who Owns the World?’ And for a penetrating critique of BlackRock and its overall strategy to acquire vast worldwide control, including by using its Aladdin investment analysis technology (which employs massive data collection, artificial intelligence and machine learning to derive investment insight), see ‘BlackRock: Bringing Together Man and Machine’ and this three-part series by James Corbett: ‘How BlackRock Conquered the World’.

In the ‘Monopoly’ video, you will again see the names of some familiar individuals and families who own significant shareholdings in these corporations and asset management firms. After showcasing families such as the Rothschilds, Rockefellers and Morgans, the narrator simply observes in relation to Vanguard that its ‘largest shareholders are the private funds and nonprofit organizations of these families’.

And if you think that national Elites in countries like China and Russia are somehow not involved in all this, you might find it interesting to read articles that discuss the wealth and political influence of the Chinese ‘immortals’ and the Russian oligarchs – see ‘China’s red aristocracy’ and ‘List of Oligarchs and Russian elites featured in ICIJ investigations’ – or to read the ‘Joint Statement of the Russian Federation and the People’s Republic of China on the International Relations Entering a New Era and the Global Sustainable Development’.

Beyond this, however, Emanuel Pastreich points out that if anyone attributes responsibility for Chinese policies in relation to data collection and control based on QR codes and contact tracing, they inevitably identify the Chinese government. ‘But the truth is that few, or none, of these policies were made up or implemented by the Chinese government itself, but rather that the Chinese government is occupied by IT corporations that report to the billionaires (often through Israel and the United States) and bypass the Chinese government altogether.’ Pastreich goes on to offer some insight into how key Elite intelligence and finance corporations are driving the technocratic social control policies being implemented under cover of the ‘virus’ in China. See ‘The Third Opium War Part One: The agenda behind the COVID-19 assault on China’and ‘The Third Opium War Part Two: The True Threat Posed by China’ or watch ‘Western Tech & China: Who Serves whom?’

In fact, as Patrick Wood points out, referencing a much earlier book of his own and Professor Antony Sutton – see Trilaterals Over Washington Volumes I & II  – ‘Thanks to early members of the [Elite’s] Trilateral Commission, China was brought out of its dark ages Communist dictatorship and onto the world stage. Furthermore, the Trilateral Commission orchestrated and then facilitated a massive transfer of technology to China in order to build up its non-existent infrastructure….  As a failed Communist dictatorship, China was a blank slate with over 1.2 billion citizens under its control. However, Chinese leadership knew nothing about capitalism and free enterprise, and [key Trilateralist Zbigniew] Brzezinski made no effort to teach them about it. Instead, he planted seeds of Technocracy…. In the 20-year period from 1980 to 2000, a transformation took place that was considered nothing short of an economic miracle; but it was not of China’s doing. Rather, it can be fully attributed to the masters of Technocracy within the ranks of the Trilateral Commission.’ After listing several key features of China’s technocracy (5G, AI, social credit scores…), Wood concludes that ‘China is a full-blown Technocracy and it is the first of its kind on planet earth.’ See this article on China as one of Wood’s 12-part series on technocracy: Day 7: China Is A Technocracy’.

And in relation to Russia, Riley Waggaman simply observes that ‘As for “COVID-triggered” economic restructuring: the Russian government has openly embraced the World Economic Forum’s Fourth Industrial Revolution. In October [2021], the Russian government and the WEF signed a memorandum on the establishment of a Center for the Fourth Industrial Revolution in Russia. Russia has already adopted a law allowing for “experimental legal regimes” to allow corporations and institutions to deploy AI and robots into the economy, without being encumbered by regulatory red tape. Returning to Gref and his digital Sbercoin: Russia’s central bank is already planning to test-run a digital ruble that, among other nifty features, could be used to restrict purchases.’ See I believe we are facing an evil that has no equal in human history.

Moreover, according to Mikhail Delyagin, a deputy of the State Duma of the Russian Federation: ‘In the 90s, under Yeltsin, the external management of global banksters was carried out through the IMF and through [Russian oligarch Anatoly] Chubais. Now under Putin, external management will be done by Big Tech, social global platforms, and Big Pharma through the WHO. Exactly the same management.’ Cited in ‘Duma deputy: “Protect yourself and Russia from a coup d’état!”. Russian lawmaker issues video appeal to the nation. Will anyone listen?’

Separately from this, bear in mind that the Elite, as well as its agents and organizations (including those in China and Russia), have vast wealth stashed in ‘secrecy jurisdictions’ (better known as tax havens): locations around the world where wealthy individuals, criminals and terrorists, as well as governments and government agencies (such as the CIA), banks, corporations, hedge funds, international organizations (such as the Vatican) and crime syndicates (such as the Mafia), can stash their money so that they can avoid regulation and oversight, and evade tax. Just how much wealth is stashed in tax havens? While this is impossible to know precisely, it can only be measured in tens of trillions of dollars as well as an unknown number of gold bricks, artworks, yachts and racehorses. See ‘Elite Banking at Your Expense: How Secretive Tax Havens are Used to Steal Your Money’.

How is this possible? Well, it is protected by government legislation and legal systems, with an ‘army’ of Elite agents – accountants, auditors, bankers, businesspeople, lawyers and politicians – ensuring that they remain protected. The point here is simple: if you have enough money, the law simply does not exist. And you can evade taxes legally and in the full knowledge that your vast profits (even from immorally-acquired wealth such as sex trafficking, gun-running, endangered species trafficking, conflict diamonds and drug trafficking) are ‘lawful’ and will escape regulation and oversight of any kind. See ‘The Rule of Law: Unjust and Violent’.

But legal systems facilitate monstrous injustice in other ways too. For example, they ensure that owners of corporations are enabled to ruthlessly exploit both their workers and all taxpayers as well. For a thoughtful and straightforward account of how this works, see this article by Professor James Petras: ‘How Billionaires Become Billionaires’.

And to briefly revisit a subject discussed above: Who owns the US Federal Reserve System now? According to Dean Henderson writing in 2010, it is ‘the Goldman Sachs, Rockefellers, Lehmans and Kuhn Loebs of New York; the Rothschilds of Paris and London; the Warburgs of Hamburg; the Lazards of Paris; and the Israel Moses Seifs of Rome.’ Henderson goes on to state that ‘The control that these banking families exert over the global economy cannot be overstated and is quite intentionally shrouded in secrecy. Their corporate media arm is quick to discredit any information exposing these money powers as halfbaked conspiracy theory. The word “conspiracy” itself has been demonized, much like the word “communism”. Anyone who dare utter the word is quickly excluded from public debate and written off as insane. Yet the facts remain.’ See Big Oil and Their Bankers in the Persian Gulf: Four Horsemen, Eight Families and Their Global Intelligence, Narcotics and Terror Network, pp. 473-4.

Other scholars in the field agree.

In his exceptionally detailed investigation into three major historical events of the C20th – the Bolshevik Revolution, the rise of Franklin D. Roosevelt and the rise of Hitler – Professor Antony Sutton identified the seat of political power in the United States not as the US Constitution authorized but ‘the financial establishment in New York: the private international bankers, more specifically the financial houses of J.P. Morgan, the Rockefeller-controlled Chase Manhattan Bank, and in earlier days (before amalgamation of their Manhattan Bank with the former Chase Bank), the Warburgs.’

For most of the twentieth century the Federal Reserve System, particularly the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (which is outside the control of Congress, unaudited and uncontrolled, with the power to print money and create credit at will), has exercised a virtual monopoly over the direction of the American economy. In foreign affairs the Council on Foreign Relations, superficially an innocent forum for academics, businessmen, and politicians, contains within its shell, perhaps unknown to many of its members, a power center that unilaterally determines U.S. foreign policy. The major objective of this submerged – and obviously subversive – foreign policy is the acquisition of markets and economic power (profits, if you will), for a small group of giant multi-nationals under the virtual control of a few banking investment houses and controlling families. See Wall Street and The Rise of Hitler, pp.125-126.

So what has changed?

Nothing has changed.

But it is not just fine scholars who have reached this conclusion. Consider David Rockefeller’s delusionary whitewashing of his own family’s key role in the killing, devastation and destruction outlined above: ‘Some even believe we are part of a secret cabal working against the best interests of the United States, characterizing my family and me as “internationalists” and of conspiring with others around the world to build a more integrated global political and economic structure – one world, if you will. If that’s the charge, I stand guilty, and I am proud of it…. one of the most enduring [conspiracies] is that a secret group of international bankers and capitalists, and their minions, control the world’s economy…. [but these people] ignore the tangible benefits that have resulted from our active international role during the past half-century’. See Memoirs, p. 483.

If you are wondering how all of this happens without any significant pushback from within elite circles, there is a simple answer: They are all insane and control to maximize resource accumulation has become the perpetual substitute for their destroyed capacity to engage emotionally in their own lives and empathize with their fellow human beings. For more detail, see ‘Love Denied: The Psychology of Materialism, Violence and War’ and ‘The Global Elite is Insane Revisited’.

So while some of us occasionally ponder how we can contribute more to improve the human condition and the state of the world, and then endeavour to do something along those lines, there are plenty of terrified people whose daily life is consumed (consciously or unconsciously) by the question ‘How can I take more?’ And people like that have been taking more since the dawn of human civilization and, no doubt, earlier.

The Global Elite is simply those who have been insanely ruthless and organized enough to take more, whatever the cost to humanity and all other life on Earth.

 


Chapter VI
The Post World War II Superstructure to Transform World Order,

Destroy the World Economy and Capture All Wealth

 

So how, precisely, is the Global Elite driving the transformation of world order, the collapse of the world economy and capturing final control of all wealth?

There are three parts to the answer to this question: 1. The foundations progressively laid over the past 5,000 years, as outlined above; 2. The superstructure (including such institutions as the United Nations, the World Bank and International Monetary Fund) that has been built since World War II and, more recently, under the guise of the United Nation’s Sustainable Development agenda, to impose global governance on the human population and, particularly, to intrude global financial governance into every aspect of our lives. In the words of Iain Davis and Whitney Webb, this is because the UN’s sustainable development goals ‘do not promote “sustainability” as most conceive it and instead utilise the same debt imperialism long used by the Anglo-American Empire to entrap nations in a new, equally predatory system of global financial governance’ – see ‘Sustainable Debt Slavery’ – and 3. The final part relates to political, economic and, especially, technological measures being imposed as part of the World Economic Forum’s ‘Great Reset’ under cover of the fake narrative about a Covid-19 ‘pandemic’.

If we briefly consider elements of the post-World War II superstructure, for example, both the World Bank and International Monetary Fund have historically used debt to force countries, mostly in the developing world, to adopt policies that redistribute wealth to the elite via their banks, corporations and institutions. But corporations have employed their own ‘economic hit men’ to do the same thing: By identifying and ‘persuading’ leaders of developing nations, using a variety of devices – ranging from false economic projections and bribes to military threats and assassinations – to accept enormous ‘development’ loans for projects which are contracted with western corporations, countries quickly become entrapped in debt. This is then used to force those countries to implement unpopular austerity policies, deregulate financial and other markets, and privatize state assets, thus eroding national sovereignty. See The New Confessions of an Economic Hit Man.

If you want to read further evidence of the role of the World Bank and the IMF as agents of Elite policy against nation-states, you might find the US Army’s manual of unconventional warfare interesting. See ‘Army Special Operations Forces: Unconventional Warfare’. Originally released by Wikileaks in 2008 and described by them as the US military’s ‘regime change handbook’, as elaborated by Webb, ‘the U.S. Army states that major global financial institutions – such as the World Bank, International Monetary Fund (IMF), the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) [and the Bank for International Settlements (BIS] – are used as unconventional, financial “weapons in times of conflict up to and including large-scale general war,” as well as in leveraging “the policies and cooperation of state governments.”’ See ‘Leaked Wikileaks Doc Reveals US Military Use of IMF, World Bank as “Unconventional” Weapons’.

Beyond this, however, what we have seen since the UN, increasingly a tool of corporations since the 1990s, adopted its Sustainable Development Goals is a dramatically expanded set of mechanisms designed to enslave the bulk of the human population, not just those in ‘developing’ countries, and take complete control of Earth’s ecosystems and natural processes.

Image: Klaus Schwab (Copyright World Economic Forum (www.weforum.org) swiss-image.ch/Photo by Remy Steinegger)

Among many initiatives, for example, the Global Public-Private Partnership has been presented by Klaus Schwab and Peter Vanham, on behalf of the World Economic Forum. See Stakeholder Capitalism: A Global Economy that Works for Progress, People and Planet summarized in What is stakeholder capitalism?

While this sanitized account obscures the threat it poses to humankind, Iain Davis and Whitney Webb have thoughtfully critiqued it – see ‘Sustainable Debt Slavery’ – noting that even a 2016 UN Department of Economic and Social Affairs report – see ‘Public-Private Partnerships and the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development: Fit for purpose?’ – also found it ‘unfit for purpose’. So what is it? According to Davis, the Global Public-Private Partnership (G3P) is a worldwide network of stakeholder capitalists and their partners: the Bank for International Settlements, central banks, global (including media) corporations, the ‘philanthropic’ foundations of multi-billionaires, policy think tanks, governments (and their agencies), key non-governmental organizations and global charities, selected academic and scientific institutions, labour unions and other chosen ‘thought leaders’. (You can see an instructive diagram in the article cited below.)

The G3P controls the world economy and global finance. ‘It sets world, national and local policy (via global governance) and then promotes those policies using the mainstream media’, typically distributes the policies through an intermediary such as the IMF, WHO or IPCC and uses governments to transform G3P global governance into hard policy, legislation and law at the national level. ‘In this way, the G3P controls many nations at once without having to resort to legislation. This has the added advantage of making any legal challenge to the decisions made by the most senior partners in the G3P (an authoritarian hierarchy) extremely difficult.’ In short: global governance has already superseded the national sovereignty of states: ‘National governments had been relegated to creating the G3P’s enabling environment by taxing the public and increasing government borrowing debt.’ See ‘What Is the Global Public-Private Partnership?’

As Davis notes: We are supposed to believe that a G3P-led system of global governance is beneficial for us and to accept that global corporations are committed to putting humanitarian and environmental causes before profit, when the conflict of interest is obvious. ‘Believing this requires a considerable degree of naïveté.’ Davis clearly perceives ‘an emergent global, corporate dictatorship that cares not one whit about truly stewarding the planet. The G3P will determine the future state of global relations, the direction of national economies, the priorities of societies, the nature of business models and the management of a global commons. There is no opportunity for any of us to participate in either their project or the subsequent formation of policy.’ Davis goes on: ‘in theory, governments do not have to implement G3P policy, in reality they do. Global policies have been an increasing facet of our lives in the post-WW2 era…. It doesn’t matter who you elect, the policy trajectory is set at the global governance level. This is the dictatorial nature of the G3P and nothing could be less democratic.’

Another initiative was launched at the COP26 conference in November 2021. The Glasgow Financial Alliance for Net Zero (GFANZ) is an industry-led and UN-convened alliance of private banking and financial institutions that announced plans to overhaul the role of global and regional financial institutions, including the World Bank and IMF, as part of a broader plan to ‘transform’ the global financial system. See ‘Our progress and plan towards a net-zero global economy’.

But this report makes it clear that GFANZ will simply employ the same exploitative tactics that the ‘economic hitmen’ and agents such as the multilateral ‘development’ banks (MDBs) – including the World Bank, Inter-American Development Bank, Asian Development Bank, the African Development Bank and the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development – have long used to force even greater deregulation on ‘developing’ countries to facilitate supposedly climate and environmentally-friendly investments by alliance members. In fact, composed of several “subsector alliances”, including the Net Zero Asset Managers Initiative, the Net Zero Asset Owner Alliance and the Net Zero Banking Alliance, GFANZ commands ‘a formidable part of global private banking and finance interests’. Moreover, the ‘largest financial players’ who dominate GFANZ include the CEOs of BlackRock, Citi, Bank of America, Banco Santander and HSBC as well as the CEO of the London Stock Exchange Group and chair of the Investment Committee of the David Rockefeller Fund. In essence then, as Whitney Webb goes on to explain it:

[T]hrough the proposed increase in private-sector involvement in MDBs, such as the World Bank and regional development banks, alliance members seek to use MDBs to globally impose massive and extensive deregulation on developing countries by using the decarbonization push as justification. No longer must MDBs entrap developing nations in debt to force policies that benefit foreign and multinational private-sector entities, as climate change-related justifications can now be used for the same ends….

Though GFANZ has cloaked itself in lofty rhetoric of ‘saving the planet,’ its plans ultimately amount to a corporate-led coup that will make the global financial system even more corrupt and predatory and further reduce the sovereignty of national governments in the developing world. See ‘UN-Backed Banker Alliance Announces “Green” Plan to Transform the Global Financial System’.

But, again, it is not just their fellow human beings over whom the Elite wants total control. They want that control over nature too, and that is yet another project in which the Elite has been long engaged.

Hence, in September 2021, the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) announced the launch of a new asset class, jointly developed with Intrinsic Exchange Group (IEG) – whose founding investors included the Inter-American Development Bank and the Rockefeller Foundation – for Natural Asset Companies: ‘sustainable enterprises that hold the rights to ecosystem services’ that enable natural asset owners ‘to convert nature’s value into financial capital, providing additional resources necessary to power a sustainable future’.

According to the IEG: ‘Natural areas, underpinned by biodiversity, are inherently valuable in and of themselves.’ See ‘Natural Areas’. Either unaware of their ignorance or, perhaps, making hypocritically tokenistic use of some key words often-expressed by indigenous peoples and deep ecologists (including the inventor of the term ‘deep ecology’, Professor Arne Naess, in his 1973 article ‘The Shallow and the Deep, Long-Range Ecology Movement’) – the IEG goes on to express this ‘value’ in strictly economic terms: ‘They also contribute life supporting services upon which humanity and the global economy depends. These include provisioning services such as food, water, timber, and genetic resources; regulating services that affect climate, floods, disease, and water quality; cultural services that provide recreational, aesthetic, and spiritual benefits; and supporting services such as soil formation, photosynthesis, and nutrient cycling.’

And in its report on this subject, the World Economic Forum’s Global Future Council on Nature-Based Solutions urged investors, corporations and governments ‘to create and strengthen market-based mechanisms for valuing nature.’ See ‘Scaling Investments in Nature: The Next Critical Frontier for Private Sector Leadership’, p.14.

Elaborating the IEG’s delusional conception of how further business investment in natural resources will work, Douglas Eger, the CEO of IEG, suggests that ‘This new asset class on the NYSE will create a virtuous cycle of investment in nature that will help finance sustainable development for communities, companies and countries.’ Really? I wonder how. But IEG’s motives are more likely revealed in this fact: ‘The asset class was developed to enable exposure to the opportunities created by the estimated $125 trillion annual global ecosystem services market, encompassing areas such as carbon sequestration, biodiversity and clean water.’ See NYSE to List New “Natural Asset Companies” Asset Class, Targeting Massive Opportunity in Ecosystem Services.

Hence, to clarify: corporations are now engaged in the largest land and resource grab in history. This will enable Elite corporations to privately own the ecosystem services of a pristine rainforest, a majestic waterfall plunging into a lagoon, an expansive grassland, a picturesque cave, a magnificent wetland, a trout-filled lake, a beautiful coral reef or other natural area and then sell clean air, fresh water, pollination services, food, medicines, and a range of biodiversity services such as the enjoyment of nature, while displacing the world’s remaining indigenous populations.

So what about the Commons? ‘The Commons is property shared by all, inclusive of natural products like air, water, and a habitable planet, forests, fisheries, groundwater, wetlands, pastures, the atmosphere, the high seas, Antarctica, outer space, caves, all part of ecosystems of the planet.’ Or are corporations finally about to own the Commons as well? See ‘Mother Nature, Inc.’

Are we to reduce everything in nature to its value as a profit-making commodity?

As Robert Hunziker concludes his own critique of this initiative: ‘The sad truth is Mother Nature, Inc. will lead to extinction of The Commons, as an institution, in the biggest heist of all time. Surely, private ownership of nature is unseemly and certainly begs a much bigger relevant question that goes to the heart of the matter, to wit: Should nature’s ecosystems, which benefit society at large, be monetized for the direct benefit of the few?’ See ‘Mother Nature, Inc.’

More could be written about this, as Webb, for example, has done in ‘Wall Street’s Takeover of Nature Advances with Launch of New Asset Class’.

But if you believe that corporations – extensively documented to destroy pristine natural environments in their rapacious efforts to exploit fossil fuels, minerals, rainforest products and a vast range of other products, as well as force indigenous peoples off their land to do so: see, for example, ‘Seven (of Hundreds) Environmental Nightmares Created by Open Pit Mines (and the Obligatory Tailings Ponds) that have Caused Irremediable, Highly Toxic Contamination Downstream’ – are about to become ‘virtuous investors’ in nature when 4 billion years of Earth’s history and 200,000 years of indigenous people living harmoniously with nature have an impeccable record of preserving ecosystems and their services, without the involvement of these ‘virtuous investors’, then you will do extremely well on any gullibility test you attempt.

 


Chapter VII
The Coup de Grâce: The Great Reset

 

Building on millennia of learning how to structure and manage an economy to accumulate and consolidate control and wealth in particular hands, the Global Elite launched its final coup in January 2020 under cover of the fake Covid-19 ‘pandemic’. Using the health threat supposedly implied by the existence of a pathogenic ‘virus’, the bulk of the world population was terrorized into submitting to an onerous series of violations of their human rights which was tantamount to a declaration of martial law. See ‘The Final Battle For Humanity: It Is “Now or Never” In The Long War Against Homo Sapiens’.

Under a barrage of propaganda delivered by Elite agents – including organizations such as the World Economic Forum, the United Nations, the World Health Organisation, governments, the pharmaceutical industry and corporate media as well as individuals such as Klaus Schwab, Yuval Noah Harari and Bill Gates – people were compelled to wear masks, use QR codes, stay locked down in their homes and, later, submit to a series of experimental but involuntary gene-altering bioweapons to acquire a ‘vaccine passport’, among other measures.

Particularly importantly, these restrictions effectively shut down the mainstream economy with vast sectors of industry either closed outright or unable to function in the absence of locked-down or, later, bioweapon-injured or bioweapon-killed staff. For just one discussion of the vast evidence available of Covid-19 ‘vaccine’ injuries and deaths, watch ‘3.5 BILLION could be injured or killed by the jab. Are YOU ready?’ which is briefly discussed here: ‘Dr. David Martin blasts health authorities for turning roughly 4 billion people into “bioweapons factories”’.

This inevitably adversely impacted the entire supply chain: That is, the process that connects the production of raw materials, such as food grown on farms and minerals mined from the Earth, to factories that produce everything from canned food to computers, and then to outlets that sell these products to the public. All components of this chain were either shut down completely at one or more times, as part of the imposed restrictions or other policy measures – watch, for example, ‘Biden pays farms to STOPEU out of FeedMeat taxes & Chicken permitsUp to you to GROW FOOD!’ – or just substantially curtailed by the unavailability of essential inputs, ranging from replacement parts to competent labour.

To exacerbate matters, the transport industry (trucking, railroads, shipping, airlines) was also effectively shut down, containers became unavailable (because they were in the wrong places) and logistics corporations (that organize the movement of trade goods) were disabled, including by cyber attacks. The airline and tourist industries were just two industries that were profoundly disrupted. But so was much of small business, with many businesses destroyed. As a result, hundreds of millions of people lost employment, many permanently, throughout the industrial economies and millions more were starved to death in Africa, Asia and Central/South America because the day-to-day economy, by which many survive, was shuttered and any ameliorative measures by governments and international organizations were, deliberately, woefully inadequate (or were siphoned into elite wallets). See ‘The Global Elite’s “Kill and Control” Agenda: Destroying Our Food Security’.

But ‘behind the (obvious) scenes’ outlined above, there has been a great deal more going on that has been deliberately concealed from public view, and this has been considered and discussed by some fine analysts.

According to Catherine Austin Fitts, using ‘national security’ as the justification, the U.S. National Security Act 1947 and the CIA Act 1949 were the basis of a series of Acts and Executive Orders that ‘created a secrecy machinery’ which essentially meant that ‘the most powerful financial interests in the world can keep a whole bunch of money secret’, thus creating a secret black budget. And, starting in 1998, according to US federal government documentation, huge sums of money were not accounted for while private equity firms began exploding and, despite having no capacity to raise such amounts, were suddenly investing huge sums of money in emerging markets. According to Fitts ‘we are now missing over $US21 trillion’, which she calls a ‘financial coup d’etat’ that is clearly in ‘massive violation’ of the US constitution. The financial value of what has transpired under the Covid-19 narrative is that the ‘magic virus’ can be used to explain, for example, why there is no money for healthcare or pension funds cannot pay on retirement those who paid into them throughout their lives. Watch ‘We Need to Talk about Mr Global – Part Two’ with a simple summary here: ‘The Real Game of Missing Money’.

But if $US21 trillion missing already sounds like a lot, it doesn’t end there, as Fitt’s recent discussion with Professor Mark Skidmore makes perfectly clear in ‘The Financial Coup: More Missing Money & FASAB Standard 56’. Fitts observes:

We are now over $US100 trillion of undocumentable adjustments if we use their most recent figures and so I would say we are describing a financial system which is completely and utterly out of control…. If any of the allegations about financial fraud in the 2020 [US Presidential] election are true, and I believe that many of them are, we’ve now delinked both the election system and the finances [from] the constitution and the law so we are are now operating both in terms of who governs and how they spend the money completely outside of the law and completely outside of any democratic process. So this is a coup.

To which Professor Skidmore responds:

The reason that I really struggled… watching what was going on during the last financial crisis, [was that] I thought ‘Wow we don’t have the rule of law’. It was so obvious that we didn’t ten years ago and it’s like it’s devolving even more and so I am not sure how much further we can go before we are just completely devoid of the rule of law at least for a subset of the very powerful.

As an aside, while genuinely appreciative of the research of Fitts and Skidmore, as outlined earlier in this article and previously demonstrated, democracy has always been a sham and the Elite has always operated beyond the rule of law, routinely corrupting national political processes in pursuit of Elite ends. See ‘The Elite Coup to Kill or Enslave Us: Why Can’t Governments, Legal Actions and Protests Stop Them?’ All we are seeing in the current context is Elite corruption being flaunted in a way that reflects the sure knowledge that it can act corruptly, on a global scale, with impunity.

But to return to the subject at hand: In 2019, the central bankers of the G7 countries met for their regular conference at Jackson Hole, Wyoming and agreed to the ‘Going Direct Reset’, a plan devised (and later orchestrated) by BlackRock – see ‘Dealing with the next downturn’ – and, as explained by John Titus, the fundamental purpose of this ‘Reset’ was to orchestrate the largest asset transfer in history under cover of the forthcoming Covid-19 ‘pandemic’. Watch ‘Larry & Carstens’ Excellent Pandemic’ with a summary here: ‘Summary – Going Direct Reset’.

In the words of Titus: ‘In a nutshell, the arrival of the 2020 pandemic was about as accidental as an assassination. The pandemic narrative is nothing but a cover story to conceal from the public what in reality is the biggest asset transfer ever.’ See Summary – Going Direct Reset.

While you can learn the mechanics of how this was conducted in the excellent documents and videos immediately above, as Fitts points out in relation to the central banks: ‘Controlling and having access to data on fiscal and monetary policy is the basis of huge fortunes.’ And, combined with the secrecy that has protected their manipulations from public view – ‘if you look at all the technology and assets that have been transferred, by questionable means, into private and corporate hands, the liability is over the top’ – it has engendered the view that their only way forward is ‘complete, total central control’.

Central Bank Digital Currencies

How will this ‘total control’ be achieved? One key element will be the introduction of Central Bank Digital Currencies (CBDCs). According to Fitts: The fundamental value of digitized systems, from the elite perspective, is that they enable centralized control. So, by creating CBDCs the financial transaction control grid becomes the means by which you enable centralized control; that is, slavery. Watch ‘We Need to Talk about Mr Global – Part Two’.

How does this work? CBDCs allow the Central Bank to determine exactly what products and services your digital currency can be spent on, when it can spent and where it can be spent. It also allows the issuing authority to freeze, reduce or empty your bank account, and to alter its functionality with the latest ‘update’, based on your ‘social credit score’, political allegiance or if you do not comply with certain directives. But it goes beyond this.

According to the Bank for International Settlements:

The G20 has made enhancing cross-border payments a global priority and has identified CBDC as a potential way forward to improving such payments. A “holy grail” solution for cross-border payments is one which allows such payments to be immediate, cheap, universally accessible and settled in a secure settlement medium. For wholesale payments, central bank money is the preferred medium for financial

market infrastructures. A multi-CBDC platform upon which multiple central banks can issue and exchange their respective CBDCs is a particularly promising solution for achieving this vision, and mBridge is a wholesale multi-CBDC project that aims to advance towards this goal. It builds on previous work…. Project mBridge tests the hypothesis that an efficient, low-cost, real-time and scalable cross-border multi-CBDC arrangement can provide a network of direct central bank and commercial participant connectivity and greatly increase the potential for international trade flows and cross-border business at large…. All the while safeguarding currency sovereignty and monetary and financial stability by appropriately integrating policy, regulatory and legal compliance, and privacy considerations. See ‘Project mBridge: Connecting economies through CBDC’.

Apart from the fact that the G20 governments are distinctly unrepresentative of the world’s people, these words are typical of the type usually chosen when the Elite is intent on sugarcoating their lies to conceal their true agenda.

Fortunately, Agustin Carstens of the Bank for International Settlements has been more forthcoming: ‘We don’t know, for example, who’s using a $100 bill today, we don’t know who is using a 1,000 peso bill today. The key difference with the CBDC is the central bank will have absolute control on the rules and regulations that will determine the use of that expression of central bank liability, and also we will have the technology to enforce that.’ Watch ‘Cross-Border Payments: A Vision for the Future’. And here is the Bank of England advising government ministers in the UK on the issue of programming CBDCs: ‘Bank of England tells ministers to intervene on digital currency “programming”’. For a more detailed explanation, see ‘What Is Programmable Money?’ And for an update on progress in your country, see ‘CBDC: A Country-by-Country Guide’.

Before proceeding, however, it is worthwhile noting the conflict that is going on between the central banks and the commercial banks (the traditional actors in the retail banking sector, that is, the part of banking where people interact directly with a bank), as well as that between the commercial banks and the big tech companies, such as PayPal, Alipay, Facebook and Amazon that have developed or are developing their own digital currencies and/or payments systems outside the traditional financial system. While non-bank financial institutions long-ago overtook commercial banks in lending, bank influence generally continues to decline and is accelerating in the face of the competition from the technology giants. Why the conflict? Because a CBDC risks collapsing the commercial banking sector completely by eliminating retail banking and thus destabilizing the long-standing financial system. For some discussion of this, watch Alice Fulwood’s presentation ‘Could digital currencies put banks out of business?’ There is no doubt, of course, that this conflict will be resolved and that it will not be in our favour.

In any case, CBDCs are just one feature of their planned technocracy which includes digitizing your identity, issuing you a social credit score, geofencing you in one of the Elite’s ‘smart cities’ and feeding you insects and processed trash, among many other elements. See ‘Digitizing Your Identity is the Fast-Track to Slavery: How Can You Defend Your Freedom?’ and ‘Digital Currency: The Fed Moves toward Monetary Totalitarianism’.

And to elaborate the significance of imprisoning you in a ‘smart’ city, Patrick Wood points out the evidence both in the literature and in practice: The intention is to force us off the land, as is already happening in China, and at gunpoint if necessary, so that ‘vacated farm land’ can be combined ‘into giant factory farms to be operated by advanced technology such as agricultural robots and automated tractors’. Once relocated into the ‘smart’ city of the government’s choice, everyone will be subject to 24 hour surveillance using a plethora of ‘smart’ technologies such as biometric facial scanning, geospatial tracking and CBDCs, forced onto public transport which will not include the option of leaving the city, and confined to those work and other activities approved by the relevant technocrats. See ‘Day 9: Technocracy And Smart Cities’.

The bottom line, in simple language however, is the same as it has always been: Endlessly acting to consolidate their control over the rest of us, our money is being stolen by the Elite for their own ends and they are not required to report it and they cannot be held accountable, legally or otherwise. The only difference to what has happened historically is that now even the pretense of some form of equity, the rule of law and even the notion of democracy are being abandoned in the final rush to techno-totalitarianism and wealth concentration.

Beyond this, however, other components of the elite program are designed to play a part in destroying human society and the global economy. For a summary of these, see ‘Killing Off Humanity: How The Global Elite Is Using Eugenics And Transhumanism To Shape Our Future’.

 


Chapter VIII
Collapsing the Global Economy

 

Not content with these measures, however, the war in central Asia was precipitated by the Elite to advance key elements of their program. Superficially portrayed by most politicians and corporate media as a war between Russia and Ukraine, many thoughtful analysts perceive some of the deeper strands of what has occurred: Since the collapse of the Soviet Union and NATO commitments made at the end of the Cold War, NATO has consistently violated those commitments and there has been routine Ukrainian attacks on Donetsk and Luhansk over the past eight years. These and other events have ensured a long but steady ‘lead time’ in the final build up to the war, precipitating the military response of Russia, as intended. For just four thoughtful analyses, see ‘Understanding The Great Game in Ukraine’, ‘Ukraine, Russia, and the New World Order’, ‘Some of Us Don’t Think the Russian Invasion Was “Aggression.” Here’s Why.’ and ‘The U.S. Is Leading the World Into the Abyss’.

Obscured by the war, however, the leaderships of both Russia and Ukraine are heavily involved in the World Economic Forum and both have been heavily committed to imposing the elite agenda on their populations. In short, the Russia-Ukraine war serves elite purposes well with consequences including even greater disruption of food and fuel supply chains than the ‘Great Reset’ was able to achieve alone. See The War in Ukraine: Understanding and Resisting the Global Elite’s Deeper Agenda’.

Similarly, the sabotage of the Nord Stream 1 & 2 gas pipelines – see ‘Ukraine War: New Developments’  – might be seen through various lenses but, again, it serves elite purposes well. As Tom Luongo noted: ‘The important thing I keep trying to point out [is] that thinking in terms of “country” is ultimately the wrong lens to view these people’s actions. Factions are the better lens. Factions cross political borders.’ See ‘The Curious Whodunit of Nordstreams 1 and 2’. Given that the sabotage of these two pipelines is seriously exacerbating the energy crisis in Europe, while displacing people’s anger onto one or other parties in the war, as always the elite forces driving destruction of the world economy escape scrutiny.

Beyond this, on 7 October 2022 the Biden Administration dealt a ‘nuclear’ strike to the hi-tech industry by imposing onerous new export rules that cut off supply of essential technology (advanced semiconductors, chip-making equipment and supercomputer components) to China, immediately and adversely impacting Chinese production. See Implementation of Additional Export Controls: Certain Advanced Computing and Semiconductor Manufacturing Items. But whatever pain this will inflict on the Chinese, it will inflict far more pain on ordinary people who will be required to deal with the outcomes of this latest supply-chain disruption: higher prices, more battered household budgets and fewer families able to scrape by on shrinking wages. See ‘Biden’s Tech-War Goes Nuclear’ and ‘US Economic War on China Threatens Global Microchip Industry’.

In any case, the ongoing destruction of the global economy will continue even while, apparently, considerable effort is being made to restructure key elements of it, such as those in relation to trade relations, trade routes, currencies and international banking being undertaken in various international fora. For one discussion of these ongoing efforts, see ‘Russia, India, China, Iran: the Quad that really matters’.

But, again, how serious are these efforts when all governments are collaborating closely on the fundamental Elite program? At one of these meetings, recently concluded, the G20 Summit in Bali – see ‘G20 Bali Leaders’ Declaration’ – Moscow, Beijing, Washington and all other governments present, agreed to ‘the creation of a global health-preserving Pandemic Fund sponsored by the WHO, the World Bank, Bill Gates, and the Rockefeller Foundation. The fund will ensure there is plenty of money for experimental genetic vaccines in the weeks, months, and decades ahead.’ Beyond this, however, the Declaration contains ‘purple prose’ about ‘digital transformation’, ‘interoperability of Central Bank Digital Currencies (CBDCs) for cross-border payments’, and other elements of the Elite’s technocratic program. As Riley Waggaman observed: ‘It’s truly heart-warming that even amidst ceaseless geopolitical squabbling, Moscow and the Collective West can sit down at the negotiating table, break bread, and agree to cattle-tag the entire world.’ See ‘World leaders agree to cattle-tag the planet’.

And while a recent World Economic Forum report, based on the views of 50 chief economists from around the world, sanitized economic prospects by simply referring to a likely forthcoming ‘recession’ either in 2022 or 2023, spokesperson Saadia Zahidi couldn’t avoid mentioning the heavy consensus that real wages will decline, poverty will increase and ‘social unrest is expected to continue to rise’ in response to rises in the cost of living, particularly due to production and supply chain disruptions in fuel and food supplies. See ‘Special Agenda Dialogue on the Future of the Global Economy’.

Taking a similarly ‘moderate’ stance, in its recent ‘World Economic Outlook’, the International Monetary Fund warned that ‘More than a third of the global economy will contract this year or next, while the three largest economies – the United States, the European Union, and China – will continue to stall. In short, the worst is yet to come, and for many people 2023 will feel like a recession.’ See ‘World Economic Outlook – Countering the Cost-of-Living Crisis’. At the media briefing to launch the report, the Director of the IMF’s Research Department, Pierre-Olivier Gourinchas, noted that ‘the global economy is headed for stormy waters’ and ‘Too many low-income countries are close to or are already in debt distress. Progress toward orderly debt restructuring… is urgently needed to avert a wave of sovereign debt crises. Time may soon run out.’ See ‘WEO Press Briefing Annual Meetings 2022’.

But other reports suggest something far worse.

Summarizing his own extensive research on the subject over the past three years, in a recent interview Professor Michel Chossudovsky simply explains what triggered the economic collapse, referring to the origin of the crisis with decisions made in early 2020: ‘This is really Economics 101:… the announcement of the lockdown… implies the confinement of the labor force on the one hand and the freezing of the workplace on the other…. What happens? The answer is obvious: Collapse! Economic and social collapse on an unprecedented basis because it was implemented simultaneously in 190 countries.’ Watch ‘The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity’.

Noting the complete failure of authorities to hold even one corporate executive to account for the financial collapse they caused in 2008 – when banking institutions intentionally sold securities they knew were bad to defraud customers and increase their own profits, as carefully reported in a ‘Frontline’ documentary in 2013 – Dr Joseph Mercola argues that the ‘same criminal bankers are now intentionally destroying the global financial system in order to replace it with something even worse – social credit scores, digital identity and Central Banking Digital Currencies (CBDCs), which will give them the ability to control not only your individual finances but also everything else in your life’. Apparently unaware of the extensive lead time on what is happening, he goes on to observe that ‘We’re now at the point where banksters have self-selected themselves to rule the whole world, tossing notions of democracy, freedom and human dignity in the waste bin along the way.’ See ‘Who Is Behind the Economic Collapse?’

As explained above, these ‘banksters’ operate beyond the rule of law too.

According to the Irish economist Philip Pilkington: ‘The Western world today faces a serious risk of slipping into another Great Depression. This risk has arisen… due to global economic relations deteriorating to the point of all out warfare.’ Noting the critical importance of the sabotage of the Nord Stream pipelines, leaving Europe with ‘insufficient access to energy, the price of energy in Europe will remain extremely high for years to come. European industry, for which energy is a key input, will become uncompetitive.’ See ‘The next Great Depression? Economic warfare has severe implications’.

According to former BlackRock manager, Edward Dowd, the outcome of what has been happening, which is being accelerated by the corruption that has plagued Wall Street since the 1990s, is that the forthcoming financial collapse is a ‘mathematical certainty’ and will occur within the next six to 24 months. Watch ‘Ex-BlackRock Manager: Global Financial Collapse a “Mathematical Certainty”’.

Or, in the words of strategic risk consultant William Engdahl: What is coming in the months ahead, barring a dramatic policy reversal, ‘is the worst economic depression in history to date’. See ‘Global Planned Financial Tsunami Has Just Begun’.

After listing a sequence of industry shutdowns and other measures in Europe because of energy shortages, Michael Snyder simply observes that ‘This is what an economic collapse looks like’, notes the prospect (also predicted by NATO Secretary General Jens Stoltenberg and, as we saw above, the World Economic Forum) of ‘civil unrest’ and warns that ‘Europe is going to descend into “the new Dark Ages” this winter, and the entire world will experience extreme pain as a result.’ See ‘This Winter, Europe Plunges Into “The New Dark Ages”’.

According to Irina Slav, countries of the European Union have suffered a consistent decline in gas and electricity consumption this year amid record-breaking prices. Businesses are shutting down factories, downsizing or relocating, while production of such basic products as steel, zinc, aluminium, chemicals, plastics and ceramics has been cut substantially, if not slashed dramatically. Observing that the European Union is heading for a recession that is ‘quite clear to anyone watching the indicators’ she goes on to state that ‘Europe may well be on the way to deindustrialization’. See ‘Europe May See Forced De-Industrialization As Result Of Energy Crisis’.

Dr. Seshadri Kumar agrees. He has offered an intensively detailed critique of the economic fallout from the ongoing Russia-Ukraine war and events such as the sanctions against Russia and the sabotage of the Nord Stream 1 & 2 gas pipelines. Following his careful analysis, he notes a series of conclusions including that ‘The scarcity of oil and gas, combined with the scarcity of commodities, will lead to the De-Industrialization of Europe in short order.’

Europe needs what Russia has (and what China has). It cannot do without those things. But Russia (and China) can do without what Europe has. They are self-sufficient. The financial impact of European sanctions on Russia is minimal. Therefore, economic sanctions against Russia (or China) will never work. But, because of the overwhelming dependence of Europe on Russian (and Chinese) goods, sanctions on Russia (or China) will utterly destroy Europe. The only hope for Europe to prevent a total economic catastrophe is to achieve an agreement with Russia that ends the current destructive sanctions as soon as possible, and at whatever political cost, including the abandonment of Ukraine and cession of Ukrainian territory to Russia. The longer this is postponed, the more extensive the permanent economic damage to Europe will be….

A New World Order is taking birth before our eyes….

The sanctions on Russia will be seen in hindsight as Europe’s Stalingrad as well as its Waterloo. See ‘The Coming European Economic Apocalypse’.

Commenting on the banking system, precious metals businessman Stefan Gleason warns that ‘The global fractional-reserve banking system is teetering on the brink of failure. Financial strains are exposing major banks as under-capitalized and ill prepared to weather additional strains from high inflation, rising interest rates, and a weakening economy. Banks operating outside the United States are presently most vulnerable. A spike in interest rates concomitant with a spike in the exchange rate of the Federal Reserve note “dollar” is wreaking havoc in global debt markets and driving capital flight. Many analysts fear bank runs are coming. They are already hitting developing countries.’ See Banks on the Brink: Is Your Money Safe?

Noting that imposition of technologies associated with the fourth industrial revolution and the war in Ukraine are impacting the labor force, among a wide variety of other impacts on society as a whole, ‘Winter Oak’ observes that while anticipating future employment trends is not easy, ‘the combined threat of pandemics and wars means the labour force is on the brink of an unprecedented reshuffle with technology reshaping logistics, potentially threatening hundreds of millions of blue and white collar jobs, resulting in the greatest and fastest displacement of jobs in history and foreshadowing a labour market shift which was previously inconceivable.’

Furthermore: the nation state model is being upended ‘by a global technocracy, consisting of an unelected consortium of leaders of industry, central banking oligarchs and private financial institutions, most of which are predominantly non-state corporate actors attempting to restructure global governance and enlist themselves in the global decision-making process.’ See ‘The Great Reset Phase 2: War’.

Central Bank Digital Currency

Copyright Investopedia / Daniel Fishel

James Corbett simply observes that ‘the financial order we have known our whole lives is slated for destruction’. The demolition of the economy provides cover to conceal implementation of other key elements of the elite plan in which all fit neatly together: ‘vaccine passports introduce the digital ID. The digital ID provides the infrastructure for the CBDCs. The CBDCs provide a mechanism for enforcement of a social credit system.’ As Corbett notes: ‘To see these events as separate events unfolding haphazardly and coincidentally is to miss the entire point.’ See ‘The Controlled Demolition of the Economy’.

And, according to a source cited by Anviksha Patel, executives at the giant hedge-fund firm Elliott Management Corp. recently sent a letter to investors advising that the world is ‘on the path to hyperinflation’ which could lead to ‘global societal collapse and civil or international strife’. See ‘Hedge-fund giant Elliott warns looming hyperinflation could lead to “global societal collapse”’.

Among many other commentaries offering insight into one or more aspects of what is happening, Oxfam documents the fact that ‘billionaires in the food and energy sectors are increasing their fortunes by $1 billion dollars every two days’ and that a new billionaire is being created every 30 hours while nearly a million people are being pushed into extreme poverty at nearly the same rate. See ‘Pandemic creates new billionaire every 30 hoursnow a million people could fall into extreme poverty at same rate in 2022’.

But perhaps the most evocative account of what is transpiring is offered by Egon von Greyerz, founder and managing partner of Matterhorn Asset Management in Switzerland, a company that has ‘always held a deep respect for analysing and managing risk’: By the end of the 1990s, it was clear ‘that global [financial] risk was growing increasingly apparent as debts and derivative levels rapidly rose’. See Matterhorn Asset Management: History.

Noting that laws governing the functioning of modern economies ensure that ‘No banker, no company management or business owner ever has to take the loss personally if he makes a mistake. Losses are socialised and profits are capitalised. Heads I win, Tails I don’t lose!’ Greyerz goes on to note that ‘there are honourable exceptions.’ Some Swiss banks still operate in accordance with the principle of unlimited personal liability for the partners/owners which clearly encourages a responsible, ethical approach to the conduct of business.

He observes: ‘If the global financial system and governments applied that principle, imagine how different the world would look not just financially but also ethically.’ If we had such a system, he contends, then human values would come before adoration of ‘the golden calf’. And evaluation of an investment proposal or a loan would be based on a judgment about its soundness economically and ethically, as well as a judgment that the risk of loss was minimal, rather than just the size of the personal profit it might return.

Instead, since 1971 (when President Nixon unilaterally terminated convertibility of the US dollar into gold, effectively ending the 1944 Bretton Woods system) ‘governments and central banks have contributed to the creation of almost $300 trillion of new money plus quasi money in the form of unfunded liabilities and derivatives [‘the most dangerous and aggressive financial instrument of destruction’] of $2.2 quadrillion making $2.5 [quadrillion] in total. As debt explodes, the world could easily face a debt burden of $3 quadrillion by 2025-2030.’ At the same time, ‘Central banks around the world hold $2 trillion [in gold reserves].’

The outcome is inevitable: ‘with over $2 quadrillion (2 and 15 zeros) of debt and liabilities resting on a foundation of $2 trillion of government-owned gold that makes a gold coverage of 0.1% or a leverage of 1000X!… an inverse pyramid with a very weak foundation.’ Noting that a sound financial system ‘needs a very solid foundation of real money’ it is simply the case that quadrillions of debt and liabilities ‘can not survive resting on this feeble amount of gold. So the $2 quadrillion financial weapon of mass destruction is now on the way to totally destroy the system. This is a global house of cards that will collapse at some point in the not too distant future…. No government and no central bank can solve the problem that they have created. More of the same just won’t work.’ See ‘$2 Quadrillion Debt Precariously Resting on $2 Trillion Gold’.

The most likely outcome, according to Greyerz: ‘The dollar will go to ZERO and the US will default. The same will happen to most countries.’ See In the End the $ Goes to Zero and the US Defaults’.

The fundamental summary then, according to Greyerz, is this: ‘This system will start to implode.’… ‘The whole banking system is rotten. With the problems in Europe now it is actually a critical situation…. We have a two tier economy:… the rich are still rich but the poor are really poor. And you see that in every country in the world now… People haven’t got enough money to live…. This is going to be a human disaster of major proportions: it’s so sad and governments will not have any chance of doing anything about it.’ In the US outside the metropolitan areas, ‘the poverty is incredibly high and people live in boxes… poverty is everywhere and sadly, we are only seeing the beginning and there is no solution…. From a human point of view, we are looking at a major disaster.’ Watch ‘$2.5 Quadrillion Disaster Waiting to Happen’.

Will action be taken to halt the collapse? According to alternative economist Brandon Smith, it won’t. Consider this: ‘What if the goal of the Fed is the destruction of the middle class?… What if they are luring investors into markets with rumors of a pivot, tricking those investors into pumping money back into markets and then triggering losses yet again with more rate hikes and hawkish language? What if this is a wealth destruction steam valve? What if it’s a trap? I present this idea because we have seen this before in the US, from 1929 through the 1930s during the Great Depression. The Fed used very similar tactics to systematically destroy middle class wealth and consolidate power for the international banking elites.’

Smith’s conclusion? ‘This is an engineered crash, not an accidental crash.’ See ‘Markets Are Expecting The Federal Reserve To Save Them – It’s Not Going To Happen’.

And that, of course, is the point: the crash has been engineered. Why?

In summarizing the ongoing collapse of European infrastructure and industry, and energy shortages in the USA, Mike Adams notes that the ‘globalists are decimating the pillars of civilization in order to cause collapse and depopulation…. The overarching goal is to exterminate the vast majority of the human population, then enslave the survivors.’ See Dark Times: Industry and infrastructure collapsing by the day across Europe and the USA’.

But this is no surprise. All that any thoughtful observer needs to do is consider history, listen to what the Global Elite is telling us they are doing, observe them doing it, and then simply inform people what is at hand: The destruction of the global economy, as part of the fundamental reshaping of world order.

After all, the Elite has been crystal clear. It’s fundamental aim is to kill off a substantial proportion of the human population and reduce those humans and transhumans left alive to slavery while confined in their technocratic prison; even wealth concentration is anciliary to that, although a product of it. See ‘The Elite Coup to Kill or Enslave Us: Why Can’t Governments, Legal Actions and Protests Stop Them?’ And if you crash the global economy denying people regular food, energy to stay warm and the capacity to communicate effectively, most of those left alive will be inclined to submit to whatever conditions they are offered in order to survive. How bad does your technocratic prison sound now? Even if you are eating insects?

So, to reiterate a vital point, the Elite agenda in relation to the economy is intimately related to its wider agenda in relation to eugenics and technocracy.

In an interview about her recently published book – see One Nation Under Blackmail: The sordid union between Intelligence and Organized Crime that gave rise to Jeffrey Epstein – Whitney Webb simply observes that ‘we are being herded into a technofeudalism, slavery… there’s a lot of different names for it going around but it’s not good and it’s organized crime running the show’…. Elaborating, Webb explained that ‘They’re looking at feudalism and how do you create a class of slaves that cannot even cognitively rebel ever again.’ Watch ‘How Elites Will Create a New Class of Slaves’.

How will this happen? While it will obviously require several of the range of measures being introduced, particularly including the deployment of 5G, the digitization of your identity and the utilization of a range of other technologies such as artificial intelligence and geofencing, here is what Clive Thompson, retired Managing Director of Union Bancaire Privée in Switzerland, believes might happen:

I think its quite likely that the CBDC will arrive and it will also be the subject of the currency reset at the same time. At some point the world is going to go into a crisis or a country is going to go into a crisis…. When that happens I think they will close the banks, you will wake up on a Sunday morning and hear the news that they’ve shut the banks, they’re not going to open on Monday. Then by Monday evening or Tuesday you’ll get the announcement that we’re having a new currency – the CBDC – and don’t worry it will be one-to-one against the old currency but there will be some restrictions on your ability to convert your old money into the new money.

So if you’re poor and you have a small bank account it will be converted one-to-one straight away, and you’ll probably even find that you get a free gift from the government to kickstart the system, maybe three or five thousand pounds will be given to every citizen gratuitiously to kickstart the new system to the new CBDC. But if you have a hundred thousand or a million in the bank you’re going to be told ‘Yes, it’s one-to-one but you’re going to have to wait to convert it to the new currency.’ Now “wait” means “never”, we all know that. But they won’t tell you that. They’ll say it’s a temporary suspension because we’re in the middle of a crisis, the people are rioting in the street, we need to calm the system so ‘Here’s some free money everybody, go and enjoy yourselves.’…

So I think the CBDC will arrive as a consequence of a crisis and when that happens there will be a limitation on how much of your old currency you can convert, at one-to-one, with the new one…. But the advantage of this, from the government’s point of view, is it’s to all intents and purposes wiping the slate clean because all their liabilities will be denominated in a currency that nobody can use, nobody can spend. Watch ‘The Currency Reset Will Wipe Out Creditors and Usher in CBDCs. Part 1’.

In preparing to cope with the disruption this must inevitably cause, among other assets that would be critically useful while retaining value, such as open-pollinated (non-hybrid) seeds, Thompson suggests gold and silver (including gold and silver coins), land, property, equities, collectibles (such as art and rarer coins), machine and other tools, electricity generators, useful items, animals, firewood, washing powder, canned food and house extensions. See ‘The Currency Reset Will Wipe Out Creditors and Usher in CBDCs. Part 2.’

Of course, Thompson might be wrong in his prediction of precisely how the technocratic state will ultimately be imposed. But imposed it will be, one way or another, unless we are effectively resisting the foundational components of the Elite program.

Is cryptocurrency part of the answer?

Many people are suggesting cryptocurrencies as one way around some of the problems we face. However, the very basis of sound economy for any world that is unfolding is self-reliance, particularly in relation to essential needs around food, water, clothing, shelter and energy, within a local, sustainable community that is as self-sufficient as possible, and able to nonviolently defend itself.

Complemented by use of local markets and trading schemes – whether using local currencies or goods and services directly – this will maximise economic survival prospects for those participating (and no doubt some others besides).

Anything that is internet-based will become increasingly vulnerable, and there are definitely plans to shut down some/all of it, depending on the scenario. Cyber Polygon makes that crystal clear. See ‘Taking Control by Destroying Cash: Beware Cyber Polygon as Part of the Elite Coup’.

And unless a currency is backed by something with genuine value – as currencies were backed by gold or other metals in earlier eras – or there is widespread confidence in a currency for another reason (as currencies around the world have been backed by their governments until now), it can become valueless very quickly.

Moreover, the big banks are heavily invested in cryptocurrencies: Another reason to be wary. See 3 Banks That Have Big Plans for Blockchain and Cryptocurrency’.

But for an extremely succinct warning against crypto, check out this brief statement from Catherine Austin Fitts: ‘If you move to crypto, and I just want to really underscore this, crypto is not a currency, it is a control system.’ See ‘The Dangers Of Cryptocurrencies’.

And, perhaps, the recent bankruptcy of the FTX Group is worth considering. See ‘“This Is Unprecedented”: Enron Liquidator Overseeing FTX Bankruptcy Speechless: “I Have Never Seen Anything Like This”’.

For another of the many critiques of crypto, see retired corporate accountant Lawrence A. Stellato’s ‘The Dangers of Cryptocurrencies’.

Crypto has a high environmental cost too, given the technology it uses and the energy it needs to run.

In essence: Just not part of the future we must work together to build.

 


 

Chapter IX
The Rothschilds and Transhumanism

Before concluding this investigation, it is worth returning to consideration of the Rothschild family in relation to one final issue: Transhumanism.

Why is this important?

Throughout this investigation, I have endeavoured to document a few basic facts: The Global Elite is intent on reshaping world order by killing off a substantial proportion of the human population and enslaving those left alive as transhuman slaves imprisoned in ‘smart’ cities. As part of achieving this outcome, the global economy is being ransacked and destroyed: This is intended to deprive people of the sustenance necessary to resist the entire Elite program that, among other outcomes, will concentrate virtually all remaining wealth in Elite hands.

This program has been planned in detail by elite agents in organizations like the World Economic Forum and the World Health Organization and is being implemented by relevant international organizations and multinational corporations (particularly those in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries, and the corporate media), as well as national governments and medical organizations.

But, as I have pointed out, every organization, corporation and government is composed of individual human beings who make decisions (consciously or unconsciously) about what they do in any given circumstance. And while structural power is not something that can be ignored, individuals do have agency.

To illustrate this point, I have used the House of Rothschild as one example of a family of individuals who make decisions about how to act in the world and how the decisions of this family exercise enormous influence over world events. Consider another brief example of the decisions made by Rothschild family members and what has transpired as a result.

The Rothschild influence over world banking and the global economy, and thus political systems, is heavily documented and illustrated above. So, given the current Elite push to substantially reduce the human population and introduce a technocratic state populated by transhuman slaves, one question that inevitably suggests itself as worthy of further investigation concerns the possible involvement of the Rothschilds in the research and development of the technologies and biotechnologies that make this all possible.

An investigation soon reveals that Nathaniel Mayer Victor Rothschild, the 3rd Baron Rothschild, was born in 1910 and attended Trinity College, Cambridge, where he read physiology, later gaining a PhD. After working for MI5 during World War II, ‘he joined the zoology department at Cambridge University from 1950 to 1970. He served as chairman of the Agricultural Research Council from 1948 to 1958 and as worldwide head of research at Royal Dutch/Shell [as noted above, a family business] from 1963 to 1970.’ See ‘Victor Rothschild, 3rd Baron Rothschild’.

Beyond this, however, articles in ‘The Financial Times’ in 1982-1983 reveal that N.M. Rothschild, of which the biologist Lord Rothschild was head, had established a venture capital fund called Biotechnology Investments in 1981 to attract £25m investments for biotechnology research. However, the fund, registered in the tax haven of Guernsey, had such exacting scientific and financial standards that it was having trouble identifying companies that could meet those standards despite the rapidly growing field. According to one news report in 1982: ‘City [of London] estimates put the number of new technology companies established in the last five years at about 150, mostly in North America. At least 70 are practising genetic engineering.’ See Newsclippings re. Biotechnology Investments Limited (BIL) owned by N.M. Rothschild Asset Management.

But lest you are concerned that the Rothschilds failed to establish a firm foothold in this fledgling industry, you might be reassured, but no wiser, to read the entry on the CHSL Archives Repository (that focuses on ‘Preserving and promoting the history of molecular biology’) titled ‘Rothschild Asset Management – Rothschild, Lord Victor’.

You will be no wiser because the archive is marked ‘Closed until Jan 2045 – Suppress all images for 60 years’.

As it turns out, however, the Rothschilds, whose business acumen is never questioned, are still raising funds and investing heavily in biotechnology. See ‘Edmond de Rothschild private equity unit to invest in biotech’. It’s just that, as usual, while you are hearing from elite agents (such as Klaus Schwab, Yuval Noah Harari and Elon Musk) who publicly promote transhumanist endeavours, you are hearing very little from those, like the Rothschilds, who prefer control and profit to publicity.

Consequently, the Rothschilds are playing a key role both in the ongoing ransacking of the global economy and in profiting from the control they are helping to make possible through introduction of transhumanist technologies. It goes without saying that the family has heavy investments in many other technologies too, including those that will be critical to the success of the imminent technocratic world order, such as the Internet of Things. See, for example, Rothschild Technology Limited.

Of course, the Rothschilds and other Elite families with whom they are interconnected in various ways are also heavily involved through investments in major asset management corporations such as Vanguard and BlackRock. But again, it is not just about wealth concentration; it is about control and depopulation too. So, for example, the Rockefellers, another family closely connected to the Rothschilds, are also well-known for their longstanding involvement in social engineering and eugenics. See ‘Where Did this “New World Order” Coup Come From? The Rockefeller’s “Social Engineering Project”’ and ‘Killing Off Humanity: How the Global Elite is using Eugenics and Transhumanism to Shape Our Future’.

 


 

Chapter X
So What Can We Do About This?

 

Because it controls the political, economic, financial, technological, medical, educational, media and other important levers of society, the Elite profits hugely from daily human activity. But it can also precipitate an ‘extreme event’ (or the delusion of one) – a war, financial crisis (including depression), revolution, ‘natural disaster’, ‘pandemic’ (if you think that the Covid-19 scam was the last of its kind, see ‘Who’s Driving the Pandemic Express?’ and watch the plan for the next one, already available: ‘Catastrophic Contagion’) – and use its control of the political, economic, technological and other levers mentioned to manage how events unfold while simultaneously managing the narrative about what is taking place so that the truth is concealed.

This means that the Elite’s killing and exploitation of the human population at large is hidden behind whatever ‘enemy’ (human or otherwise) that Elite agents in government and the media direct the attention of the public towards at any given time.

It doesn’t matter whether we all end up blaming Hitler, Saddam or ‘the Russians’, ‘the capitalists’ or ‘Wall Street’, ‘the government’, ‘the climate’ or ‘the virus’, we never blame the Elite. So we never take action that is focused on stopping those individuals and their corporations and institutions that are fundamentally responsible for inflicting unending harm on us all, as well as the Earth and all of its other creatures too.

Fortunately, while the Elite is adept at devising an ever-expanding range of tools that can be used to manipulate events while simultaneously concealing this behind a barrage of propaganda, there is still just enough time to finally recognize what is happening and to end it. Otherwise, just as in the board game ‘Monopoly’, where one player finally owns everything and the other players have been forced out of the game, the Elite will win the ‘final battle’ against humanity, capture all wealth and reduce those humans and transhumans left alive to the status of slaves. See ‘The Final Battle for Humanity: It is “Now or Never” in the Long War Against Homo Sapiens’.

Does this sound insane to you? Of course it is. Do you think the Elite is insane? Of course it is. See ‘The Global Elite is Insane Revisited’ with further detail in Why Violence? and Fearless Psychology and Fearful Psychology: Principles and Practice.

But just because someone is insane and their plan is insane, it doesn’t mean they cannot succeed. Remember Adolf Hitler? Idi Amin in Uganda? Pol Pot in Cambodia? Insane violence of unspeakable magnitude can succeed if too many people either cannot perceive the insanity, are afraid of it or simply believe it is too preposterous – ‘It can’t be true.’ – and do nothing about it. Or, in the cases just mentioned, not until it was too late to prevent vast killing.

So here is the summary: Humanity faces the gravest threat in our history. But because our opponent – the Global Elite – is insane, we cannot rely on reason or thoughtfulness alone to get us out of this mess: You cannot reason with insanity. And because the Global Elite controls international and national political processes, the global economy and legal systems, efforts to seek redress through those channels must fail. See ‘The Elite Coup to Kill or Enslave Us: Why Can’t Governments, Legal Actions and Protests Stop Them?’

Hence, if we are going to defeat this long-planned, complex and multifaceted threat, we must defeat its foundational components, not delude ourselves that we can defeat it one threat at a time or even by choosing those threats we think are the worst and addressing those first.

This is because the elite program, whatever its flaws and inconsistencies, as well as its potential for technological failure at times, is deeply integrated so we must direct our efforts at preventing or halting those foundational components of it that make everything else possible. This is why random acts of resistance will achieve nothing. Effective resistance requires the focused exercise of our power. In simple terms, we must be ‘strategic’.

If you are interested in being strategic in your resistance to the ‘Great Reset’ and its related agendas, you are welcome to participate in the ‘We Are Human, We Are Free’ campaign which identifies a list of 30 strategic goals for doing so.

In addition and more simply, you can download the one-page flyer that identifies a short series of crucial nonviolent actions that anyone can take. This flyer, recently updated and now available in 23 languages (Chinese, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English, Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hebrew, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Malay, Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Spanish, Slovak and Turkish) with several more languages in the pipeline, can be downloaded from here: One-page Flyer.

If this strategic resistance to the ‘Great Reset’ (and related agendas) appeals to you, consider joining the ‘We Are Human, We Are Free’ Telegram group (with a link accessible from the website).

And if you want to organize a mass mobilization, such as a rally, at least make sure that one or more of any team of organizers and/or speakers is responsible for inviting people to participate in this campaign and that some people at the event are designated to hand out the one-page flyer about the campaign.

If you like, you can also watch, share and/or organize to show, a short video about the campaign here: We Are Human, We Are Free’ video.

In parallel with our resistance, we must create the political, economic and social structures that serve our needs, not those of the Elite. That is why long-standing efforts to encourage and support people to grow their own food, participate in local trading schemes (involving the exchange of knowledge, skills, services and products with or without a local medium of exchange) and develop structures for cooperation, governance, nonviolent defence and networking with other communities are so important. Of course, indigenous peoples still have many of these capacities – lost to vast numbers of humans as civilization has expanded over the past five millennia – but many people are now engaged in renewed efforts to create local communities, such as ecovillages, and local trading schemes, such as Community Exchange Systems. Obviously, we must initiate/expand these forms of individual and community engagement in city neighbourhoods too.

Moreover, as Catherine Austin Fitts reminds us, if we choose that option, there is nothing to stop us having our own decentralised money system, starting with our own local community central bank and our own local community currency. Watch ‘We Need to Talk about Mr Global – Part Two’.

Finally, as noted by Professor Carroll Quigley in the very last words of his nearly-1,000 page epic Tragedy & Hope:

‘Some things we clearly do not yet know, including the most important of all, which is how to bring up children to form them into mature, responsible adults.’ See Tragedy & Hope: A History of the World in Our Time, p. 947.

Fortunately, the passage of time since Quigley wrote these words has revealed an answer to this challenge. So, if you want to raise children who are powerfully able to investigate, analyze and act, you are welcome to make ‘My Promise to Children’.

 


 

Conclusion

 

Since the dawn of human civilization 5,000 years ago, in one context after another, some people who are more terrified than others in their immediate vicinity have sought what they perceived to be increased personal ‘security’ by gaining and exercising greater control over the people and resources around them.

Progressively, over time, this serious psychological dysfunctionality has been compounding until, today, the degree of ‘security’ and control that some people require includes all of us and all of the world’s resources. For want of a better term, we might call them the ‘Global Elite’ but it is important to understand that they are insane, criminal and ruthlessly violent.

This takeover of all of us and everything on Planet Earth is currently being attempted by this Elite through the ‘Great Reset’ and its related fourth industrial revolution, eugenicist and transhumanist agendas.

In essence, the intention is to kill off a substantial proportion of us, as is now happening, enclose the Commons forever (and force those who live in regional areas off the land) while imprisoning those left alive as transhuman slaves in their technocratic ‘smart cities’ where we will ‘own nothing’ but provide the compliant workforce necessary to serve Elite ends.

Whether wars or financial crises (including depressions), ‘natural disasters’, revolutions or ‘pandemics’, great events are contrived by the Elite to distract attention from and facilitate profound changes in world order and obscure vast transfers of wealth from ordinary people to this Elite.

And this is done with the active complicity of Elite agents – including international organizations such as the United Nations, national governments and legal systems – which is why redress cannot be found through mainstream political or legal channels.

However, distracted by an endless stream of irrelevant ‘news’, superficial debates such as capitalism vs. socialism, monarchy vs. democracy, this political party vs. that political party, or even which football team is better, virtually all people are oblivious to how the world really works and who is orchestrating how history will be written by elite agents.

Is there conflict between individuals, families and groups within the Elite? Of course! But unlike the conflicts they endlessly throw in our faces to distract and manipulate us, the unifying agenda to which they all subscribe is to perpetually restructure world order to expand Elite control and extract more wealth for Elites. 5,000 years of human history categorically demonstrates that point.

Hence, if humanity is to defeat this Elite program, we must do it ourselves.

And if you want your resistance to this carefully-planned Elite technocratic takeover to be effective, then it must be strategic. Otherwise, your death or technocratic enslavement is now imminent.


Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Historical Analysis of the Global Elite: Ransacking the World Economy Until ‘You’ll Own Nothing.’

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

First published on July 20, 2022

Introduction

I write this expert report as a British engineer, inventor, patent writer and weapons research scientist; an engineer with a materials science background, and inventor of the world’s first binocular optical wave guides, weapons sight systems, infrared thermal imaging head up displays, molecular reactors, signal processing, and transducer design, to name a limited few.

As Chief Technology Officer (CTO) at the company that designed and brought to market the world’s first internationally approved head up display (HUD) product, accredited with a number of innovation awards, but more importantly regulated to a number of internationally recognized standards, including (DOT) Department of Transport ECE 22.05, as well as ANSI and others, I was relied upon in the establishment of international standards for augmented reality (AR) and virtual reality (VR) HUD systems.

Refer to Exhibit 2a, from patent attorney, Ex. 2b from Recorder Nolan, Ex. 2c Cyber Command, Ex. 2d Standards for HUD systems, Ex. 2di appendix.

Cyber Command USA had been made aware of my expertise and specifically requested my advice with regard to an unusual 5G antenna design deployed across the USA. I have been extremely fortunate that most (but not all) of my research and product development work has been carried out outside of the Official Secrets Acts (OSA) legislation.

I have acted as a witness and provided statements in several court cases, exposing the lack of any credible evidence that the 5G light-emitting diode (LED) network and planned neural connection to the 5G grid are safe.

This includes nano metamaterial technologies that are contaminating vaccinations, that are not legal or lawful, and that breach a number of international and domestic laws.

Judge Nolan at Newcastle Crown Court stated that “The 5G risk must be debated” and that “This is a democracy and the public have a right to know”.

The evidence I presented to the court defeated the attempt by the local authorities and actors in the British establishment to silence me from providing the published scientific evidence on the risks posed to the public and environment from the 5G urban radar network and its ultimate purpose.

The failed court action taken by the local authority created a publicity storm that helped to highlight the actual risks from the 5G deployment across the world, as well as the total lack of care taken by regulators allowing this 5G deployment.

My involvement with several research and development projects spans my entire working career and includes some of a sensitive nature due to Official Secrets Act 1911 restrictions and therefore I am not at liberty to disclose these in a public domain; suffice to say this work has led to an understanding of Department of Defense (DOD) contracts, the compartmentalization of weapon product design projects, and Directed Energy Weapons (DEW), whose existence has until recently been obscured and sometimes denied. I.1.

The use of directional microwave radiation weapons by unknown actors on US embassies in Cuba, China and Russia, known as Havana Syndrome, is still not fully recognized by the authorities. Havana Syndrome bears all the hallmarks of microwave radiation emissions, which have left victims suffering significant and irreparable neurological damage, among other injuries. The US government has been unable to keep these weapons secret and recently passed a bill to compensate embassy staff victims. I.2

The US intelligence agencies, in their communications with the Russian government, confirm that they already knew of the existence and capability of microwave radiation weapons and their appeal to their assumed Russian adversaries was for the cessation of the use of these weapons against their embassies. I.3

My research field also covers other battlefield interrogation and weapon systems, including Lethal Autonomous Weapons Systems (LAWS), I.4, Autonomous Underwater Vehicles (AUV), Light Detection And Ranging (LIDAR), phased array radar technologies, including 5G for tracking weapons platforms, as well as biological assets on and off the battlefield that are increasingly used in a civilian setting to include facial recognition technologies, autonomous electric vehicles, drones, none of which have been fully environmentally assessed for harm from their radiation emissions to the general public or wildlife. I.5

5G urban radar, ionizing radiation and critical infrastructure risks

5G, unlike all of the other generations (Gs) of telecommunications, is technically identified as an urban radar directed energy in air emission, which requires the antenna to be designed to cause the focused energy in air for the high-speed compression of data to and from antennas designed to send and receive focused energy through a theoretical collimated and coherent signal. II.1

The beam forming wave in the main lobe emission breaches the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP) guideline of 61V for a maximum exposure of 6 minutes. II.2

This ICNIRP guideline is contrary to the Council of Europe (COE) 1815 Resolution and to the European 2016 guideline, which confirm the published peer-reviewed science that anything over 600 mV/m should be limited to short-term exposure, and long-term exposure should be no more than 200 mV/m. This is orders of magnitude lower than the 6-minute, 61,000 mV ICNIRP guideline, which is a biological cooking value. ICNIRP is widely acknowledged to be a “captured agency”, as confirmed in the Italian courts. II.3

The sweeping movement of the beam wave at over 13.6V causes the positive charging of air, which is noxious to all biological life at significant distances from the antenna emission to the target acquisition zone, such is the capability of the 5G hard- and software and is the very reason this equipment is, and has been, used extensively on the battlefield as scanning environment radar and Directed Energy Weapons (DEWs) for the purpose of disrupting and disabling enemy hardware, as well as biological assets, i.e. humans. II.4

Typically, the 5G antenna design uses a larger power input and directed output to deliver focused, high-power data compression signals measured in watts or electron volts.

The aviation industry, including Boeing and Airbus, have recently raised concerns over 5G due to its capability to endanger passenger aircraft that do not have the military mitigation technologies in a civilian setting to protect their pilots or aeroplane flight control systems against directed energy emissions. II.5

The telecoms industry and other regulatory bodies have continually denied the real purpose, and existence of the radiation dangers posed by the deployment of 5G technologies; they have actively misled the public by issuing demonstrably false press releases through local and national media, as well as by making false statements in courts in failed attempts to discredit experts, including myself, even though they had been advised by their own intelligence agencies that the experimental, uninsurable-for-harm technology was and is extremely dangerous to the security of the state. II.6

“Backhaul” in the context of 5G is the term used for the technological advance that enables data to be interrogated and uplifted from multiple devices and environments simultaneously; in other words spying across the whole area, leaving no chance of any privacy.

The capability of interrogation and digitization of the intelligence gathered breaches a number of human rights laws. This patent (II.7), one of a number that confirm the capability to interrogate sound and voice emissions through buildings to gather data on an unsuspecting population using electromagnetic hardware and software systems, are all part of the vast 5G toolbox.

Spectrum dominance of the 5G network from sub 3 GHz to 300 GHz poses a real risk of bodily harm from higher photon energy value frequencies that are coherent radiation emissions, the impact of which is currently unknown since they are untested and not proven to be safe, as well as uninsurable, with levels of radiation emissions in excess of anything imagined by earlier technologists. ICNIRP guideline radiation values apply only to single antenna device emitters, and do not take into account the massive increase and multiplication of radiation emission devices proposed across all cities and towns for the 5G network, which is intended to interconnect everything simultaneously using highly complex, biologically toxic, and in particular, modulated microwave radiation. II.8

5G deployment is under way by governments across the world in all cities and towns without any of the obligatory prior environmental impact analysis or public insurance for instruments of harm (II.9), rendering the whole network deployment an illegal and unlawful act by authorities acting ultra vires in allowing known biologically toxic ionizing and non-ionizing radiation emissions unfettered access to the environment. Telecoms companies generally self-certify having met (obsolete) ICNIRP guidelines, which allows them to breach those guidelines without sanction as there are no regulatory bodies making independent assessments of adherence to the ICNIRP guidelines. II.10.

These are the same ICNIRP guidelines that have been shown to cause ill health and cancers in the general population in proximity to the existing 4G networks. II.11

A further troubling factor is that the telecommunications industry responsible for the deployment have confirmed that they, the industry, have not carried out any scientific research and therefore have no current published scientific research data on the actual impact of 5G networks on the environment.

Independent research studies on the subject refute industry and government propaganda about the safety of the 5G network. II.12

Government agencies who are tasked with protecting the population from the confirmed cancer-causing properties of non-ionizing and ionizing radiation have failed to provide a regulatory framework of safety standards or guidelines to protect the environment, thereby exposing an unsuspecting public to levels of radiation that are harmful and life-threatening. II.13

Serious critical infrastructure risks have been ignored in the unregulated rush to deploy the 5G network. Industry and government regulators across the world have ignored a number of serious scientifically established risks arising from the mass densification of 5G, Internet of Things (IOT) and SMART aircraft, electrical grid Internet communications, city antenna systems, which require billions of large spectrum quadrature amplitude modulated (QAM) microwave radiation transmitters.

Canada’s cellular network in 2018 was supported by approximately 33,000 large towers of up to 200 feet in height. The new 5G protocol will require many more, higher radiation beam wave emissions using precisely located towers across Canada’s towns and cities – an estimated 273,000 – at a much shorter height with significantly larger energy demands on the electric grid and network. II.14

The propaganda narrative of industry and agencies claiming these 5G networks use less energy is demonstrably false. The massive increase in antennas from massive multiple-in multiple-out (MIMO) antennas for 5G, plus the mini and micro relay networks, as well as increased device data usage all require further power consumption in watts. The continual, not-on-demand, scanning radar designed to pick out the target area is continually in operation, with the added overlaying of multiples of higher energy focused beam waves, created by the out-of-phase emission antennas. These focused high energy beam waves, operating across a larger part of the spectrum, use higher energy photon values in the compressed millimetre wave spectrum to deliver high power data compression beams across urban areas and is the reason the aviation industry are very concerned at the risks posed to their communication systems critical to keeping aircraft safe in the air.

The planned and currently deployed 5G mass antenna installations all add to an ever-increasing requirement for more energy to produce the increased data transfer through radiation emissions across cities and towns. Microwave radiation emissions are known to increase thermal temperatures, contributing to the climate change challenges and life-threatening effects of raising temperatures in cities. Heat island impacts are defined as large urban areas that are affected by increases in city temperatures that have been recognized by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) as causing detrimental health impacts and increases in energy consumption. II.15

Energy consumption in heat islands increases demand for air conditioning to cool buildings. In an assessment of case studies spanning locations in several countries, electricity demand for air conditioning increased approximately 1–9% for each 2°F increase in temperature. Countries where most buildings have air conditioning, such as the United States, had the highest increase in electricity demand. Heat islands contribute to higher daytime temperatures, reduced night-time cooling, and higher air-pollution levels. These, in turn, contribute to heat-related deaths and heat-related illnesses such as general discomfort, respiratory difficulties, heat cramps, heat exhaustion, and non-fatal heat stroke.

Microwave radiation will also affect a large number of molecular structures in materials, which increases building fire risk. This is due to hydrocarbon elements in buildings breaking down due to modulated microwave radiation, which causes localized heating and the breakdown of materials. Microwave radiation at certain frequencies will excite water molecules and if there is no moisture available, other less volatile molecules will absorb the radiation and start to heat. Therefore, any material that has dried out can overheat and ignite more easily in a microwave field, a type of priming. The risks particular to the 5G radiation emissions are due to the proposed mass densification and spectrum dominance of the radiation emissions. Also, any metal objects inside a microwave field can exhibit dielectric properties that can cause sparking, which could lead to a fire; this is caused by a build-up of charged particles, energy that produces a concentrated electric field at the edge of the metal. II.16

These are all scientific phenomena that have been ignored by the regulators and industry, but the most alarming, unrecognized and unregulated issue is fatigue of materials caused by the continual bombardment of 5G data compression and focused (QAM) modulated microwave energy fields. 5G requires far more complex and focused data package compression of energy.

The potential for specific frequency causing the disassociation of molecular structures of solid building materials, priceless artworks, and wine collections, among other things, cannot be overstated due to the currently un-researched cross-wave impacts of such high levels of energy-in-air modulated radiation emissions. This cacophony of microwave radiation pollution could lead to severe failures in larger capital equipment, including the electrical grid. Current critical infrastructure was never assessed or engineered with this pulse-vibration, energy-in-air value added to the materials’ fatigue calculation and ultimate life expectancy of the established infrastructure, including the power grid. II.17

What has also been discovered is unnecessary latent power capacitance built into the 5G SMART IOT hardware network. This large capacitance could easily be used for a possible Electro Magnetic Pulse (EMP) attack on cities and populations II.18

This would depend on the known interconnectivity and remote access of an easily hackable network to all emission devices in the built up radiation 5G grid. II.19

5G operating systems have already been compromised and could pose a significant security risk, as EMPs can cause a major disruption to electromagnetic communication systems, the electrical grid and electronics hardware; EMP emissions usually come from sources including the Sun and a number of developed weapons. II.20

The electromagnetic pulse wave from nuclear bomb testing was shown to cause large electrical grid disturbances at great distances. Something similar happened when 5G was switched on in South Korea in April 2019: it caused a number of city fires due to the documented failure of the electrical grid transformers. The South Korean government and media passed this off as having been caused by forest fires in five separate cities simultaneously all across the country when 5G was turned on, but this alleged cause does not explain the electrical grid disturbance and destruction of critical electrical grid hardware. EMP risks identified in the USA demonstrate that this type of poorly regulated 5G technology poses a potential risk throughout the world. II.21

The telecommunications narrative for 5G is only a cover for its actual future capability and purpose, as confirmed by the total absence of environmental risk research and insurance liability cover for harm. The future domain for the battle space and the ongoing deployment of 5G technological advance include 5G weapons for warfare across cities, towns and countryside. The domain includes psychological warfare technologies, including control and dissemination of information through social media to obscure the real purpose of 5G as a warfare system.

“The Fifth Generation mission-space represents a new environment in which future operations will take place. The complexity of the domain is exacerbated by uncontrolled and undefined actors directing or influencing the narrative. The greatest challenge of the new mission space is the total erosion of the concepts of the enemy and of war itself. The opponent will be much more ambiguous and warfare will become an insidious creep designed to degrade from within rather than attack from without”. (emphasis added) II.22

Special operations forces are already debating the opportunities and risks from the IOT 5G networks, with assassination through the LAWs that can be used to eliminate targeted individuals.

“Metamaterial adoption has been greatest in communications, antennas, and radar systems, with related radio-frequency identification (RFID) applications for tagging, tracking, and locating. The move to 5G communications and extraordinary radar capabilities will push developments even faster, with commercial sales forecasted to exceed $10 billion annually by 2030. Metamaterials are integral to future high-performance, high-impedance, low-profile, conformal, and fractal antennas for communications and radar systems. Immense potential exists for game-changing shifts in military communications and radar systems through metamaterials. Indeed, as metamaterials become more fully integrated into antenna technologies, they will reduce system costs, enable smaller devices with reduced power requirements, facilitate novel shapes and form factors, and deliver more agile beam forming and shaping capabilities.” II.23

The military industrial complex across the world know only too well the advantages of using electromagnetic weapon systems for battlefield interrogation, namely 5G, and have done so since the emergence of the technology during the Second World War. What is also well understood is the vast body of published scientific data showing the detrimental health and environmental effects from the current telecommunications networks. 5G adds a whole range of further risks to the environment, and to the health of the population. II.24

This is not an argument that can now be disputed; mission creep and the planning of asymmetrical, unconventional warfare across cities should be of great concern, especially to the civilian population in case they become the target of an Orwellian technocratic, fascist regime. Who would be controlling the spying urban interrogation radar and directed energy in air weapon systems? II.25

Many opportunities are currently under discussion across the defence industry, focusing on the capability of the 5G urban networks to tag the population with metamaterial antennas, while serious concerns and risks are seemingly ignored. II.26

These agendas and future plans pose a significant risk to civil liberties, critical infrastructure and the rule of law.

Vaccination metamaterials, nanoparticle contamination magnetic fields

Vaccines have been shown in a number of studies to contain toxic metal contaminants, including “inexplicable” levels of nanometal contamination. III.1

This phenomenon is far from inexplicable if the research scientists who carried out this study had had knowledge of the defence industry goals and the metamaterial ingredients that can be used to enhance urban 5G interrogation technologies, as well as various other nano material development projects. III.2

Metals are almost universally radar-reflective and therefore are visible for use as a means of detecting objects. “Wetware” is the name given to biological structures operating in the battlefield space that are far more difficult to track and trace or attack using LIDAR, RADAR or DEWs. Metals are strong reflectors of electromagnetic waves and allow for increased detection and resolution from battlefield interrogation technologies. Specific metal shapes in polymers can be used for their dielectric properties to deflect and absorb the reflection and interrogation capability of current radar systems. III.3

However, without using this precise shape and polymer encapsulation, metal contamination in the form of metamaterials allows for a higher resolution of the target. After the Covid-19 vaccine technology is injected into the body, the target acquisition of wetware is far more precise and the technological field can be used to gather biometric data. It is envisaged that wearable and portable electronic devices that are currently in use to connect the person to the Cloud will become redundant due to these and further technological advances. The Neuralink control network uses implanted nano technology antennas that can gather such data and upload it to the Cloud; these innovations are well beyond the planning phase and all part of the future battlefield space. III.4

Dr Robert O. Young’s research confirms that the Covid-19 injections have been fully loaded with metamaterials, namely graphite, ferrous oxide nanoparticulates. III.5

This shocking discovery is confirmed through our own research carried out on victims, as well as thousands of anecdotal videos showing electromagnetic radiation emissions; together with magnets and metal objects reacting to the injection sites of those vaccinated with the Covid-19 serum. Other biomarkers used include SM-102, which is a toxic phospholipid present in the Moderna Covid-19 vaccines, a synthetic luciferin that improves bioluminescence-imaging luciferase. III.6

Luciferins can be activated using electromagnetic radiation to create a bioluminescence of the subject. Facial recognition technologies, part of the 5G technology toolbox, can then be used to track and trace the contaminated subject across the environmental space.

The deaths and significant biological damage in the population caused by the Covid-19 experimental mRNA vaccine medical intervention have now been documented in nearly one thousand published scientific papers. III.7.

Covid-19 injections are now related to blood-clotting, myocarditis, pericarditis, thrombosis, thrombocytopenia, anaphylaxis, Bell’s palsy, Guillain-Barré syndrome, and cancer, among others. This is confirmed by irrefutable science and government-gathered data from the UK Health and Security Agency, which shows Covid-19 vaccines to be unsafe and ineffective.

Radiation-induced coronavirus COVID-19 symptoms

The vast majority of the populations across the West, in particular those of the Five Eyes community, the Anglosphere intelligence alliance comprising Australia, Canada, New Zealand, the United Kingdom, and the United States, have been injected without their knowledge with nano metamaterial antennas and are unfortunately going to suffer increased mortality rates due to localized reflecting radiation emissions from the 5G urban radar. All of the known coronavirus symptoms can be attributed to ionizing and non-ionizing radiation pollution. IV.1, IV.2

5G has been identified in a number of published papers as the actual cause of the pandemic, the start of which coincided with the switching on of the 5G network in Wuhan province, whose population had just been vaccinated with a mandated flu vaccination. 5G has the potential to deliver ionizing energy levels that would cause immune system suppression, leaving the body at risk of disease. IV.3

The Covid-19 pathogen has not been isolated or purified and currently no government agency can provide the isolate or evidence of its actual existence, apart from the in-silica modelling created by the Wuhan Institute, which is officially acknowledged to be China’s most advanced virus research lab complex. China has been a signatory to the Biological Weapons Convention (BWC) since 1985, and in 1993 declared the Wuhan Institute of Biological Products as one of eight bio warfare research facilities covered by the BWC. Any individual working at or on that site would be legally obliged not to divulge any secrets arising in the course of their employment at that facility and are therefore not at liberty to speak out. The Wuhan National Biosafety Level 4 (BSL-4) laboratory is dedicated to the research of severe infectious diseases. It has the highest level of biological safety and covers many of the bio toxins and illegal gain of function SARS-Cov-2 bioweapons developments, and was the source for the initial pathogen data for the existence of Covid-19 and the consequent international pharmaceutical business vaccination programme response. Coincidentally, the PCR test was never able to identify a live virus or pathogen and is the fundamental basis for the lockdowns across the world, which have been used with great effect to terrorize the world’s population into believing that Covid-19 exists as a live virus and that the only survival strategy is taking a bio weapon technology masquerading as a vaccine. IV.4

The Centers for Disease Control (CDC) have now removed the PCR test as a diagnostic tool, after it was misused, which is evidence of its deliberate use to create fear and distress among a misinformed population. IV.5

Research scientists and medical doctors across the world have been gagged, threatened and vilified in the media and discredited as conspiracy theorists by governments and their agents when they have spoken out to oppose this trans-globalist agenda. The Great Barrington Declaration, with over 800,000 signatories, has been ignored and vilified by those pushing their terrorizing narrative. It was unconscionably ignored so that the populations in the West could be terrorized into participating in the largest illegal and unlawful medical experiment in world history. IV.6

Augmented humans increasing mortality in 5G radiation fields

Augmented humans and their so-called biological enhancement are already forming part of governments’ and defence industries’ wider digital connected world agenda. V.1.

Amazingly, in representative democracies across the world, this is happening without any public consultation, with zero public debate by the proposed participants of this ideological, technological, political agenda. V.2

It can be postulated that the only reason the technocratic elite, including the driving forces of the World Economic Forum (WEF) and the United Nations (UN) with its Agenda 2030, could have for keeping this digital connected world agenda from the public is that they would condemn and refuse to participate in it. Although there are obvious, serious legal and lawful implications surrounding this agenda, the focus should be on the legal implications of allowing the use of biologically harmful technologies that will have a detrimental impact on health, the environment, and mortality. Currently there is no credible safety data or research showing the deployment of this technology to be safe. Another shocking example of a product being brought to market with no optical safety standard norms or testing protocols is virtual reality (VR) headsets. Despite the fact that artificial optical radiation is a known environmental and human hazard, these headsets require a magnification of optical radiation as a retinal display and confirm the total disregard for safety and the law. A further example, the neural uplink technology requires the insertion or injection of nano metamaterials that have antenna capability into the brains and bodies of humans across the planet. V.3

Nano materials have already been shown in the published literature to produce detrimental biological effects causing cell death and potential fertility problems. V.4, V.5

It is suggested that nano antennas are used to receive and respond using coherent compression of QAM data within the body, without any corresponding safety data, thereby creating a population of radiation emission entities, which under certain legal definitions would become electrical devices and thus not classed as human. The energy levels from these proposed coherent signals from and to antennas positioned within the body and brain will increase the cellular damage from the impacts of radiation coming from outside of the body, which have already been shown to be genotoxic. V.6

The modulating levels from low power mobile communication devices operating in the non-ionizing energy spectrum were shown to cause reactive oxygen species (ROS) and to be genotoxic to animals in the largest independent study conducted, the National Toxicology Program (NTP) study, the results of which are supported by the larger body of independent published science. These studies confirm the genotoxic effect on animals from sub chronic ICNIRP guideline-level exposures. 5G urban emissions are designed to deliver chronic radiation exposure that will undoubtedly increase the genotoxic effects on all the biological life that the radiation comes into contact with. These radiation emissions are well over the 6-minute contamination-level guideline recommended across certain spectrums by ICNIRP. Evidence from areas blanketed by the less powerful and less densified radiation emissions of 4G networks have already shown significant detrimental effects on wildlife. V.7.

Smaller biological organisms that make up the whole ecosystem have less protection from man-made radiation emissions and can therefore show effects in a more visible, incontrovertible way. The acute lack of small insects has been shown to be caused primarily by new experimental man-made radiation emissions, including light emitting diodes (LED) which have been little studied for their detrimental effects on the environment. V.8

The addition of nano metamaterials through implant, injection, and environmental contamination will create a cytotoxic environment detrimental to all biological life. Localized reflection from the metamaterial antennas or the nanometal-contaminated vaccinated entities will add to a substantial increase in radiation exposures, especially across cities. 5G backhaul technology can now capture and interrogate multiple data points, conversations, as well as bodily biometrics and movements 24 hours per day, every day, to the detriment of the Covid-19-vaccinated for the rest of what is likely to be a limited life expectancy, as well as of those unable to remove themselves from these 5G radiation networks and nanoparticle-polluted environments.

Man-made magnetic fields accompany the digitized (QAM) beam wave, which increases emissions and creates an energy vibration disturbance of the nano metamaterial particulates in the contaminated vaccinated body; this will significantly increase the cytotoxicity of the technologies on an unsuspecting mass population of vaccinated persons.

The mandating of this technological experiment in the form of a vaccine that increases sterility and causes untimely death is a criminal enterprise by organizations and individuals who have failed to recognize the compartmentalized development of weapon systems required for the control and planned depopulation agenda. The mass depopulation intelligence was confirmed in defence circles as early as 2017 by the Deagel weapons hardware intelligence group, which predicted many millions of casualties occurring in countries across the West by 2025.

Ignorance should serve as no defence for these criminals, who are party to waging asymmetrical war against an ignorant and terrorized populace.

The criminals may be identified by their total disregard of obligatory environmental risk assessments and safety standard norms in regard to experimental technologies and the precautionary principles that should be applied to them.

UK government data show clearly that the experimental vaccines do not work as a vaccine and are posing a significant risk to the population through serious adverse reactions in the millions, including death. Despite there being no benefit to children in the injection of this poison into them, the actors behind this planned murderous event ignore the science and the irrefutable data as they press on with their covert warfare agenda against the most vulnerable in our societies. V.9

The CDC admit to the current life-threatening dangers posed to the young from this experimental technology, with no long-term data on the dangers posed by this biochemical weapons deployment. At the root of the flagrant disregard of all ethical and legal obligations is the overarching military battlefield agenda, which dictates that war should now be waged against civilian populations.

Conclusion

To quote Martin L Pall, PhD, Emeritus Professor of Biochemistry and Medical Sciences at Washington State University, “Putting tens of millions of 5G antennas, without a single biological test of safety, has to be about the stupidest idea anyone has had in the history of the world”. Professor Pall is wrong, however: it is not a stupid idea but a heinous crime if one understands the motive behind this deployment. 5G is a compartmentalized weapons deployment masquerading as a benign technological advance for enhanced communications and faster downloads. The globalist false propaganda falls away with one simple undisputed fact: their PCR test patent for Covid-19, which was filed in 2015, was never able to identify a live virus, so that it could be utilized to terrorize ignorant and unsuspecting populations across the world into taking a Covid-19 vaccine polluted with a nano antenna technology to hook victims up to the 5G network.

Emerging 5G, autonomous, augmented reality technologies, often referred to by the manufactures as “killer tech”, will prove to be exactly that. The laissez-faire approach adopted by regulatory bodies and the telecoms industry encouraged the total disregard of the known biological harm from increasing levels of ionizing and non-ionizing radiation arising from the mass deployment of these technologies, which were developed for battlefield use. Non-governmental organizations, individuals and groups have had to take court action against government safety regulatory organizations as they have ignored the precautionary principle and disregarded the requirement for standards which are indispensable in law for new and experimental product developments.

The whole basis for the existence of regulatory bodies has been corrupted by criminals within these organizations who have destroyed the confidence of the educated public in them.

\Basic safety requirements have been wilfully ignored by the telecoms industry and the ICNIRP guidelines have been deliberately designed to confuse those who lack technical knowledge.

The Covid-19 vaccine adverse reactions data read like the destruction of mankind as millions of North American citizens die and are injured in this medical experiment that is in breach of the Nuremberg Code and the Rome Statute of the International Criminal Court.

Levels of radiation emissions from the 5G network empirically exceed the COE 1815 Resolution and confirm the assault, causing actual bodily harm to populations across the world. The fact that the Covid-19 vaccines vector data were developed in biological chemical weapons laboratories proves that they are only masquerading as vaccines, with the emerging data of sterilization, ill health and death across the West revealing their true purpose. The depopulation of those with no knowledge of the murderous agenda will continue until the criminals involved in this mass murder are brought to justice. The 5G network has the capability to target acquire and attack the vaccinated due to their nano metamaterial antenna Covid-19 vaccine.

Lethal Autonomous Weapons Systems (LAWS) require the 5G networks to maintain their geoposition and navigate their environment to the target; these weapons cannot rely on satellite communications due to the potential for inclement weather events and signal latency to disrupt their signals so they must have localized 5G networks for the upcoming cityscape battlefield environment, for assassination capability and for battlefield domination in planned future wars. Rogue actors are implementing the Final Solution, a Third Reich concept now actualized by the WEF Build Back Better, Fourth Industrial Revolution against civilian populations, as proposed by the defence industry in breach of the Geneva Conventions, as well as domestic and international laws and treaties.

For the avoidance of doubt, the definition of a weapon is a device, tool, or action that has been fashioned to cause physical or psychological harm in breach of the primary legislation.

The compartmentalization of weapons systems development has played a crucial role in not alerting those within the regulatory authorities and telecommunications industry to the real purpose and intentions of those ultimately driving and funding the deployment of 5G and biological chemical weapons masquerading as Covid-19 vaccines for a planned control and command kill grid.

The world is blindly following the plans of the technocratic elite and the military-industrial-pharma complex to terminate large numbers within populations across the world with no regard to the primary legislation.

God-given rights and laws enshrined for the protection of men and women have been disregarded by these cult-like forces in their depopulation, sterilization and mass murder agenda.

5G is a weapon system, a crime against humanity so monstrous that even an educated person would find it unbelievable on first inspection of the facts.

The prima facie evidence of this globalist depopulation agenda is unequivocal and should be tested in the courts so that the conspirators involved in this murderous plan can be brought to justice. This is the greatest crime ever to be perpetrated on mankind and all of God’s creation.

Statement of Truth

I believe that the facts stated in this witness statement are true. I understand that proceedings for contempt of court may be brought against anyone who makes, or causes to be made, a false statement in a document verified by a statement of truth without an honest belief in its truth.

***

Mark Steele is Chief Technology officer at www.saveusnow.org.uk a resistance party to this criminal attack on humanity.

He is Inventor and Patent Writer of Head up Display and weapon sight systems. He is a product development Engineer and Direct Energy Weapon systems expert.
*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on For Life on Earth.

Notes

I.1 https://info.publicintelligence.net/USAF-DEW.pdf

I.2 https://thehill.com/homenews/house/573302-house-passes-bill-to-compensate-havana-syndrome-victims

I.3 https://usareally.com/11737-cia-director-tells-russia-not-to-use-microwave-radiation-against-american-spies

I.4 https://css.ethz.ch/content/dam/ethz/special-interest/gess/cis/center-for-securities-studies/pdfs/CSSAnalyse164-EN.pdf

I.5 https://idstch.com/technology/photonics/critical-technologies-lidar-developed/

II.1 https://www.sbir.gov/node/2005877

II.2 https://www.icnirp.org/cms/upload/publications/ICNIRPrfgdl2020.pdf

II.3 https://www.radiationresearch.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/Turin-Verdict-ICNIRP_Judgment-SUMMARY-of-the-Turin-Court-of-Appeal-9042019_EN-min.pdf

II.4 https://crsreports.congress.gov/product/pdf/IF/IF11882

II.5 https://www.theguardian.com/science/2021/dec/21/airbus-and-boeing-express-concerns-over-5g-interference-in-us

II.6 https://o5g.cz/2021/11/30/mi6-chief-warns-that-a-tech-revolution-over-next-ten-years-could-pose-major-threat-to-world-order/?nowprocket=1

II.7 https://patents.google.com/patent/US20050220310A1/e

II.8 https://www.ceragon.com/what-you-need-to-know-about-5g-wireless-backhaul

II.9 https://principia-scientific.com/lloyds-insurers-refuse-to-cover-5g-wi-fi-illnesses/

II.10 https://www.caav.org.uk/news/beware-dangers-of-telecoms-masts

II.11 https://ecfsapi.fcc.gov/file/107222548308131/Cell%20Tower%20Transmitter%20Studies-28%20Summary%20Findings.pdf

II.12 https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0013935118300161?via%3Dihub

II.13 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC1469943/

II.14 https://canada.constructconnect.com/dcn/news/associations/2018/07/constructing-5g-wireless-network-will-require-plenty-skilled-tradespeople

II.15 https://www.epa.gov/heatislands/heat-island-impacts

II.16 https://engineering.mit.edu/engage/ask-an-engineer/why-cant-we-put-metal-objects-in-a-microwave/

II.17 https://user.eng.umd.edu/~vlg/MSIC%20lectures.pdf

II.18 https://www.dhs.gov/news/2020/09/03/dhs-combats-potential-electromagnetic-pulse-emp-attack

II.19 https://www.itpro.co.uk/mobile-security/34807/5g-networks-are-vulnerable-to-hacking

II.20 https://energsustainsoc.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/s13705-019-0199-y

II.21 https://www.doh.wa.gov/Portals/1/Documents/Pubs/320-090_elecpuls_fs.pdf

II.22 https://irp-cdn.multiscreensite.com/26db15ee/files/uploaded/5GW%20Section1.pdf

II.23 https://cgsr.llnl.gov/content/assets/docs/StratLatUnONLINE.pdf

II.24 https://apps.dtic.mil/dtic/tr/fulltext/u2/a282886.pdf

II.25 https://media.defense.gov/2019/Apr/03/2002109302/-1/-1/0/DIB_5G_STUDY_04.03.19.PDF

II.26 https://www.airuniversity.af.edu/Portals/10/AUPress/Papers/LP_0004_ELECTROMAGNETIC_DEFENSE_TASK_FORCE_2_2019.PDF

III.1 https://medcraveonline.com/IJVV/IJVV-04-00072.pdf

III.2 https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s42452-019-0592-3

III.3 https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/materials-science/radar-absorbing-material

III.4 https://www.sciencealert.com/scientists-say-a-human-brain-cloud-interface-is-coming-this-is-what-it-could-be-like

III.5 https://www.drrobertyoung.com/post/transmission-electron-microscopy-reveals-graphene-oxide-in-cov-19-vaccines

III.6 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC4026177/

III.7 https://www.saveusnow.org.uk/covid-vaccine-scientific-proof-lethal/

IV.1 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/30998908/

IV.2 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3426842/

IV.3 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC8580522/#

IV.4 https://telegra.ph/The-scam-has-been-confirmed-PCR-does-not-detect-SARS-CoV-2-02-08

IV.5 https://www.cdc.gov/csels/dls/locs/2021/07-21-2021-lab-alert-Changes_CDC_RT-PCR_SARS-CoV-2_Testing_1.html

IV.6 https://gbdeclaration.org/

V.1 https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/986301/Human_Augmentation_SIP_access2.pdf

V.2 https://augmented-humans.org/

V.3 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/33431878/

V.4 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/30587973/

V.5 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/19652459/

V.6 https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/em.22343

V.7. https://ehtrust.org/wp-content/uploads/Mt-Nardi-Wildlife-Report-to-UNESCO-FINAL.pdf

V.8 https://esajournals.onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/full/10.1890/14-0468.1

V.9 https://www.cdc.gov/vaccines/acip/meetings/downloads/slides-2021-06/04-COVID-Lee-508.pdf

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Fifth Generation (5G) Directed Energy Radiation Emissions In the Context of Contaminated Nanometal Covid-19 Vaccines with Graphite Ferrous Oxide Antennas
  • Tags: ,

As relações entre os EUA e a UE nos últimos anos, notavelmente após o início da operação militar especial russa na Ucrânia, têm sido verdadeiramente negativas para os europeus. Parece cada vez mais claro que Washington não vê os Estados da UE como os seus verdadeiros aliados, mas como países vassalos e representantes subservientes, utilizando-os para servir unilateralmente os seus interesses.

As irracionais sanções anti-russas implementadas pelos EUA, como apontam vários especialistas, afetaram principalmente a Europa. Foi a UE, e não Moscou, a principal vítima das medidas coercitivas adotadas pela Casa Branca para reagir contra a operação militar especial. Auto-suficiente em energia, indústria e recursos naturais, a Rússia melhorou exponencialmente a sua economia, o que mostra a futilidade das sanções como mecanismo de guerra híbrido contra Moscou. Por outro lado, os países europeus que aderiram ao regime de sanções têm enfrentado uma grave crise energética, conduzindo a um processo gradual de desindustrialização e debilitação econômica.

Sem energia suficiente para manter o trabalho industrial ativo e tendo de pagar preços muito elevados pelos serviços sociais básicos, as principais empresas europeias estão simplesmente a abandonar a Europa e a procurar fazer investimentos nos próprios EUA. Recentemente, a Volkswagen AG, grande empresa do setor automobilístico, transferiu suas principais instalações da Alemanha para território americano, o que mostra como as corporações europeias estão optando por deixar a Europa para evitar sofrer com a crise. Obviamente, como consequência desta desindustrialização, surgem sérios problemas na sociedade, como o desemprego, a inflação e outras questões sociais.

Além disso, é necessário sublinhar como os EUA estão a impor medidas de militarização abusivas aos seus “parceiros”, exigindo que expandam exponencialmente os seus gastos com defesa para cumprir os novos objectivos da OTAN. Os EUA, que lideram a OTAN, estabelecem que todos os membros devem manter uma despesa mínima de 3% do seu PIB no setor militar. Não há nenhuma preocupação americana sobre a forma como este orçamento é alcançado, estando os EUA indiferentes quanto ao possível descaso dos países europeus com outros setores estratégicos.

Por exemplo, a Finlândia, que aderiu recentemente à OTAN, anunciou em 2023 que atingiu um recorde de 6,1 mil milhões de euros em gastos com defesa – algo nunca antes feito naquele país, que até então mantinha uma política externa baseada na neutralidade e no pacifismo. Vários analistas mostram que, para atingir este objectivo, o governo finlandês negligenciou setores importantes e prejudicou as condições sociais dos cidadãos comuns. Os impostos estão a aumentar e os investimentos em setores básicos estão a diminuir, apenas para produzir mais armas e satisfazer os interesses da OTAN liderada pelos EUA, embora não haja nenhuma ameaça militar direta.

Os países europeus mais pobres estão numa situação ainda pior. A Bulgária, por exemplo, continua a aumentar drasticamente os seus investimentos na defesa e não investe em medidas sociais para melhorar a vida do seu povo. Paralelamente, o país é cada vez mais encorajado a escalar a hostilidade anti-russa. A coligação partidária que governa a Bulgária já provou estar comprometida com os interesses americanos e disposta a prejudicar o seu próprio país – e até a participar num conflito com a Rússia – apenas para obedecer a Washington.

A lógica das relações EUA-UE é muito simples de compreender: Washington exige dos seus “parceiros” um “livre” mercado absoluto, o fim da cooperação com países “inimigos” e um aumento do investimento na defesa. A economia neoliberal e a ausência de uma fonte de energia barata contribuem para a desindustrialização da Europa, enquanto os gastos com a defesa ajudam a fortalecer a OTAN, sobre a qual os europeus não têm controle, sendo uma organização ao serviço de Washington.

Paralelamente, os agricultores europeus continuam a falir devido às medidas de apoio à Ucrânia. Os países da UE decidiram comprar cereais ucranianos baratos, em vez de apoiar os seus próprios produtores rurais, empurrando milhares de famílias camponesas para a pobreza. Os protestos continuam a ter lugar em vários países, mas estão a ser violentamente reprimidos pelas forças de segurança – que parecem já não se importar com os “valores democráticos europeus”.

Os EUA estão a fornecer gás à Europa e a tentar provar que são tão eficientes como a Rússia na satisfação das exigências europeias, mas isto claramente não é verdade. O gás americano é mais caro, difícil de transportar e insuficiente para manter os elevados níveis da indústria pesada em países como a Alemanha. O aumento dos preços da energia, que está a afetar as famílias comuns e as pequenas empresas na Europa, é a prova de que a “parceria energética” com os EUA é um suicídio para a UE.

É possível que a reação americana ao lançamento da operação militar especial tenha sido uma dupla declaração de guerra: contra a Federação Russa, uma guerra militar indireta foi iniciada através do proxy neonazista ucraniano; contra a Europa, uma guerra econômica através de sanções e aumento dos gastos com defesa. No final, a Europa é vítima do intervencionismo americano, tal como a Rússia, mas, ao contrário de Moscou, é subserviente e colabora com os seus próprios agressores.

Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

 

Artigo em inglês : US deliberately provokes crisis on European continent, 30 de Abril de 2024

Imagem : InfoBrics

*

Lucas Leiroz, jornalista, pesquisador do Center for Geostrategic Studies, consultor geopolítico.

Você pode seguir Lucas Leiroz em: https://t.me/lucasleiroz e https://twitter.com/leiroz_lucas

Turbo Cancer: Cholangiocarcinoma in 20 and 30 Year Olds

May 1st, 2024 by Dr. William Makis

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

Imagine a “genetic vaccine” that gives a 20-year-old diseases of a 70-year-old.

California – 23 year old Sydney Towle was diagnosed with a cholangiocarcinoma (bile duct cancer) in August 2023 after doctors “discovered a sizeable mass in her stomach that had been growing for four months”.

Sydney had an intrahepatic cholangiocarcinoma. (average age at diagnosis is 70).

Leeds, UK – Feb.23, 2024 – 25 year old HR professional Daniella Thackray was diagnosed with cholangiocarcinoma in July 2023. There was no explanation for her diagnosis. She announced her own death in a LinkedIn post, released after her death on Feb. 23, 2024.

Daniella had an extrahepatic cholangiocarcinoma (average age at diagnosis is 72).

Elyria, OH – March 2024 – 33 year old Joseph “Joey” Manocchi was diagnosed with cholangiocarcinoma. “Because the cancer tumor in his main common bile duct is advanced and very involved with the artery, it is not safely operable.”

Feb. 22, 2024 – Bates City, MO – 35 year old Josh Cunningham was diagnosed with cholangiocarcinoma. He has two daughters, 2.5 years old and 1 year old.

Feb. 14, 2024 – Boone, IA – 35 year old Melissa Neely was diagnosed with cholangiocarcinoma on March 17, 2023. She died on Feb. 14, 2024.

Dec. 23, 2023 – 31 year old French journalist Clemantien Vergnaud was diagnosed with cholangiocarcinoma in June 2022 and died on Dec. 23, 2023.

Aug. 16, 2023 – Syracuse, NY – 30s year old Ryan Wood was diagnosed with Stage 3B cholangiocarcinoma in March 2023.

Ryan says: “I have yet to find stats for people diagnosed before age 40.”

June 12, 2023 – Louisville, OH – 33 year old Bobby Courtney was diagnosed, in May 2023, with Stage 4 metastatic Cholangiocarcinoma as well as primary sclerosing cholangitis.

May 10, 2023 – UK – 35 year old Chris McGinnis was diagnosed with Cholangiocarcinoma and was given 12 months to live. He died only 3 months after diagnosis.

March 30, 2023 – 33 year old Ashley Pace was diagnosed with Cholangiocarcinoma with lesions up to 10cm and metastatic spread to the pancreas.

My Take…

28 year old doctor Dr. Gareth Honeybone is a junior maxillofacial surgeon at Northern General Hospital in Sheffield. He is COVID-19 Vaccinated. in February 2023 he was diagnosed with cholangiocarcinoma.

I started the article with a 23 year old woman, and I’m ending the article with a 28 year old man. Both are dying from a disease where the average age is 70.

There are 13,146 Oncologists practicing in the United States. Not one is speaking out. How is it possible for an entire medical specialty to implode and fail?

As a physician, when a 20 year old shows up in your office, dying from a disease that affects 70 year olds, you start asking questions. When 10 show up, you present at International Conferences and write papers about it.

COVID-19 mRNA Vaccines cause Turbo Cancer. This is one of the most obvious phenomena in medicine today. Cancers of the Biliary Tree are significantly increased in the COVID-19 mRNA Vaccinated population, for reasons currently unknown.

I don’t know what’s more frightening: the doctors who can’t see this, or the doctors who do see it, but turn the other way and don’t say a word about it.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.

Featured image is from COVID Intel


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

You may also access the online version of the e-Book by clicking here.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

The Palestinian diaspora, particularly those living in the US, should not be overlooked as a player in calls for the freedom of Palestine.

A new generation of professional Americans of Palestinian origin have worked tirelessly for a half century to document and update a largely unresponsive US public on conditions in their occupied homelands. Their efforts had seemed fruitless; the risks they took were high; the difference they made hardly registered. Today, coalitions they built, the quiet admiration they earned, the skills they acquired, the resources they provided, must be recognized as preparing the ground on which expanding support rests. Albeit it has come with immense suffering and martyrdom by Gazan residents in past months.

Despite a US veto of Palestinian membership in the UN; despite dismissals of elite college presidents; despite major media’s unmitigated coverup of Israeli war crimes; despite accelerated funding for the Israeli war machine; despite a US congressional resolution banning the chant “From the river to the sea, Palestine will be free”; despite small crowds in early demonstrations against Israel’s genocide on Gaza; despite individuals risking careers and friendships to defend free speech as a hallmark of American democracy; despite the obfuscation of truths about Israeli apartheid policies by independent journalists; despite the weaponization of the charge of antisemitism – public protests continue.

Last week, US-based protests which had lagged behind those elsewhere in the world took a new turn. Student encampments at Columbia University were assaulted by New York City police, with over 108 arrests and suspensions. By the beginning of May similar protests had erupted at more than 75 colleges across the nation. They continue, despite more arrests, a hostile media and threats from university administrations. International universities are joining in.

We’ve seen nothing like this since students opposed the Vietnam war. Conditions today are very different. In the 1960s the US military draft was in effect and cellphone cameras were non-existent. There were no live feeds of war carnage overseas. And apartheid was a concept limited to South Africa’s white regime. Doubtless commentators will be discussing analogies and contrasts between current uprisings against the Gaza genocide (notwithstanding increased daily killings and ethnic cleansing underway in the Occupied West Bank) and protests related to Vietnam and South Africa.

The groundswell of public outrage expressed in current campus revolts seems to indicate a real turning point. Some reasons for the shift are obvious; others less so. First, is the availability of painful, even horrifying, images and stories arriving direct from Gaza residents via Twitter, TikTok and other social media.

These expose truths masked by the lies and biases in major media. Unimaginable barbarity to the degree underway in Gaza since October has never been witnessed so widely. Targeting of medical staff, journalists and aid workers alongside the staggering death toll of children is, literally, shocking.

The massive scale of murder, home destruction and wounding of Gaza civilians and the withholding of food and water is irrefutable. A single story focusing on one child can trigger moral outrage unlike anything else. On the political front, Ireland, South Africa, Malaysia, Nicaragua, Colombia, Brazil, Jamaica – most of them nations viewed as minor global players – have led the way, by one means or another, to support Palestinian rights and challenge Israeli and US policies. One cannot discount the role of some brave Jewish Americans working in solidarity with Palestinians and other agencies to end the siege.

Since early in the war on Gaza, traditional ‘influencers’ on matters of human rights have been largely silent. Celebrities for example. Notwithstanding the courage of two – actors Susan Sarandon and Cynthia Nixon – others known for championing the weak and downtrodden, like Shawn Penn and George Clooney, are absent. There’s no Jane Fonda, no Mohammad Ali, no Bono in this anti-war movement. Although one must single out the steadfastness of Vanessa Redgrave now in her 80s, defamed for support of Palestine rights as early as the 1970s, and the irrepressible Bassem Youssef who is lashing out wryly over media biases. This in contrast to a mute Amal Clooney, a human rights lawyer and a woman with Palestinian roots.

Working behind the scenes however is the effective and hardly celebrated Palestinian diaspora. Their numbers are to be found throughout the world, from Latin American to Europe and the Middle East. Many live in the USA, the children of refugees settled here following the Arab-Israeli war of 1967. We may have heard the names of Jerusalem-born intellectuals Professor Edward Said and poet Mahmoud Darwish.

Although Said is hailed in comparative literature circles for his groundbreaking Orientalism, his 1979 book, The Question of Palestine, made Palestine a subject of serious debate. Equally importantly Said, who died in 2003, doubtless had a major impact on the emerging generation of educated Palestinians in the US. Now in their 40s, 50s and 60s, these Palestinians occupy a range of professions across the country. Said’s generation confined themselves to engineering, political science and history; today those men and women are outpaced by a large, industrious and creative community of poets, filmmakers, novelists, comedians, journalists, musicians, lawyers, teachers, and community organizers. Most may not be household names – not yet.

But Ali Abunima, Palestine Chronicle’s Ramsey Baroud, activist Linda Sarsour, Cherien Dabis, Mai Masri, Lisa Suheir Majaj, Amer Zahr, Dean Obeidallah, Samia Halaby, Steven Salaita, Fady Joudah, Naomi Shihab Nye, Susan Abdulhawa, and Rabab Abdulhadi are a few of the best known and most influential. Their research, films, writing, speaking and organizing have kept information flowing about conditions in their homelands: daily killings, dispossession, prisoners in Israeli jails, home demolitions, settler expansion, non-violent resistance, uprooted trees, confiscated homes and lands, the crushing embargo on Gaza. Their novels and poems may have as much impact as facts-on-the-ground by historians. Risk is part of their identity. Undeterred by the marginalization of their efforts, by threats and firings, their work had steadily seeped into a determinedly unresponsive American culture.

One example of their resolve is the BDS movement. Founded in 2005, it has waged an uphill effort to call for the divestment of US financial support for Israel. Unknown to the wider public, BDS is perceived as such a threat to Israel-American interests that 37 of 50 states have been pressured to adopt anti-BDS legislation making institutions (including colleges) and individuals who support BDS ineligible for government funding! (Sometimes employees who refuse to sign an anti-BDS declaration lose their job.)

While talented articulate Palestinians and their institutions grew, Palestine’s traditional support base – local leaders and Arab League states – weakened.

Elected Palestinian leaders and officials in the Occupied Territories were neutralized and corrupted. Arab states which had offered refuge and succor along with diplomatic support for Palestinian statehood were also neutralized – some by war and civil strife, others by US brokered treaties with Israel, a process best summarized in former President Carter’s 2006 brave expose, Palestine: Peace Not Apartheid.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Barbara Nimri Aziz whose anthropological research has focused on the peoples of the Himalayas is the author of the newly published “Yogmaya and Durga Devi: Rebel Women of Nepal”, available on Amazon

She is a regular contributor to Global Research.

All images in this article are from the author


“Yogmaya and Durga Devi: Rebel Women of Nepal”

By Barbara Nimri Aziz

A century ago Yogmaya and Durga Devi, two women champions of justice, emerged from a remote corner of rural Nepal to offer solutions to their nation’s social and political ills. Then they were forgotten.

Years after their demise, in 1980 veteran anthropologist Barbara Nimri Aziz first uncovered their suppressed histories in her comprehensive and accessible biographies. Revelations from her decade of research led to the resurrection of these women and their entry into contemporary Nepali consciousness.

This book captures the daring political campaigns of these rebel women; at the same time it asks us to acknowledge their impact on contemporary feminist thinking. Like many revolutionaries who were vilified in their lifetimes, we learn about the true nature of these leaders’ intelligence, sacrifices, and vision during an era of social and economic oppression in this part of Asia.

After Nepal moved from absolute monarchy to a fledgling democracy and history re-evaluated these pioneers, Dr. Aziz explores their legacies in this book.

Psychologically provocative and astonishingly moving, “Yogmaya and Durga Devi” is a seminal contribution to women’s history.

Click here to order.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

 

 

As mRNA jabs kill and maim(1) more and more people, the next (already announced)  plandemic,  “Disease X”, is looming around the corner. And yet, as explained by Prof Michel Chossudovsky,

“There is no such thing as  “Disease X”. It’s a hypothetical construct by a WHO expert committee (2017-2018) of virologists and disease analysts. It was then envisaged in the Clade X Simulation (May 2018) and Event 201 Simulation of a Pandemic (October 2019). Both events were held under the auspices of the John Hopkins Center for Heath Security with the support of the Gates Foundation.”(2)

The complicit mainstream Establishment continues to deny and negate the unfolding and catastrophic COVID injection mortalties and morbidities, even as Dr. McCullough has publicly characterized the COVID jab roll-out as “mass negligent homicide” and Prof. Rancourt and colleagues have assessed the global death-toll from COVID injections to be about 17 million deaths. Hence, comparisons to nazism are legitimate.

Nazi SS doctors occupied a central role in the death camps. They were the first to decide who would live and who would be granted a temporary reprieve. They killed in the name of “racial hygiene”, they thought it was for the good of the people and the country. They added an illusory “legitimacy” to a mass-murdering project.

Do Western doctors consciously or unconsciously believe that depopulation is necessary and that they are providing a service to humanity, by “killing in the name of healing”?

Do they tacitly accept the notion that “bad batches”(3) are necessary to thin targeted populations? Catherine Austin Fitts, former U.S. Assistant Secretary of Housing and Urban Develpoment for Housing, has suggested as much.

In an interview with Greg Hunter on USA watchdog.com, Fitts remarks that,

”we were seeing far fewer adverse events in wealthy neighbourhoods as opposed to poor neighbourhoods. There were clearly marked differences in different places.”

What if they (doctors) rationalize that their government and the College of Physicians would not lie to them and that therefore questioning the dogma is dangerous or worse?

Questioning the dogma certainly is dangerous since doctors who do speak out ARE persecuted and DO risk losing their licences. Doctors Trozzi, McCullough, and Jensen are examples of outspoken physicians who have endured seemingly unreasonable persecution from their Medical Associations.

Are doctors falsely conflating  jab injuries with ‘long COVID”? The error in this logic is exposed by Prof. DOLORES CAHILL here(4). Cahill argues that the messenger RNA treatment could induce a “cytokine storm” (antibody dependent reaction/ immuno-priming) once the patient has been exposed to the wild virus, or even a common cold. Such reactions could occur months after the injection, she explains.

Similarly, jab-induced impaired immunity could lead to turbo-cancers, as explained by Dr. Makis.

The late Dr. Arne Burkhardt and others have, through autopsies done correctly, proven causality between COVID injections and morbidities and mortalities. See this(5) and this.(6) But again, these findings are being censored and apparently ignored.

Are medical professionals aware of the COVID injection dangers but choosing to psychologically adapt to their situation as opposed to confronting it?  Are they engaging in a Faustian Bargain?

Robert Jay Lifton in The Nazi Doctors(7) describes psychological doubling as the means by which Nazi doctors at Auschwitz chose evil:

“Doubling”, argues Lifton, “was the psychological vehicle for the Nazi doctor’s Faustian bargain with the diabolical environment in exchange for his contribution to the killing; he was offered various psychological and material benefits on behalf of privileged adaptation.”

Certainly, doctors and medical professionals are on the front lines of the current global jab genocide, but, as Lifton argues, “Genocidal projects require the active participation of educated professionals – physicians, scientists, engineers, military leaders, lawyers, clergy, university professors and other teachers – who combine to create not only the technology of genocide but much of its ideological rationale , moral climate, and organizational climate.”(8)

So we are all complicit, in varying degrees, when we comply with toxic/genocidal government diktats and mandates.

Totalitarianism and genocide end when we all “step into our sovereignty”, when we all refuse to comply with proven anti-health measures that include the administration of ineffective, proven dangerous mRNA injections.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Mark Taliano is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG) and the author of Voices from Syria, Global Research Publishers, 2017. He writes on his website where this article was originally published.

Notes

(1) Video, “Ed Dowd, Author, Cause Unknown.” ( Dowd on Jab Deaths (rumble.com)) Accessed 04 Feb., 2024

see also: Scientists Call for Global Moratorium on mRNA Vaccines, Immediate Removal From Childhood Schedule

‘Definite Causal Link’ Between COVID Vaccine Rollouts and Peaks in All-Cause Mortality, New Study Finds • Children’s Health Defense (childrenshealthdefense.org)

(2) Prof Michel Chossudovsky and Steve Watson, ‘Hypothetical “Disease X’: The WHO Pandemic Treaty is A Fraud. Demands Compliance for ‘Next Pandemic’ .” Global Research, 28 January, 2024. (Hypothetical “Disease X”: The WHO Pandemic Treaty is A Fraud. Demands Compliance for “Next Pandemic” – Global ResearchGlobal Research – Centre for Research on Globalization) Accessed 06 february, 2024.

(3) Video, “Bad Batches and Mass Homicide” (Bad Batches and Mass Homicide (rumble.com)Accessed 04 Feb., 2024.

see also: Variable Batches (rumble.com)

(4) Video, “PROFESSOR DOLORES CAHILL: WHY PEOPLE WILL START DYING A FEW MONTHS AFTER THE FIRST …” ( Brighteon ) Accessed 04 February, 2024.

(5) Video, “Pathologist Arne Burkhardt Final Interview – Revealing The Grave Dangers Of MRNA Vaccines.” (Pathologist Arne Burkhardt Final Interview – Revealing the Grave Dangers of mRNA Vaccines (thelastamericanvagabond.com) ) Accessed 04 February, 2024.

(6) Nicolas HulscherRoger HodkinsonWilliam MakisPeter A. McCullough, “Autopsy findings in cases of fatal COVID-19 vaccine-induced myocarditis” 14 January, 2024. (Autopsy findings in cases of fatal COVID‐19 vaccine‐induced myocarditis – Hulscher – ESC Heart Failure – Wiley Online Library) Accessed 04 Feb. , 2024.

(7) Robert Jay Lifton, The Nazi Doctors, Persueus Books Group, Copyright 1986, 2000., pp. 418.

(8) Ibid. pages 489, 490.


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

You may also access the online version of the e-Book by clicking here.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

Throughout the two-year-two-month long war in Ukraine, as a crucial Russian ally, China has supported Putin’s strategic military objective to de-Nazify and demilitarize the nation led by an unscrupulous, greedily corrupt US/NATO backed Kiev regime.

A few months back, China even offered to broker a potential negotiated peace settlement as a much needed off ramp exit for Ukraine President Volodymyr Zelensky, but the US adamantly rejected it. So late last week, when US Secretary of State Antony Blinken traveled to Beijing to meet with counterpart Wang Yi and China’s leader Xi Jinping, topping Antony’s agenda was placing increased pressure on China to cut off existing trade agreement with Russia, to stop sending materials that could indirectly support Russia’s war-making capacity.

Unlike US/West, China has not sent any weapons per se to Russia used on the Ukraine battlefield, yet an April 26th Washington Post   accuses:

[China supplies] machine tools, drone parts, semiconductors and other items that are key to fueling the Kremlin’s war in Ukraine.

Within hours after the US fired yet another shot across the bow at China amidst its hybrid economic war against its chief archrival Beijing, Blinken was there to chide China for supporting Russia’s war.

Last Wednesday, the US signed into law an ultimatum that China must either sell its own social media giant TikTok to a non-Chinese company within nine months, or have it banned in the US.

Then literally a couple hours later after essentially banning a Chinese company from doing business in the US, Blinken was meeting face-to-face with the top Beijing leadership strongly urging the Chinese government to provide “a level playing field” for US firms in China.

His unipolar display of hypocrisy is recklessly, limitlessly, outrageously insane. But then that’s exactly how the unipolar United States is used to operating globally.

On Monday April 29th, China’s Foreign Ministry spokesman Lin Jian claimed that the latest US actions are infringing on China’s own national sovereignty, adding:

We urge the US to respect China’s core interests and major concerns, and not to implement these negative articles concerning China. Otherwise, China will take strong and resolute measures to safeguard our sovereignty, security and development interests.

Lin Jian confronted Blinken’s audacity to accuse China of exporting goods to Russia that allegedly helps Moscow produce weapons used in Ukraine, while for many months China has pushed for a negotiated peace settlement in Ukraine. In exact opposite, stark contrast throughout this protracted war, the US has alienated itself as the prime instigator, keeping the conflict going and growing, in effect, subjecting the world to risking a far wider regional war, potentially spreading throughout Europe as WWIII. Lin Jian confronted:

China’s right to normal trade and economic exchanges with countries in the world, including Russia, on the basis of equality and mutual benefit should not be interfered with or disrupted. The US keeps pouring munitions into Ukraine while blaming our normal trade with Russia. It is pretty clear who exactly is fueling the flame and aggravating the crisis.

Lin Jian called Washington out on its obvious double standard hypocrisy. After meeting with the Chinese Foreign Ministry officials, Blinken then self-righteously pleaded his feeble case to the world media:

Russia would struggle to sustain its war in Ukraine without China’s support… Fueling Russia’s industrial base not only threatens Ukrainian security, it threatens European security. Beijing cannot achieve better relations with Europe while supporting the greatest threat to European security since the end of the Cold War. As we told China for some time, ensuring transatlantic security is a core US interest. In our discussions today, I made clear that if China does not address this problem, we will.

Again, this frame of reference that Russia threatens the security of Europe is groundlessly false.

For many decades it has been the US/West/NATO that has always been the relentless aggressor, constantly and provocatively poking to bait Moscow into a wider conflict and war. All the while, Putin has demonstrated zero interest in a war against Europe, NATO or the US.

This is the West’s favorite propaganda lie to stoke fear and population control justifying the US war machine through more divide and rule deception, always to ensure a designated enemy is readily in place for waging nonstop Rothschild bankster wars. This over-the-top twisted US hubris and unilateral exceptionalism is used to still pretend the US is the world’s only superpower, in order to continue belligerently getting away with its globalist role as world policeman and bully. In reality, the US is now a far more weakened and diminished has-been of a power. In desperation of losing its hegemonic control, today the globalists have the US backed up into a corner with its back against the wall, financing and fighting wars on three separate warfronts, and on the verge of secretly committing US boots on the ground in each.

Speaking of which, Defense Secretary Lloyd Austin just admitted to Florida Congressman Matt Gaetz that by the US building a military beachhead pier in Gaza under the oft-used, flimsy humanitarian excuse, US soldiers are likely to draw enemy fire. Austin actually quibbled over boots being on the ground when US soldiers are on the offshore pier. But according to an April 26th Associated Press article, a gunfire exchange between US military boots on the ground and enemy combatants in Gaza has already occurred. With the Israeli Defense Force set to launch its Rafah ground invasion, for all intents and purposes, despite the Biden lie, the US already deploys boots on the ground in Gaza engaged in combat in a regional Middle East war. Following its elites’ marching orders, the US is stuck in another losing quagmire of lost war defeats in both Ukraine and Gaza. During an election year, the Biden regime is humiliated and by the week, growing more desperate as the grim reality sinks in.

US neocon interventionism has lost war after war after war – Vietnam, Iraq, Syria, Libya, Afghanistan, and now Ukraine and Gaza.

Bottom line, this aggressive US foreign policy demanded by the bloodline puppet masters unfolding, has failed in all regions of the globe by intended design.

Washington is now the laughing stock pariah of the entire world, no longer respected nor feared, but only impotently crippled.

The US is incapable of bringing any semblance of peace anywhere and equally unable to avoid more protracted humiliating war defeats, having pursued a nonstop deliberately flawed hyperaggressive foreign policy strategy built by elite diabolical design to not win every war since World War II.

On multiple warfronts, following the elites’ dictates bent on destroying both America and the West, US/NATO has been corralled into going out of its way to foolishly, suicidally immerse itself in multiple needless regional conflict, deliberately falling into the Darkside laid trap of fomenting the long-plotted World War III. The controllers have strategically deployed US hegemony in its diminishing returns now to push, provoke and manipulate on at least three warfronts, each presenting zero threat to US national security. Meanwhile, also by globalist plan, traitors in Washington have conspicuously left the US border wide open, defenseless, unsecured, unfunded, to now arguably become America’s greatest national security threat as its fatal Pandora’s box breach.

But clicking its heels in strict, total obedience to its puppet masters’ orders, the US government continues to take no action whatsoever to seal off and stop the bleeding of its invaded, open wound border in order to protect its own national security or its own American citizens, per elites’ replacement agenda.

That’s why Braindead and US Congress follow suicidal orders, floundering on multi-warfronts creating multi-warzones of its own making, on the way to igniting the Big Bang of World War III.

Clearly, Blinken’s foreign policy leadership implicates himself as a true US traitor, warranting military tribunal prosecution for full-blown treason. And so have the near 96% of US House members and 82% of US senators in Congress who voted to finance costly foreign wars while leaving the border war at home wide open, with likely terrorist sleeper cells ready to strike at any time.

For Blinken to stand in front of the cameras grandstanding as if he’s really some kind of tough guy leading an empty paper tiger into battle, essentially issuing the ultimatum to China that if it chooses to not abruptly suspend its limited minor support for Russia’s already independent capacity to wage war in Ukraine, then Blinken says the United States on its own will have to take some kind of decisive action against Beijing, of course omitting what that entails. This wimp is a total joke, just like his Braindead boss and fellow traitor Austin in the Pentagon. But clearly to China, Blinken’s grandstanding is provocative, if not threatening. And for this weasel to laughably try to play the heavy in an overt failed attempt to intimidate China, when in fact the world knows it’s the US/NATO that is the actual woke military weakling, compared to Russia and China’s superior combat strength and readiness. Blinken only comes off as the blindman’s bluff fool to the rest of the world. Complying with Illuminati bloodline demands, America and Israel are being used as the “fall guy patsies” to make our world far more dangerous each passing week on the pathway to Armageddon.

Both China and American foreign policy officials glossed things over, claiming the two-day meetings were productive and helpful at reducing the flared up tensions from ten months ago with the wag-the-dog Chinese balloon surveillance fiasco. China’s Foreign Minister Wang Yi assessed the meetings this way, paying lip service to so-called “progress” while reiterating his very real, sobering concerns:

Overall the China-U.S. relationship is beginning to stabilize. This is welcomed by our two people… [But] the negative factors in the relationship are still increasing and building, and the relationship is facing all kinds of disruptions. China’s reasonable development rights have been unreasonably suppressed and our core interests are facing challenges.

Bottom-line, China is the threat rapidly overtaking America in top dog power and performance.

And regarding the regional wars, they’re brewing into ever-more heated contention as still far from resolved, growing conflicts, with the elephant in the room Taiwan perhaps the biggest showdown still to come. While the US feebly maintains its longstanding one China policy on paper only, sending $8 more billion in preparation for the next war on the Eastern horizon as a potential disaster looming with no sign of resolution in sight.

Moreover, the arrogant bully US using its litany of economic sanctions as a coercive club, punishing any and all nations that dare refuse submitting to globalist/US rape, pillage and plunder, the former sole superpower has tons of gall demanding that China not support its strategic ally Russia, accusing its limited non-weapon trade as causing the war to drag on.

If the US/EU/NATO stopped sending its deadlier, as-time-goes-by war weapons to Ukraine, it would have been over years ago. Again, in US exceptionalism, it’s always “do as I say, not as I do.” This unabated arrogance is only making America’s rapid fall into the empire graveyard that much faster, karmically destined and realistically unavoidable. If the US traitors following their masters’ orders, were the only ones along with their masters to suffer for their ungodly sins, I’d be satisfied with them all reaping what they’ve sewn. But tragically, for years to come, millions in the US/West stand to suffer the bloodiest, most painful consequences, paying so harshly for the egregious betrayal and treason perpetrated against them by their puppet leaders strictly following Lucifer’s orders.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on The Government Rag.

Joachim Hagopian is a West Point graduate, former Army officer and author of “Don’t Let the Bastards Getcha Down” exposing a faulty US military leadership system based on ticket punching up the seniority ladder, invariably weeding out the best and brightest, leaving mediocrity and order followers rising to the top as politician-bureaucrat generals designated to lose every modern US war by elite design. After the military, Joachim earned a master’s degree in Clinical Psychology and worked as a licensed therapist in the mental health field with abused youth and adolescents for more than a quarter century. In Los Angeles he found himself battling the largest county child protective services in the nation within America’s thoroughly broken and corrupt child welfare system.

The experience in both the military and child welfare system prepared him well as a researcher and independent journalist, exposing the evils of Big Pharma and how the Rockefeller controlled medical and psychiatric system inflict more harm than good, case in point, the pandemic hoax and kill shot genocide. As an independent journalist for the last decade, Joachim has written hundreds of articles for many news sites, including Global Researchlewrockwell.com and currently https//jameshfetzer.orgInteldrop.org and  https://thegovernmentrag.com. As a published author of a 5-book volume series entitled Pedophilia & Empire: Satan, Sodomy & the Deep State, Joachim’s books and chapters are Amazon bestsellers in child advocacy and human rights categories. His A-Z sourcebook series fully document and expose the global pedophilia scourge and remain available free at https://pedoempire.org/contents/. Joachim also hosts the weekly Revolution Radio broadcast “Cabal Empire Exposed” on Friday morning at 7AM EST (ID: revradio, password: rocks!).

Featured image source

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

Do you negotiate for a peace deal with a threatening gun in one hand and a bomb in the other? Is this the way to pursue truce and ceasefire?

Such questions are being asked by many concerned people all over the world in response to a very strange comment made by the Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu on April 30.

According to a statement from his office that has been very widely quoted in media, Netanyahu said,

“We will enter Rafah and we will eliminate Hamas’ battalions there –with or without a deal, to achieve total victory.”

This statement was made, incredibly enough, just a few hours before US Secretary of State Antony Blinken was to arrive in Israel to try to achieve a truce deal between Israel and Hamas that has been much talked about in the last few days.

In the middle of mounting protests against USA policies of massive weapons supply and diplomatic support to Israel’s aggression in Gaza that has already claimed over 34,000 lives and displaced an overwhelming majority of people of Gaza, statements made by Blinken and even President Biden himself have placed much faith in the ongoing latest proposal for truce. Blinken referred to the proposals as being ‘extraordinarily generous’ offer on the part of Israel, something at which Hamas should jump and accept (although many do not agree with this extraordinarily generous interpretation of the proposal) while, on April 29, Biden urged the leaders of Qatar and Egypt to “exert all efforts” towards securing the release of hostages held by Hamas as part of the ongoing negotiations for a Gaza ceasefire.

The reports of what this proposal involves mention a ceasefire for about 40 days in Gaza, release of about 40 or so hostages, and release of some Palestinian prisoners. This does not appear at all to be extraordinarily generous to the Palestinian side, unless the reports discussing the likely proposal have missed out some other important component.

As this writer has often stated earlier, in any such agreement, the ceasefire should be permanent. Of course even a few days’ relief from the terrible daily violence would be welcome, but this by itself will not achieve much when it is known that similar or even higher aggression will continue again after a few days.  The USA is publicizing such inadequate peace efforts so much now, while the much more important UN Security Council resolution for ceasefire was neglected and never implemented.

In any case the entire spirit of even this very limited truce effort was destroyed on April 30 when Netanyahu made the terrible comment that Israel will invade Rafah, with or without deal.

As Rafah is densely packed with about 1.4 million Palestinian people in a very small area, containing mostly displaced people in tents and shelters in addition to the normal population of the city, any invasion of Rafah would have terrible consequences, even if some safeguards are adopted. Air raids have already taken place, with very distressing results.

Martin Griffiths, UN Under-Secretary General for Humanitarian Affairs, has stated,

“The simple truth is that a ground operation in Rafah will be nothing short of a tragedy beyond words. No humanitarian plan can counter that.”

These strong words from the top official on humanitarian aid should not be ignored. 

UN Secretary General Antonio Guterres has warned that an Israeli assault on Rafah would be an “unbearable escalation” that would be “devastating” for Palestinians as well as the wider region.

Meanwhile Philippe Lazzarini, the head of the UN agency for Palestinian refugees, said on April 30 that that $267 million in its funding was still suspended.

Another recent development which may turn out to be important was reported by Nikhil M. Babu in a leading newspaper of India ‘The Hindu’ dated May 1, 2024 ( Mr. Babu is in China at the invitation of the China Public Diplomacy Association) under the title “Hamas, Fatah held talks in Beijing’. This report filed from Beijing informs us that representatives of Fatah and Hamas recently came to Beijing to have an “in-depth and candid” dialogue promoting Palestinian reconciliation, at the invitation of China. “The two sides fully expressed their political will of realizing reconciliation through dialogue and consultation, had discussions on many issues, and made encouraging progress.” The two sides “agreed to continue their dialogue to achieve Palestinian unity at an early date.” Both sides expressed high appreciation and thanks for China’s help.

Clearly several important developments appear to be taking place but the highest priority just now should be for all forces of peace to try to prevent the Israeli invasion of Rafah. 

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Bharat Dogra is Honorary Convener, Campaign to Save Earth Now. His recent books include Protecting Earth for Children, Planet in Peril, Man over Machine and A Day in 2071. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: Slaughterhouse – by Mr. Fish

“Unyielding” Story of Military Anthrax Vaccine Debacle

May 1st, 2024 by Dr. Peter McCullough

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

***

 

 

 

I have always wondered why the US Military of all groups in the United States, stuck with the COVID-19 mass vaccination campaign longer than most other organizations. Excluding older administrative and civilian personnel, our young persons in uniform are young, fit, and most sailed through COVID-19 long before the vaccine campaign kicked into gear. I wanted to learn more about military vaccine campaigns so I sat down with “full bird” Colonel Thomas Rempfer to learn more. This is from the Center for Homeland and Defense Security:

“Colonel (select) Tom Rempfer, USAF retired, ended his USAF career flying, instructing and evaluating counter-terrorism missions for the 2nd Special Operations Squadron in the MQ-1 Predator and MQ-9 Reaper. Past US Air Force flying assignments include duty as an F-16 flight lead, F-117 instructor pilot, C-130 aircraft commander and A-10 forward air controller, with total flight time of over 3500 hours of combat support and over 5,000 hours in total time. He served a special duty tour as the pilot member for the Air Force Chief of Staff’s Cyberspace Task Force, which created the strategic path for the standup of the Air Force Cyber Command. He is a distinguished graduate of the USAF Academy and USAF Pilot Training, and in his civilian career Tom has flown the ATR-42, DC-10, MD-80, A-300, B-737, B-757, B-767, B-777 and B-787. He completed a master’s degree through the Naval Postgraduate School’s Center for Homeland Defense and Security and received the program’s Outstanding Thesis Award.”

 

Tom is a top gun and for over 20 years, he has been gunning down our military and government leaders who forced a bad anthrax vaccine on our soldiers. He has been fighting for corrected discharges for soldiers who rightfully declined anthrax vaccination. The full story is told in his book “Unyielding.”

There is so much packed into this interview I want you to lock in on what Colonel “Buzz” Rempfer is saying:

  1. No member of the military foreign or domestic has ever become sick with anthrax as an act of biowarfare
  2. Anthrax, a bacterial infection, has always been easily treated with antibiotics (amoxicillin, doxycycline, ciprofloxacin)
  3. The Anthrax Vaccine Adsorbed (AVA) in 1970 and was recommended for use by a small population of textile mill workers, veterinarians, laboratory scientists, and other workers with occupational risk of exposure to anthrax. In the 1990s, increased concern about the use of biological weapons led the Department of Defense (DoD) to begin vaccination of U.S. military personnel. Some troops were given anthrax vaccine in the 1991 Gulf War, and a large program to vaccinate all service members was begun in 1998.
  4. By 2001 a limited vaccine supply and significant resistance by the troops, resulted in delays in federal approval for release of newly manufactured vaccine lots, had significantly slowed plans to vaccinate all military personnel.
  5. After the deliberate distribution of anthrax spores in bioterrorist incidents in the autumn of 2001, the vaccine was offered as part of the treatment for as many as 10,000 of the civilians who had been exposed. Letters containing anthrax spores were mailed to several news media offices and to Senators Tom Daschle and Patrick Leahy, killing five people and infecting 17. Rempfer drops a bombshell on who may have been the perpetrator.
  6. Sadly, Gulf War Illness (GWI) an ill-defined set chronic symptoms in Veterans deployed to the Persian Gulf during Operation Desert Storm/Operation Desert Shield (1990-91) may be result of anthrax vaccination. It afflicted between 175,000 – 210,000 of the 700,000 U.S. troops deployed during the Gulf War.
  7. Today our troops receive the Emergent BioSolutions BioThrax 3 injection primary series. In 2023, CYFENDUS (Anthrax Vaccine Adsorbed, Adjuvanted) was released for use after exposure to anthrax. Rempfer believes BioThrax 3 is more safe, but as we learn the damage to so many and the broken trust for military brass making public health decisions may be irreparable.

Please take the time to read a copy of the book “Unyielding” and watch this free 21 minute documentary as a trailer produced by Maria Noel.

 

Click the image below to watch the interview:

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

The role that a key ingredient in the COVID-19 mRNA vaccine plays in cancer development has been analyzed in a comprehensive review newly published in a peer-reviewed scientific journal. The conclusion: The specific form of this ingredient, pseudouridine, that Pfizer and Moderna use to make their vaccines aids cancer development.

N1-methyl-pseudouridine (I will call it pseudoU in this article) is a critical component of the mRNA vaccine. Pfizer and Moderna chemically introduce pseudoU into their vaccines to make the mRNA molecules last longer in the human body (escaping degradation by enzymes), and to avoid suppression by the innate immune system, the body’s first line of defense against foreign invaders.

The study, titled “Review: N1-methyl-pseudouridine: Friend or foe of cancer?” is authored by five scientists from Mexico, UK, Canada, United States, and Saudi Arabia and was published in the May 2024 issue of International Journal of Biological Macromolecules.

PseudoU Aids Cancer Development

Messenger RNA is a single-stranded molecule made up of four types of nucleotides: A, C, G, and U. In their vaccines, Pfizer and Moderna replace all the “U” nucleotides with pseudoU, a chemically modified version. The invention was praised by many in the field.

However, since pseudoU is not native to the human body, is it safe?

For their study, the five scientists analyzed data in an article published in the peer-reviewed journal Frontiers in Immunology in October 2022, where a group of researchers in Thailand, using a melanoma mouse model, tested cancer development with mRNA vaccines. They found that all mRNA vaccines in which pseudoU replaced “U” stimulated cancer growth and metastasis (spread of cancer cells). The higher the percentage of pseudoU, the more severe the cancer growth.

Both the Pfizer and Moderna mRNA vaccines replace “U” with pseudoU 100 percent. This greatly contributed to the effectiveness of the COVID vaccines compared to unmodified mRNA vaccines, according to a 2021 study titled “The Critical Contribution of Pseudouridine to mRNA COVID-19 Vaccines.”

The body’s immune system can recognize the “U” component of foreign mRNA and trigger a cascade of immune responses. But substituting “U” with pseudoU removes that recognition and decreases innate immunogenicity, allowing cancer cells to grow uncontrollably.

Claims by Pfizer and Moderna

The review article concluded that Pfizer and Moderna emphasized only the positive aspects related to replacing “U” with pseudoU when launching their vaccines. The new design makes the mRNA more stable, leading to more S (spike) protein produced and a more desirable immune response against SARS-CoV-2. The vaccine makers did not, however, provide information on the potential harms of the S protein, which is a known toxin, or on the potential side effects of avoiding an innate immune response.

I, for one, felt misled.

When I first learned that Pfizer was developing an mRNA-based vaccine, my reaction was “Oh, at least it’s not going to do much harm, as mRNA normally lasts only a few minutes in the body.” As a messenger, mRNA’s job is to deliver the message (of making a protein) and then quickly disappear.

My assumption was reinforced when the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention claimed: “After the body produces an immune response, it discards all of the vaccine ingredients, just as it would discard any substance that cells no longer need.”

Well, it turns out the mRNA is not what I thought.

By replacing every “U” with pseudoU, Pfizer and Moderna designed their vaccines to stay in the body longer to produce the S protein to trigger immune responses. The problem is that the modification made the molecules too stable, and thus they stay in the body for far too long.

Some of the consequences of this are now beginning to emerge.

S Protein Causes Cancer

When we consider the possible harms from the COVID shot, we need to look at not only the components of the vaccine, i.e., the SARS-CoV-2 mRNA-LNP molecules that are being injected into human bodies, but also the recombinant S protein that the mRNA encodes for.

I wrote a column recently on the findings of a Japanese study on cancer development resulting from the COVID vaccine, in which I noted the additional harm caused by the S protein. A 2022 study by Oscar Solis and colleagues found that when the SARS-CoV-2 S protein is mixed with each of about 9,000 human proteins, the S protein binds well with human estrogen receptor alpha (ER-alpha).

ER-alpha is an important regulator in the body’s reproductive system. But when the cell carrying the vaccine molecules produces the S protein as encoded by the mRNA, the S protein then binds to ER-alpha, disrupting the cell’s normal function and leading to cancer development.

The mRNA vaccine is also found to weaken human cancer immunosurveillance, allowing easy growth of cancers.

As further proof, we now have the new review of N1-methyl-pseudouridine showing that pseudoU-containing mRNA vaccines foster cancer development.

Which Is Smarter, Science or Our Innate Immunity?

National Institutes of Health scientists Dr. Jordan Meier and Dr. Kellie Nance have praised the invention of the COVID-19 vaccine using pseudoU.

“The modified nucleobase helps cloak mRNA vaccines from the immune system, limiting their undesired immune stimulation, and in certain circumstances may also enhance the synthesis of antigens by the protein-producing machinery of the cell,” they concluded in a 2021 paper. “This allows these vaccines to tap into the natural process of mRNA translation without triggering harmful side effects such as anaphylaxis.”

I wonder if Drs. Meier and Nance would draw the same conclusion today, given that so much information is emerging on the harms of the mRNA vaccine, especially when it comes to replacing “U” with pseudoU in the mRNA molecules.

The human body is a near-perfect design with a comprehensive immune system that protects it from harm while keeping a balance of things within the body’s environment. Weakening the immune system for short-term gain is dangerous and almost certain to have long-term adverse effects.

Replacing “U” with pseudoU may successfully protect mRNA vaccines from the recipient’s own immune system like a trojan horse; however, this trojan horse may eventually release hostile forces that could kill the host.

The “undesired immune stimulation” (from the NIH scientists and the mRNA vaccine’s perspective) is exactly what the body needs to protect itself, but the immune system can’t attack the invader because it’s been suppressed by pseudoU.

When treating a terminally ill patient, the doctor may endeavour to achieve the “desired” immune response to ensure survival at all costs, regardless of the side effects. However, that approach should not be used when healthy people are the subject.

Modern science is not yet advanced enough to fully understand the human immune system. For scientists to make “desired” versus “undesired” immune response decisions for hundreds of millions of healthy people via the jab is irresponsible and arrogant, to say the least.

In my recent column I commended the Springer Nature Group for allowing one of its medical journals, Cureus, to publish the Japanese study on cancer deaths after the third COVID shot. Now I’d like to commend Elsevier, the Dutch academic publishing company that owns renowned journals like The Lancet and Cell, for allowing its journal, International Journal of Biological Macromolecules, to publish the review article on pseudoU and cancer.

I am hopeful that top journals such as The Lancet and Nature will soon follow their sister publications and accept research papers on the harms of the COVID shot.

It is becoming increasingly clear that the mRNA vaccine is not safe and must be stopped.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Joe Wang, Ph.D., was a molecular biologist with more than 10 years of experience in the vaccine industry. He is now the president of NTD Television Network (Canada), and a columnist for The Epoch Times.

Featured image source


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

You may also access the online version of the e-Book by clicking here.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

More Evidence Showing Vitamin D Combats Cancer

May 1st, 2024 by Dr. Joseph Mercola

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

Evidence continues to accumulate showing that vitamin D is a strong ally to combat cancer

Low vitamin D levels are linked to an increased risk of cancers, while vitamin D can attach to the vitamin D receptor (VDR) in your cells, setting off a series of signals that may affect how they grow, develop and survive

Although increasing vitamin D levels may help to reduce cancer deaths, health officials rarely recommend optimizing levels for this purpose

Vitamin D targets cancer in multiple ways, including anticancer, antimetastatic and anti-tumorigenic effects

The best way to optimize your vitamin D level is via regular sun exposure, which enhances production of melatonin — a potent anticancer agent

*

I strongly recommend getting sensible sun exposure each day, and one of the reasons why is because it helps naturally optimize your vitamin D levels. Low vitamin D levels are linked to an increased risk of cancers,1 while vitamin D can attach to the vitamin D receptor (VDR) in your cells, setting off a series of signals that may affect how they grow, develop and survive.2

In this way, vitamin D acts like a brake on the process of cell growth in many tissues of the body, helping to control the speed at which cells multiply. This is particularly important when it comes to cancer because one of the key features of this disease is cells growing out of control. Moreover, vitamin D has been observed in animal studies to help delay some age-related changes by activating another important pathway via the vitamin D receptor.

This pathway involves a molecule called Nrf2, which plays a crucial role in protecting your body from oxidative stress and DNA damage — two factors that are commonly linked to the development of cancer.3 Overall, evidence continues to accumulate showing that vitamin D is a strong ally to combat cancer.4

Vitamin D Reduces Cancer Mortality

Worldwide, cancer is the no. 2 cause of death, behind only cardiovascular disease.5 Meanwhile, the global prevalence of vitamin D deficiency (defined as a level of less than 20 ng/mL) and insufficiency (defined as a level of 20 to less than 30 ng/mL) is 40% to 100%.6 Although increasing vitamin D levels may help to reduce cancer deaths, health officials rarely recommend optimizing levels for this purpose.

For example, research has shown that once you reach a minimum serum vitamin D level of 40 ng/mL, your risk for cancer diminishes by 67%, compared to having a level of 20 ng/mL or less.7

A 2023 systematic review and meta-analysis published in Ageing Research Reviews also found vitamin D3 supplementation reduced cancer mortality by 6%. This wasn’t considered statistically significant, but when only studies involving daily vitamin D intake were analyzed, cancer mortality dropped by a significant 12%.8 According to the researchers:9

“From a biological perspective, it is plausible that a sufficient vitamin D status has an impact on cancer prognosis: by binding to the vitamin D receptor (VDR), the active hormone 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D (1,25(OH)2D) influences signaling pathways that regulate cell proliferation, differentiation, and cell survival, and thus acts as an anti-proliferative agent in many tissues and can slow the growth of malignant cells.”

Other research also supports vitamin D’s role in protecting against cancer death. In one study of 25,871 patients, vitamin D supplementation was found to reduce the risk for metastatic cancer and death by 17%. The risk was reduced by as much as 38% among those who also maintained a healthy weight.10,11

What’s particularly noteworthy is this study only gave participants 2,000 IU of vitamin D daily and didn’t measure their blood levels. Despite these research flaws, a significant benefit was still found. However, other research has found even more striking benefits, including a GrassrootsHealth analysis published in PLOS ONE.

It showed women with a vitamin D level at or above 60 ng/mL (150 nmol/L) had an 82% lower risk of breast cancer compared to those with levels below 20 ng/mL (50 nmol/L).12 Meanwhile, risks of lung cancer, colorectal cancer, breast cancer, bladder cancer and lymphoma are higher in people with low vitamin D levels, while having higher levels is associated with a better prognosis in cases of breast and colorectal cancers.13

The Ageing Research Reviews study further revealed that daily vitamin D supplementation was particularly beneficial for people aged 70 and over, as well as those who took vitamin D daily and were later diagnosed with cancer. Study author Ben Schöttker, Ph.D., with the German Cancer Research Center in Heidelberg, further explained:14

“This does imply that basically everyone aged 50 and older, including people who have never had cancer, might profit from vitamin D supplementation if they are vitamin D insufficient … Doctors cannot know who might develop cancer at a later time.”

Vitamin D Has Anticancer Effects Against Many Types of Cancer

A mini review on the impact of vitamin D on cancer, published in The Journal of Steroid Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, pointed out that while vitamin D is widely recognized for its essential role in regulating the balance of minerals in the body, a deficiency has been linked to the onset and progression of various cancers.15 Vitamin D targets cancer in multiple ways, including:16

  • Anticancer effects, which means it targets different stages of cancer development and progression, including the initiation, growth and spread of cancer cells.
  • Antimetastatic effects, which refers to the ability to stop cancer cells from spreading from the original tumor site to other parts of the body. Since metastasis is often responsible for the fatal outcomes of cancers, preventing the spread can significantly improve survival rates.
  • Anti-tumorigenic, meaning vitamin D helps prevent tumor formation or the growth of tumors. This can involve mechanisms like inducing cell death in cancer cells, blocking cell cycle progression, or inhibiting pathways that fuel tumor growth.

The review highlighted vitamin D’s role against the following cancers:17

In terms of breast cancer, the leading cause of death for women globally, vitamin D deficiency is common among patients, and those who are deficient are more likely to have more aggressive and harder-to-treat subtypes of breast cancer, such as higher grade and estrogen receptor-negative tumors.

The study also highlighted the role of genetic differences in the VDR that could influence breast cancer risk. In particular, in certain populations like North Indian women from New Delhi, variations in the VDR gene were identified as potential risk factors.18

In prostate cancer — the most common cancer in men — low levels of vitamin D were linked to high levels of dihydrotestosterone (DHT) in the prostate which is associated with the progression of prostate cancer.19 In addition, vitamin D may influence the activity of sirtuin 1 (SIRT1), which is known as a longevity protein. Optimizing your vitamin D levels may help boost your body’s natural cancer defenses, in part, via mechanisms involving SIRT1.20

Additional research suggests there may be considerable variation in how different individuals’ genes respond to vitamin D supplementation, which might explain why not everyone benefits equally from extra vitamin D.

For best results, the scientists suggest vitamin D supplementation should be personalized and “advocate for options tailored to individual vitamin D needs, combined with a comprehensive intervention that favors prevention through a healthy environment and responsible health behaviors.”21

Why Sun Exposure Is the Best Source of Vitamin D

On a typical sunny day, your body may produce up to 25,000 international units (IU) of vitamin D,22although many people aren’t in the sun enough to optimize their vitamin D levels. However, I strongly recommend getting your vitamin D from proper sun exposure, if possible, as it provides benefits beyond vitamin D optimization.

Higher levels of vitamin D may even serve as a marker for healthy sun exposure, which in turn may be responsible for many of the health benefits, which include reduced risk of cancer and increased longevity, attributed to vitamin D. Regular sun exposure, for instance, enhances production of melatonin — a potent anticancer agent.23

Near-infrared rays from the sun penetrate deep into your body and activate cytochrome c oxidase, which in turn stimulates the production of melatonin inside your mitochondria. Your mitochondria produce ATP, the energy currency of your body. A byproduct of this ATP production is reactive oxidative species (ROS), which are responsible for oxidative stress.

Excessive amounts of ROS will damage the mitochondria, contributing to suboptimal health, inflammation and chronic health conditions such as diabetes, obesity and thrombosis (blood clots). But melatonin essentially mops up ROS that damage your mitochondria. So, by getting plenty of sun exposure during the day, your mitochondria will be bathed in melatonin, thereby reducing oxidative stress.24,25

If you’re unable to get adequate sun exposure each day, vitamin D supplementation may be necessary. Keep in mind that 20 ng/mL, which is often used as the cutoff for vitamin D deficiency, has repeatedly been shown to be grossly insufficient for good health and disease prevention, which means the true prevalence of people without optimal levels of vitamin D is even greater.

The only way to determine how much sun exposure is enough and/or how much vitamin D3 you need to take is to measure your vitamin D level, ideally twice a year. Once you’ve confirmed your vitamin D levels via testing, adjust your sun exposure and/or vitamin D3 supplementation accordingly. Then, remember to retest in three to four months to make sure you’ve reached your target level.

The Optimal Vitamin D Level for Cancer Prevention

The optimal level for health and disease prevention, including cancer prevention, is between 60 ng/mL and 80 ng/mL (150-200 nmol/L), while the cutoff for sufficiency appears to be around 40 ng/mL. In Europe, the measurements you’re looking for are 150 to 200 nmol/L and 100 nmol/L respectively.

It’s important to remember that calcium, vitamin D3, magnesium and vitamin K2 must be properly balanced for optimal overall health. Your best and safest bet is to simply eat more calcium-, magnesium- and vitamin K2-rich foods, along with sensible sun exposure.

However, if you find supplementation is necessary after a serum vitamin D test, also supplement with magnesium and vitamin K2 (MK-7) to ensure proper balance. You’ll also want to ensure you’re following an overall healthy lifestyle to reduce your cancer risk as much as possible. As researchers explained in Nutrients:26

“Vitamin D supplementation is not the magic pill that miraculously solves the cancer burden or that can replace a healthy lifestyle. It is necessary to foster a good environment and invigorate a healthy lifestyle, including a high-quality diet and physical activity. Both have been proven to confer health benefits in many diseases, including cancer, and are the best preventive measures available.”

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Notes

1, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 The Journal of Steroid Biochemistry and Molecular Biology July 2023, Volume 231, 106308

2, 3 Ageing Research Reviews June 2023, Volume 87, 101923, Introduction

4 Substack, Dr. William Makis, April 18, 2024

5 J Thorac Dis. 2017 Mar; 9(3): 448–451

6 Endocr Pract. 2021 May; 27(5): 484–493., Introduction

7 PLOS ONE 2016; 11 (4): e0152441

8, 9, 13 Ageing Research Reviews June 2023, Volume 87, 101923

10 JAMA Network Open 2020;3(11):e2025850

11 The Sentinel November 22, 2020

12 PLOS ONE June 15, 2015 (PDF)

14 Medical News Today May 17, 2023

20 Int. J. Mol. Sci. 2023, 24(7), 6154; doi: 10.3390/ijms24076154

21, 26 Nutrients 2022, 14(21), 4512; doi: 10.3390/nu14214512

22 J Steroid Biochem Mol Biol. 2019 May;189:228-239. doi: 10.1016/j.jsbmb.2018.12.010. Epub 2019 Jan 4., Abstract

23 Youtube, The Joe Cohen Show, Episode 1, October 25, 2022, 4:00

24 Physiology February 5, 2020 DOI: 10.1152/physiol.00034.2019

25 YouTube, MedCram, Sunlight: Optimize Health and Immunity January 21, 2022

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

In recent years the technology of modified insects including genetically modified insects, particularly mosquitos, as well as other related technologies, have been exposed in several countries for their harmful impacts on environment and people as well as for their even more sinister implications for biological warfare.

In fact in the case of some projects involving foreign collaboration India had an early experience of this. Therefore the technology of GM Insects, particularly mosquitoes, which is being peddled by some powerful corporate interests as well as billionaires and international organizations, should be firmly rejected by India. Although this is being written here more specifically in the context of India, such a policy of rejecting this technology should be adopted more firmly by the entire Global South as the promoters of these high-risk technologies have very powerful contacts in the Global North, particularly in the USA and Britain, and without having a firm opposing policy in place, some Global South countries may get trapped in this. Countries of the Global South should also cooperate to together evolve this policy of opposition, while at the same time extending this cooperation to finding better ways of reducing harm from mosquito borne diseases without falling into the trap of those big business interests who are trying to use these diseases as a means of extracting huge profits and/or or extending their control over the health sector.  

The authorities in India appeared to be well aware of this responsibility at least till some time back. A front-page report in the Business Line (August 20, 2018) titled ‘Govt. may swat GM (genetically modified) Mosquitoes’ and written by Rahul Wadke said,

“The government is set to deny permission for open field trials to introduce genetically modified (GM) Aedes aegypti mosquitoes. The new GM technology claims to control the spread of the dengue, chikungunya and zika virus in India by using GM mosquitoes to disturb the life-cycle of the virus-carrying mosquitoes. Mumbai-based company GBIT, associated with seed giant Mahyco and the UK based Oxitec, is seeking regulatory approvals from the Department of Biotechnology and other Ministries to introduce the technology in the country. Top Central sources said government scientists are skeptical about the efficacy of the technology. They are worried about the unknown consequences and the likely impact on environment owing to the release of GM mosquitoes.” 

However when the Department of Biotechnology introduced ‘Guidelines for Genetically Altered Insects’ in 2023, these did not appear to show adequate awareness of the high risks involved as well as the substantial literature available by then regarding these risks. These appeared to follow guidelines of the WHO ignoring the highly regrettable fact that a billionaire involved most closely in pushing these high risk technologies has also emerged as a major collaborator/funder of the WHO. There should be reconsideration also of how much faith can be placed in the Genetic Engineering Appraisal Committee given its track record—it appears that some further authority and expertise is also needed to check heavy corporate influence in such matters as well as to protect national security interests. There are some other problems and shortcomings also regarding these guidelines as pointed out in a recent review published in a reputed newspaper (see ‘The Problems with India’s New Guidelines on Genetically Modified Insects’ by Sambhavi Naik, The Hindu, 2023).

In fact scientists and environment activists in many parts of the world have warned against this technology and the secrecy associated with its dubious promotion. This technology has also been indicted for its possible biological warfare implications in the past.

Many such trials have been organized with secrecy in several parts of the world so far. Serious hazards associated with such trials have been exposed time and again.

Dr. Helen Wallace, Director of GeneWatch UK  has written,

The benefits of releasing billions of genetically engineered mosquitoes into the environment have been exaggerated and the risks have been downgraded. One concern is that releasing genetically engineered mosquitoes could even make the dengue situation worse, perhaps by reducing immunity to the more serious form of the disease. Panamian researchers have warned that a competitor species, the Asian tiger mosquito, which also transmits dengue and chikungunya, could move in and be harder to eradicate. Disease transmission by this might increase in future. The use of tetracycline to feed genetically engineered mosquitoes in Oxitec’s  (Oxitec is a British-American firm involved in spreading this technology) mosquito factory risks introducing  antibiotic resistance bacteria into the environment, posing a risk to human health.”  

Earlier a press release by Friends of the Earth USA informed,

“A confidential internal document obtained by civil society groups shows genetically modified mosquitoes described by their manufacturer, UK company Oxitec, as sterile are in fact not sterile and their offspring have a 15 per cent survival rate in the presence of the common antibiotic tetracycline.”

Eric Hoffman of Friends of the Earth said while commenting on this that the credibility of the company involved has been undermined as it has been hiding data from the public. He said that trials of its mosquitoes should not move further in the absence of comprehensive and impartial review of environmental hazards and human health risks. 

A Reuters report dated 30 January 2016 and titled ‘GMO Mosquitoes could be cause of Zika outbreak, critics say’ said,

“Oxitec critics also suggest that in the absence of studies into the potential knock-out effects of this in these mutated mosquitoes it is possible that they thrive in the wild with unknown mutations taking place in the genetically modified mosquitoes, which in turn could worsen the spread of Zika virus.”

Critics have pointed out that although this technology is pushed in the name of disease control by powerful interests it may actually lead to a worsening of diseases, as pointed out in recent years by public interest campaigns in several countries.

In India such efforts were first seen in the form of the Genetic Control of Mosquitoes Unit Project during the 1970s and this project was strongly criticized in the media for its various hazards and even biological warfare implications. The Public Accounts Committee of the Indian Parliament also supported this criticism in its 167th Report. The hazardous implications of the project were exposed by C. Raghavan in Mainstream (May 17, 1975) and by the brilliant PTI reporter Dr. K.S. Jayaraman. This writer also wrote extensively on this issue, including in a cover story for the Sunday Magazine section of leading newspaper The Times of India. While a lot of damage was done by this project, the large-scale release of dangerous mosquitoes in the crowded city of Sonipat (Haryana) could be stopped at the last minute. 

In a recent comprehensive review of this technology titled Mosquito in the Ointment (see Frontline— February 16, 2018) a senior Indian scientist Dr. P.K.Rajagopalan, former director of the Vector Control Research Centre, has exposed many-sided problems and hazards of this technology. He has concluded after examining a lot of evidence from various parts of world, including India,

“It is obvious that the release of genetically manipulated vector mosquitoes not only is ineffective but also poses a great danger to society.”

Hence permission of any further trial of this dangerous technology should be stopped immediately and this hazardous and highly suspect technology should be given up for all time instead of being introduced time and again in new garbs by powerful, narrow-minded foreign interests and billionaires (plus their local collaborators) some of whom have already done a lot of very serious damage in the seeds, farming and health sectors.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Bharat Dogra is Honorary Convener, Campaign to Save Earth Now. His recent books include Protecting Earth for Children, Planet in Peril, A Day in 2071 and Man over Machine. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

First published in 2010.

The legacy of the late Leo Panitch lives.

For more than 100 years, May Day has symbolized the common struggles of workers around the globe. Why is it largely ignored in North America? The answer lies in part in American labour’s long repression of its own radical past, out of which international May Day was actually born a century ago.

The seeds were sown in the campaign for the eight-hour work day. On May 1, 1886, hundreds of thousands of North American workers mobilized to strike. In Chicago, the demonstration spilled over into support for workers at a major farm-implements factory who’d been locked out for union activities. On May 3, during a pitched battle between picketers and scabs, police shot two workers. At a protest rally in Haymarket Square the next day, a bomb was tossed into the police ranks and police directed their fire indiscriminately at the crowd. Eight anarchist leaders were arrested, tried and sentenced to death (three were later pardoned).

These events triggered international protests, and in 1889, the first congress of the new socialist parties associated with the Second International (the successor to the First International organized by Karl Marx in the 1860s) called on workers everywhere to join in an annual one-day strike on May 1 – not so much to demand specific reforms as an annual demonstration of labour solidarity and working-class power. May Day was both a product of, and an element in, the rapid growth of new mass working-class parties of Europe – which soon forced official recognition by employers and governments of this “workers’ holiday.”

But the American Federation of Labor (AFL), chastened by the “red scare” that followed the Haymarket events, went along with those who opposed May Day observances. Instead, in 1894, the AFL embraced president Grover Cleveland’s decree that the first Monday of September would be the annual Labor Day. The Canadian government of Sir Robert Thompson enacted identical Labour Day legislation a month later.

Ever since, May Day and Labour Day have represented in North America the two faces of working-class political tradition, one symbolizing its revolutionary potential, the other its long search for reform and respectability. With the support of the state and business, the latter has predominated – but the more radical tradition has never been entirely suppressed.

This radical May Day tradition is nowhere better captured than in Bryan Palmer’s monumental book, Cultures of Darkness: Night Travels in the Histories of Transgression [From Medieval to Modern] (Monthly Review Press, 2000). Palmer, one of Canada’s foremost Marxist labour historians, has done more than anyone to recover and analyze the cultures of resistancethat working people developed in practising class struggle from below. He’s strongly critical of labour-movement leaders who’ve appealed to those elements of working-class culture that crave ersatz bourgeois respectability.

Set amid chapters on peasants and witches in late feudalism, on pirates and slaves during the rise of mercantile imperialism, on fraternal lodge members and anarchists in the new cities of industrial capitalism, on lesbians, homosexuals and communists under fascism, and on the mafia, youth gangs and race riots, jazz, beats and bohemians in modern U.S. capitalism, are two chapters that brilliantly tell the story of May Day. One locates Haymarket in the context of the Victorian bourgeoisie’s fears of what they called the “dangerous classes.” This account confirms the central role of the “anarcho-communist movement in Chicago [which] was blessed with talented leaders, dedicated ranks and the most active left-wing press in the country. The dangerous classes were becoming truly dangerous.”

The other chapter, a survey of “Festivals of Revolution,” locates “the celebratory May Day, a festive seizure of working-class initiative that encompassed demands for shorter hours, improvement in conditions, and socialist agitation and organization” against the backdrop of the traditional spring calendar of class confrontation.

Over the past century communist revolutions were made in the name of the working class, and social democratic parties were often elected into government. In their different ways, both turned May Day to the purposes of the state. Before the 20th century was out the communist regimes imploded in internal contradictions between authoritarianism and the democratic purpose of socialism, while most social democratic ones, trapped in the internal contradictions between the welfare state and increasingly powerful capital markets, accommodated to neoliberalism and become openly disdainful of “old labour.”

As for the United States, the tragic legacy of the repression of its radical labour past is an increasingly de-unionized working class mobilized by fundamentalist Christian churches. Canada, with its NDP and 30-per-cent unionized labour force, looks good by comparison.

Working classes have suffered defeat after defeat in this era of capitalist globalization. But they’re also in the process of being transformed: The decimated industrial proletariat of the global North is being replaced by a bigger industrial proletariat in the global South. In both regions, a new working class is still being formed in the new service and communication sectors spawned by global capitalism (where the eight-hour day is often unknown). Union movements and workers’ parties from Poland to Korea to South Africa to Brazil have been spawned in the past 20 years. Two more books out of Monthly Review Press – Ursula Huws’ The Making of a Cybertariat (2003) and the late Daniel Singer’s Whose Millennium? Theirs or Ours?(1999) – don’t deal with May Day per se, but capture particularly well this global economic and political transformation. They tell much that is sober yet inspiring about why May Day still symbolizes the struggle for a future beyond capitalism rather than just a homage to the struggles of the past.

The late Leo Panitch taught political economy at York University, He was co-editor of The Socialist Register and author of Renewing Socialist Democracy, Strategy and Imagination. 

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on History: What You Need to Know About May Day. International Workers Day

Students Trigger to Stop Wars? Top Universities Pro-Palestine Encampments – A Shift Towards Justice or Just Illusion?

By Peter Koenig, April 30, 2024

What if the so-called student movement, the ICC “attempt” to arrest top Israeli officials including the Prime Minister, other apparently increasing protests around the globe against Israel, is but a new propaganda sting, demonstrating that despite all opposition to Zionist-Israel wiping Palestine off the map – stopping Zionism is not going to happen?

The Subjugation of Humanity to Machines. Dr. T. P. Wilkinson

By Dr. T. P. Wilkinson, May 01, 2024

The government agency primarily responsible for planning and implementing the destruction of the popular government of Vietnam was the US Central Intelligence Agency. ICEX was the first name given to what became known as the Phoenix Program. One of the CIA officers interviewed after the war called it “computerized mass murder”.

Irish Villagers Attacked and Pepper Sprayed by Police. Conflict Over Hundreds of ‘Unvetted Migrant’ Centres Being Planted Throughout Ireland and the UK

By Mark Keenan, May 01, 2024

The Irish government is now at war with its own people as clashes grow between police and Irish citizens who are protesting against over thousands of unchecked/unvetted migrants literally being ‘forced’ into their small communities. Government statistics show that 87% of the migrants are intentionally destroying their passports upon entry to avail of ‘asylum seeker’ status.

Israel Uses Foreign Mercenaries in Gaza

By Steven Sahiounie, May 01, 2024

Israel intends to use PKK terrorists in its land attack on Gaza as it does not want to send its own soldiers into the tunnels of Hamas. Nearly 2,000 terrorists and mercenaries from Europe, Iraq, Syria and the US have moved into Israel. Peshmerga forces from northern Iraq have also been sent to the frontlines in Israel.

France 1939–1945: From Strange Defeat to Pseudo-Liberation

By Dr. Jacques R. Pauwels, April 30, 2024

This essay provides a class-analysis interpretation of France’s role in World War II. Determined to eliminate the perceived revolutionary threat emanating from its restless working class, France’s elite arranged in 1940 for the country to be defeated by its “external enemy,” Nazi Germany.

Dangerous and Chaotic Military Escalation: How will The Kremlin Respond to the EU/NATO’s “Total Hybrid War” Against Russia?

By Drago Bosnic, April 30, 2024

Russia is a big bite. In fact, it’s such a big bite that all of its enemies and invaders choked on it, while many have suffocated as a result, incapable of ever regaining their superpower status. The political West has been the most stubborn in its attempts to subjugate the Eurasian giant.

The Steady Slide Towards Tyranny: How Freedom Dies from A to Z in America

By John W. Whitehead and Nisha Whitehead, May 01, 2024

The American people, the permanent underclass in America, have allowed themselves to be so distracted and divided that they have failed to notice the building blocks of tyranny being laid down right under their noses by the architects of the Deep State.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

Technology Fetishism and Dogmatic Irresponsibility

Without the use of digital devices, instead mainly that analog apparatus known as the pen, I have managed to retain meaningful recollections and engage in analytical reflection for the better part of 62 years. The manner in which I have worked since the earliest moments I can remember has engendered the habit of collecting, sorting, observing and evaluating life as I lived it or perceived it by others.

It was about 1976 that I was introduced to Russell Ackoff, a professor at the Wharton School in the University of Pennsylvania. He was introducing some basic tenets of systems theory, also outlined in his short book Redesigning the Future.

My attendance was accidental since it was my high school physics teacher took me to this meeting of a regional planning commission where Professor Ackoff had been invited to speak. He was quite droll and said several witting things. However the most important statement he made was that the purpose of planning was not to produce a plan. Rather planning was a purpose in its own right. What he clearly meant– and that was reiterated in the book I subsequently read– was that planning was an attitude toward the future or toward life and not an industrial process for producing planning documents. The logical consequence of Ackoff’s argument was that the attitude of planning was more important than the creation of machines for churning out plans which would be obsolete before they could be implemented.

Although I only learned about the book ten years later, Joseph Weizenbaum, a professor of computer science at various universities and one of the early researchers in what became the field of artificial intelligence (AI), published Computer Power and Human Reason in the same year. 1976 was one year after the ignominious withdrawal of US Forces from Vietnam, ending more than 30 years of their organized terror in that part of Southeast Asia. The US war against Vietnam was the first testing ground for both systems theory and artificial intelligence. These concepts and the technology developed to apply them were dedicated to surveillance, planning, target acquisition and destruction of the so-called Vietcong infrastructure, i.e. the civilian government that operated in lieu of the criminal state established by the French and US Americans first in Hanoi and then in Saigon after the partition of the country in Geneva.

The government agency primarily responsible for planning and implementing the destruction of the popular government of Vietnam was the US Central Intelligence Agency. ICEX was the first name given to what became known as the Phoenix Program. One of the CIA officers interviewed after the war called it “computerized mass murder”. He was referring to the kill lists generated by the PHIS, the Phoenix Information System by which all the data about Vietnamese citizens was collated and evaluated to guide the deployment of the various hunter-killer teams. These teams were composed of local hires, mercenaries, RVN and US military personnel like the infamous Lt. Caley, and other contractors working on behalf of the Agency. Recently there has been mild consternation because of the PHIS legacy product used by the IDF to perform the same kinds of tasks. Lavender is called an AI solution. It is just a later version of the same computer-driven murder planning machine deployed half a century ago.

No one should wonder about this since the Israel Defense Force and the other government agencies in occupied Palestine were actively informed and involved in every stage of these system developments. The systems-driven assassination program was a major component of the US counter-insurgency operations throughout Latin America. Death squads and data processing are natural partners going back to IBM’s computer support to the NSDAP. Artificial intelligence is fundamentally an intelligence operation and part of the systems theory of mechanized murder. It has no other serious application.

Permit me to return to Joseph Weizenbaum. In 1976, many AI fetishists will argue, the technology was simply not very sophisticated. ELIZA and other experimental platforms were primitive and lacked the support of today’s super-computers. I met Weizenbaum shortly before he died. He had returned to Berlin, the city of his birth from which his family had emigrated in the 1930s. He had been invited to talk at the Einstein Forum in Potsdam. Having read the book in the 1980s I was anxious to meet the man who had so politely trashed the AI project. He was introduced by an obnoxious and obsequious American whose other qualities or qualifications left no impression on me. The young man tried to impress the audience by telling us that Joseph Weizenbaum was working at Case Western University when the university decided they needed a computer– and Weizenbaum built it. Normally such calculated flattery would be met with a demurred nod of appreciation. Professor Weizenbaum retorted that Case Western did not need a computer. Moreover no one needed one! That was the last we heard of the young man from Einstein Forum.

Nearly 30 years after his book was published Weizenbaum was just as adamant. Not the Internet (which most people clearly forget is an adjunct to the US atomic warfare system) or the so-called super-computers, whether in the US or China, have altered the premises upon which his argument is based. As recently as today I read some conversation strings about AI in which one author argues:

“The result of having this ability is not to contest who is right or wrong, but to learn to be right most of the time so that the AI can successfully maintain a peaceful, harmonious human society. At the end of the day, humans are seriously flawed and cannot be trusted to run this society. Therefore, human management will be phased out.”

The author and those who follow his reasoning clearly believe that the strip mining of the Congo and other parts of the world to obtain the rare (and toxic) minerals essential for super-computing capacity along with the impoverishment of all other components of human culture in favour of electrical engineering and computer sciences is the price to be borne by humanity so that computation can fully displace human judgement (and humanity itself). The naive yet thin veneer of modernism and claims to sophistication in the interest of peace and harmony are deeply anti-human, not only in their objectives but at every link in the chain these AI proponents would forge from cradle to grave.

Weizenbaum’s argument was not based on the state of the art in 1976. In fact he was quite clear that faster processors and larger memory storage would no doubt expand the computational capacity of the emerging technology. Instead Weizenbaum insisted that judgement was not computation. In Berlin he reiterated data is not information. Computation is nothing more than the arrangement of data according to rules defining the circulation of electrical power through increasingly complex circuits. Judgement is the result of human activity not electrical circuits. Data is the numerically codification of signals from whatever source. Information is the product of assessing data and responding to it– i.e. giving it meaning. Computers ought not to give meaning– control human responses to the world. Humans ought to control their own responses, even if they use tools like computers to generate and store data for evaluation.

Those who, like the author cited above, imagine that machine intelligence is superior to human intelligence are, to put it mildly, confused about what intelligence is. Claiming– either naively or cynically– that machine intelligence is at least potentially far more suited for regulating human society than humans themselves, these technology fetishists betray their primitive superstitions. Artificial intelligence, which until now has never advanced beyond its intention as a weapon for mass murder and surveillance, is simply the electronic manifestation of the omnipotent deity whose every will must be fulfilled. The desire to see human management rendered obsolete or impossible is the same denial that humans have any personality beyond that defined by the absolute deity of the kind we have known from the 11th century. The dream of the AI cultist is the same dream of the absolutist papacy and the regime that survives in the modern business corporation from which this nightmare arises.

Weizenbaum did not address the whole production chain in which AI needs to be seen. His humanist position stands on its own, especially when the lines are drawn between humanism and its antitheses transhumanism and anti-humanism. Much is made of the enormous progress– far beyond what the carcinogenic West has accomplished– in Chinese AI. Suffice it here to enumerate some of the absurd claims that dominate in the media and among the cult’s prosyletizers.

Computer power rests ultimately upon the power to extract highly toxic minerals from the Earth, until now based on quasi-slave labor in Congo, i.e. central Africa.

For the past half-century computer power has cost more than six million lives and the independent development of a country whose territory is roughly the size of the European Union. To this must be added the wars and other violent and corrupt interventions to obtain these resources elsewhere on the planet.

Then of course we have the highly dubious benefit of employment redundancies as so-called AI systems replace human labor in the industries and service sectors previously maintained by homo sapiens. Marxists praise AI contributions to the end of alienated labor. However the implementation of AI not only aims to kill people for the IDF or other counter-insurgency agencies but to kill the conditions for economic activity for huge numbers of people at all levels of educational and occupational qualification. The subsequent radical concentration of wealth will hardly be an inducement to enhance living conditions– which after all cannot be rationally calculated except as cost minimizing. (We need not ignore the eugenicism underlying the AI cult too.)

As to the claims that these machines will be infinitely more rational and therefore better managers of human society than humans themselves, the obscenity should be obvious. Any management of humans by agents other than humans can only be accomplished by subjugation of humanity to machines. This is the dream of those whose puerile malice leads them to identify peace with the absence of other people and order with absence of responsibility for their own actions. The nightmare of AI is the dream of what was once called the Dark Ages. Don’t forget, before you leave, to turn out the lights.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on Seek Truth from Facts Foundation.

Dr. T.P. Wilkinson writes, teaches History and English, directs theatre and coaches cricket between the cradles of Heine and Saramago. He is also the author of Church Clothes, Land, Mission and the End of Apartheid in South Africa. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source

The Kiev Regime Must Not Get Away with It

May 1st, 2024 by Stephen Karganovic

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

The neo-Nazi regime in Kiev engages in an unperceived, generously glossed over but extremely grave violation of humanitarian principles. It is one of its many breaches in that regard, of course. But it must be held to account for this and ultimately for every single one.

In the zone the regime still controls in Ukraine, as Russian troops advance the neo-Nazi junta compels the local population to abandon its habitations and to withdraw alongside the retreating Ukrainian armed forces. Since generally that occurs in predominantly ethnically Russian areas, the reluctance of the population to withdraw with what it regards as occupation troops is understandable. For that reason, this hideous practice on the part of the Ukrainian authorities also unmistakably exhibits the legal elements of ethnic cleansing.

The political objective behind these compulsory population movements is to project the propaganda illusion that the civilian population in Ukraine are averse to the arrival of Russian forces and would prefer to live under Kiev regime rule.

Reports of forced deportation of local residents are plentiful (also see here, here, and here). A quick search of the internet will yield much additional evidence.

Western governments and “human rights monitors” have remained utterly silent about this egregious conduct, which in the past they would have denounced vociferously whenever the perpetrators could be presented as actors hostile to the collective West’s political interests. In the present case, however, the perpetrators happen to be their Ukrainian proxies, recently rewarded with another tranche of multibillion dollar largesse. Hence the studious silence of the Western governments and media. The enablers are loath to publicise their vassals’ transgressions.

What does international humanitarian law have to say about the forced displacement of civilians during armed conflict?

Individual or mass deportations are prohibited, regardless of their motive, by the Fourth Geneva Convention (Art. 49). Deportation refers to the forced transfer of civilians (or other persons protected by the Geneva Conventions) from the territory where they reside to the territory of the occupying power or to any other territory, whether occupied or not. Such acts are prosecutable according to the universal jurisdiction principle (Geneva Convention IV on Civilians, Art. 147). They can also be constitutive elements of crimes such as ethnic cleansing and genocide.

There is a degree of ambiguity in the scope and application of the norm, which in Article 49 holds that “individual or mass forcible transfers, as well as deportations of protected persons from occupied territory to the territory of the Occupying Power or to that of any other country, occupied or not, are prohibited, regardless of their motive.”

The presence of the related concept of “population transfer” further complicates the legal analysis because it seems to describe a forced movement of the population which takes place within the national territory and thus, presumably, under the direction of the domestic authorities.

The norm as stated in the Convention is of little practical effect in the absence of credible jurisprudence, in the form of authoritative judicial interpretation. In the instant case, what we have in the way of interpretation originates mainly from the Hague Tribunal (ICTY) and the International Criminal Court (ICC) which are hardly politically independent legal sources.

With those caveats, it nevertheless appears that the reprehensible practice of forced deportation of civilians when the Kiev regime, as the domestic authority, engages in it formally may not be a violation of Article 49 as it is currently interpreted.

That, however, is for reasons which are entirely of a technical nature and have nothing to do with the substance of the matter. International humanitarian law is silent on the regime’s practice because the lawgiver could not possibly have conceived of the circumstances at hand.

This is a situation where domestic authorities, charged with the duty of care for the local civilian population, which includes respect for their elementary human right to express a preference with regard to where they wish to be, are acting in the manner that normally would be expected of a foreign Occupying Power. If foreign occupation authorities treated a local population which was unwilling to leave their homes and refused compulsory “evacuation” the way the Kiev regime treats its own citizens, that would clearly be prohibited and would constitute an indisputable violation of international humanitarian law. It is important to observe that the impact on the civilian population does not vary based on which party in the conflict, foreign or domestic, is engaging in involuntary deportation. To those who are impacted, it makes no substantive difference whether the same act is being committed by foreign forces or by agents of the “domestic authorities.” Both forms of identical conduct should therefore be regarded as equally illegal and culpable. And in both cases the perpetrators must be identified and punished.

The issue under consideration is of extreme humanitarian concern and must be addressed, if not by Western controlled mechanisms such as ICC then certainly by Russia’s war crimes investigative Committee because it falls squarely under the latter’s purview.

Until now the harsh practice in Ukraine of moving civilians around like pieces on a chessboard has mainly affected inhabitants of small towns and rural settlements near the line of contact. But one rightfully fears what may be in store for large population centres such as Kharkov as the Russian advance inexorably proceeds. Will the neo-Nazi regime as it retreats forcibly vacate those cities as well of their inhabitants, in emulation of what Pol Pot had done in Phnom Penh?

Recognition of the gravity of this issue highlights once again the critical importance of formulating well in advance an adequate jurisdictional basis for the Committee’s work. Forced deportation of civilians against their will on territory controlled by the Kiev authorities technically may not be illegal, but if so that exposes a loophole in existing international humanitarian law. The war crimes investigative Committee has the option of expanding the reach of the existing prohibition by also making compulsory deportation ordered by domestic authorities a legitimate subject of criminal investigation. Once it is established, the war crimes Tribunal must be empowered under the terms of its mandate to judge acts of compulsory deportation by whatever party committed, and regardless of the deficiencies of international humanitarian law, as it now stands, on that subject.

The pending Ukrainian war crimes proceedings are a prime opportunity to affirm the right of civilians that their preferences with regard to remaining or evacuating must be respected by the warring parties. One assumes that a certain number of civilians who sympathise with the Kiev regime may voluntarily decide to withdraw with its forces, and their wishes must also be respected.

It is impermissible for civilians to be used as props for political propaganda narratives. Unfortunately, in this case international humanitarian law inadvertently makes that possible. That loophole must be plugged, immediately and decisively. The investigative and judicial organs that will be scrutinising war crimes committed in Ukraine have an unparalleled opportunity to set an important precedent by bringing the normative situation as it currently stands in line with reality.   

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Stephen Karganovic is president of “Srebrenica Historical Project,” an NGO registered in the Netherlands to investigate the factual matrix and background of events that took place in Srebrenica in July of 1995. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.  

Featured image source


Rethinking Srebrenica eBook : Karganovic, Stephen, Simic, Ljubisa: Amazon.co.uk: BooksRethinking Srebrenica

By Stephen Karganovic

Rethinking Srebrenica examines the forensic evidence of the alleged Srebrenica “massacre” possessed by the International Criminal Tribunal for the former Yugoslavia (ICTY) in The Hague. Even though the ICTY created more than 3,500 autopsy reports, many of these autopsy reports were based on bone fragments, which do not represent complete bodies. An examination of the matching femur bones found reveals that there were only about 1,900 complete bodies that were exhumed. Of these, some 1,500 autopsy reports indicated a cause of death consistent with battlefield casualties. Only about 400 autopsy reports indicated execution as a cause of death, as revealed by ligatures and blindfolds. This forensic evidence does not warrant the conclusion of a genocide having taken place.

Karganovic examines the events that took place in Srebrenica in July 1995 in a wholistic manner instead of restricting it to a three-day event. The ten chapters cover:

1) Srebrenica: A Critical Overview;

2) Demilitarization of the UN Safe Zone of Srebrenica;

3) Genocide or Blowback?;

4) General Presentation and Interpretation of Srebrenica Forensic Data (Pattern of Injury Breakdown);

5) An Analysis of the Srebrenica Forensic Reports Prepared by the ICTY Prosecution Experts;

6) An Analysis of Muslim Column Losses Attributable to Minefields, Combat Activity, and Other Causes;

7) The Genocide Issue: Was there a Demonstrable Intent to Exterminate All Muslims?;

8) ICTY Radio Intercept Evidence;

9) The Balance Sheet; and

10) Srebrenica: Uses of the Narrative.

  • ASIN:‎ B0992RRJRK
  • Publisher: ‎Unwritten History, Inc.; 2 edition (July 8 2021)
  • Language: ‎English

Click here to purchase

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

May 1st, 2024 by The Global Research Team

Is Global Research among your sources of daily news and analyses?

In an era of media disinformation, our focus has essentially been to center on the “unspoken truth”. In our publication, you can read what you can’t on the mainstream media. 

Do you find Global Research as a valuable and an indispensable source of information?

If so, be our mouthpiece and help us extend our reach and visibility: 

  1. Sign up for our newsletter (click here for sign-up form);
  2. Forward the daily Global Research Newsletter and/or your favorite Global Research articles to your family, friends, and respective communities;
  3. Use the various instruments of online posting and social media to “spread the word.” Click the “like” and “share” buttons on our articles’ pages. Help keep our articles circulating;
  4. Encourage family and friends to sign up for our newsletter (click here for sign-up form); and
  5. Follow us on our social media (Twitter/X and Instagram) and subscribe to our Telegram channel.

Furthermore, is there anything that you think Global Research needs to improve on? Send your response to [email protected].

Any improvements and updates, alongside our daily operation, require funds. If you have the financial means, consider making a donation or becoming a member.

Click to view our membership plans

Click to make a one-time or a recurring donation


Thank you for supporting independent media. 

-The Global Research Team

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

The Irish government is now at war with its own people as clashes grow between police and Irish citizens who are protesting against over thousands of unchecked/unvetted migrants literally being ‘forced’ into their small communities. Government statistics show that 87% of the migrants are intentionally destroying their passports upon entry to avail of ‘asylum seeker’ status, therefore nobody know who these people are and whether, or not, they have a criminal record. Furthermore, most of the migrants seeking ‘asylum status’ are from countries that have no war. The migrants are eligible for free accommodation, free social welfare, free medical care, food, clothes, and various other perks. Whilst at the same time that the Irish government is facilitating mass immigration there are 14,000 Irish homeless people on the streets, and the Irish face a very serious accommodation crisis as the cost of renting has sky-rocketed. Make no mistake about it this could turn very nasty. 

The following shocking video of Irish villagers being attacked and pepper-sprayed by government police is an example of what is happening throughout Ireland (and the UK) as the Irish government, which for years has been little more than a puppet of the EU, turns, yet again, on the Irish people. Irish people, renowned for their friendly nature of ‘100,000 welcomes’ have in general been very welcoming to migrants. However, now after years of blatant ‘unvetted’ migration, increased crime, and a serious accommodation crisis for Irish people, it appears many Irish have simply had enough.

Literally hundreds of IPAS migrant centres are being ‘planted’ throughout Ireland and the UK. The influx has coincided with an acute housing crisis that has driven up rents and homelessness and fueled anti-immigrant sentiment. The ‘Irish is Full’ #tag has become popular, and over the past year there have been over 600 protests against mass immigration throughout Ireland. 

The complex situation raises serious questions – where is the line drawn between:

  • compassion for genuine refugees of war on one hand, 
  • and ‘violent police-enforced plantation of ‘unvetted unchecked migrants that are not fleeing war’ into small Irish towns and villages’ on the other?

It is clear opinions on this subject vary wildly depending on your ‘politics’.

Government statistics actually show that 87% of the applicants are destroying their passports upon entry therefore nobody know who these people are and whether, or not, they have a criminal record. In doing so, as part of the ‘process’ the applicants can then avail of government international protection status, i.e., this often means free benefits, free housing, free social welfare, free medical care, free food, etc. The vast majority of the migrants are not fleeing war as they are from countries where no war is taking place. Irish people are asserting that people arriving without a means of identification should never ever be allowed to be free amongst Irish citizens, and that it is a huge safety concern.

Newtown Mount Kennedy, a small village in Ireland has become a focal point of local resistance. Riot police have been deployed and there were people, men, women, and teenage boys have been physically beaten, and an independent media journalist was pepper sprayed just for reporting. A local woman at the protest describes (on radio) her horrific experience being attacked by police HERE.

In addition, my contacts assert that many of the Irish police in balaclavas that are enforcing these tactics against the Irish people are not Irish at all, but are more akin to non-Irish hired mercenaries, or more like an EU army. Two days ago, army water cannons were deployed to the small village of Newtown Mount Kennedy, where the sinister force of concerned Irish mammies and teenagers had joined the peaceful protest, but were nevertheless left with facial wounds and injuries due to police brutality.

More Irish towns and villages are standing against the EU / new world order plantation of Ireland. Whilst some people are genuine refugees, it is clear that most of these international protection applicants are unchecked/unvetted, and are not fleeing war. So, what is actually going on here? 

On one hand perhaps one cannot blame non-Irish people for attempting to avail of the generous free government benefits and handouts that are enticing many thousands of migrants into Ireland. On the other hand, 87% of the applicants are intentionally destroying their own passports, and many Irish people are extremely angry that thousands of ‘unvetted’ migrants, almost exclusively single men, are being ‘planted’ into their small towns and villages throughout the land without local consultation or consent. 

While the migrants are given free accommodation in hotels and country estates throughout the land, the Irish people are seriously struggling to make ends meet in a rigged inflationary system, with a never-ending story of sky-high rents, high taxes, inflation, and an ongoing extremely serious accommodation crisis. 

Thus, many young Irish people are left with little option but to live with their parents or emigrate to countries such as Australia as they cannot afford to live in their own country! Where will pay thousands of dollars for a visa and will work for their living. Many Irish people are asserting ‘Ireland is full’; and are asserting that there is a funded plantation agenda that has nothing to do with war or asylum. I note that when Irish people emigrated in past decades to the US, Australia, Canada and the UK, they worked hard in these countries and received no freebies! 

At the same time that the puppet Irish government is facilitating mass immigration there are 14,000 Irish homeless people on the streets. 4,000 of those are children so think about that, four 4,000 homeless Irish children. International protection applicant centers Asylum centers all around Ireland are giving the international applicants free social welfare, free housing, free food, free money clothes, free phones, free bikes, and apparently even cars. 

In the video below the asylum applicant is from a country where there is no war and admits he was living in the UK for 6 months and had accommodation there. If that is case the obvious question is why is he applying for ‘asylum’ in Ireland? The answer of course is he, like thousands of others, is in Ireland for free accomodation, which he also admits is “just the basic” thing he wants.

In this video HERE an angry Irishman goes into a migrant centre in his village and sees all the migrants are men and asks “why are the migrants all men? Why are there 200 foreign men in my village”?

In this video HERE we see police forcibly attack and remove protestors (including women and housewives) at another location, Roscrea, County Galway:

In contrast when migrants riot there is not a police man in sight, see this video HERE.

It should be remembered that the Irish people fought for 800 years for freedom against invading forces, including the genocidal invasions of British crown royalty.

[Aside: It appears to me the British people were not responsible for these crown invasions, rather it was the royal crown family and secret society cohorts that planned the subjugation of Ireland and hired mercenaries and criminals for their armies. Over the centuries the people of Britain were themselves undermined when their ‘commons’ land was taken away from them by the ‘ruling classes’. For centuries the ‘common land’ had been under shared ownership for the welfare and sustenance of all. This was done via various political and legal mechanisms in order to create a culture of dependence on paper money and wages earned from labour. See this article.]

Freedom is in the Irish blood, thus, it is no wonder Irish people are protesting against  thousands of  ‘unvetted’ migrants literally being dumped into their communities in groups of about 200 into numerous hotels, country estates, and new housing estates throughout Ireland. This process is also being implemented across hundreds of locations in the UK. 

In this video HERE independent journalist Niall McConnell is confronted by an aggressive African migrant on St Patricks day. In this video HERE the commentator states the “the Irish are being replaced”.

The stark reality is the Irish government is not really the Irish government it is just a puppet of the EU bureaucracy. Ireland has been a fully controlled vassal state of the banker-controlled EU, in particular since the controversial (and rerun) Lisbon referendum 14 years ago, which hammered a nail in the coffin of Irish sovereignty.

Crime and Violence in Ireland Is on the Rise

The demographic in Ireland, a country of only 4.5 million, is fast changing and it now appears that around 30% of people in Ireland are non-Irish. Irish people have always been very welcoming by nature, but now the situation is reaching breaking point with many people reporting that with a huge influx of ‘unvetted’ migrants, who have destroyed their passports, it has become very dangerous for local people walking about. Nobody knows who these people are, and crimes on the increase. Many are flooding in from the UK. Take for example this shocking video below of a migrant encouraging all migrants in Ireland to carry knives and weapons. 

It is not just the Irish people that are unhappy about this – legal immigrants who came to Ireland are saying “well what was the point of us coming here legally to work? we could have just came here without a passport and got free accommodation and free social welfare!”  There are hundreds of videos surfacing that expose the arrogant entitlement culture that has quickly developed among the ‘unvetted’ migrants who literally say they want free houses, free food, free social welfare, and claim discrimination and racism at anyone who rebukes them. 

Another video HERE shows a migrant stating he went on holidays for three months to Europe but having returned to Ireland he wants to be paid full social welfare for the three months he has been on holidays. He then claims ‘discrimination’ when he is told only 2 weeks holidays is allowed. 

In another video a migrant has made a video saying he has become an alcoholic because the Irish government gave him and his family a free 6-bedroom house to live in and too much money. In contrast, rents for the Irish working population are sky high. I have friends who pay 2,700 euro a month for a medium size house in rural Ireland 45 minutes outside Galway city. In Dublin rents are much higher still.

The media portrays the protestors as “far-right”, yet the protestors claim they are “just right” and are simply defending their communities and Irish culture. Many of these protestors are ordinary mothers and fathers concerned about why their sons and daughters and neighbors cannot get or afford accommodation, whilst thousands of immigrants are being given free accommodation. 

The “woke left” retort that that Irish people themselves emigrated en-masse to the U.S., UK., Canada, and Australia, and should, therefore, not complain. However, the lefties do not mention that when Irish people emigrated over the decades they worked very hard in the countries they emigrated to, and received no freebies. 

The Irish people, renowned over the generations for their hospitality to visitors, have been very welcoming and compassionate to the refugees fleeing Ukraine. Meanwhile in Ukraine nightlife, bars and restaurants are booming – it makes you wonder what is really going there? See this video HERE. It also appears that in large parts of that huge country, which is almost ten times bigger than Ireland, there is no war – so the legitimate question is now being asked “why then are there still 100,000 Ukrainians in Ireland, 2,500 kilometers from their home country?” Meanwhile there are ongoing reports of Irish families being evicted from their homes by non-Irish men wearing balaclavas assisted by government police. It all sounds eerily like the evictions from famine times. 

Missing Migrant Children

Another crazy statistic, there are reports that hundreds of migrant children have went missing in Ireland. 22 children alone last January went missing and nobody knows where they are. Amidst accusations of the existence of human trafficking, when government Minister Roderic O’Gorman was asked about this he completely ignored the question.

Police Brutality Until the EU Migration Pact Is Signed Off?

Rather than showing the police as being keepers of the peace these events are an illustration of how far the Irish establishment seems prepared to go to force its agenda or should I say the EU / UN / WEF communist agenda on their unwilling people.

Is there an intentional sinister or ulterior agenda behind ‘funded’ mass migration in to Europe? I explore this question with reference to over 100 censored historical books in my book: Censored History of the New World Order – WW2, Communism, Zionism, Jews, and the Vatican

The Irish government is trying and divert people’s attention away from their vigorous plans to import as many people as possible and secondly then sign off the new EU pact on Asylum and migration, which is something that represents the surrendering of Irish sovereign rights in respect of migration and Asylum seeking. The following clip is revealing – a snapshot of Irish public opinion on the controversial EU migration pact – the audience members (usually a quite liberal audience) on an RTE national television show votes on the issue.

It appears to me this entire situation has been brewing for at least 20 years. I first reported on my blog in 2009 that, that based on government and EU policies, Irish people would inevitably become a minority in Ireland.

It was not hard to see this, but few were prepared to talk about it for fear of being branded a racist. At that time the Irish government were issuing around 5,000 PPS numbers per month to non-Irish immigrants. Whilst a significant percentage of people genuinely came to Ireland to work and live as part of Irish society, the reality is many migrants go straight onto social welfare and government benefits long term.

At the same time in 2009 around 5,000 Irish people were emigrating from Ireland per month to go to places such as Australia. Why do they go? Due to incessant government policies over decades that have made it more difficult and expensive for the indigenous Irish population to live in Ireland, but yet enticed and assisted migrants into the country with lots of free benefits. How does that make sense? 

It should be noted that Irish people rejected the EU Lisbon treaty 14 years ago, but it was later re-shoved down their throat amidst government funded-propaganda. 

Many Irish people were naively taken in by this government-funded pro-EU propaganda in the past, believing that Ireland would remain an independent country, and that the EU was just a free-trade organisation. I made the observation and prediction as far back as 14 years ago during the Lisbon treaty debacle, that Irish people would become a minority in Ireland ‘if’ Ireland remained in the EU. I stated on my blog that Irish people would become a minority in their own country if Ireland remained in the EU, and this would be a deathblow to the unique Irish Celtic culture. However, few were prepared to listen. Now thousands of Irish people are raising these issues.

The EU is not Ireland’s friend, the EU is not the friend of any European country or of any European people – it is a slippery political project of globalist control and enforced chaos. See also this book. According to a recent poll, it appears three quarters of the Irish population are saying ‘no’ to the plantation policy of the puppet Irish government. However, the government is not listening to them – in fact the puppet Irish government is treating the Irish people with utter contempt. 

George Soros Funds Mass Migration Into Europe

The wider picture is that billions of euros has been set aside by NGOs and governments to promote and facilitate the mass migration of tens of millions of people into Europe. The vast majority of these people are not fleeing war. This is a fully funded plan endorsed by the bankster controlled EU and the UN. George Soros, allegedly a zionist, has funded around 20 billion euros into NGOs that promote and facilitate mass migration into Europe. 

See this video HERE recorded by a town mayor in Hungary that exposes that mass migration is an EU / UN / George Soros funded project.

There is also much to indicate that it was the zionist influenced/controlled US government that destabilized the middle-east in the first place via the US bombing and invasion of seven pre-dominantly Muslim countries, including Libya.   

Meanwhile, it appears zionist Isreal does not take any migrants. It also appears that miscegenation (the mixing of other races with the jews/zionists ) is illegal in Isreal. Yet, zionists appear to be funding mass migration into Europe. It also appears that it has been the zionist power structure in the US that orchestrated the US bombing and invasion of seven pre-dominantly Muslim countries in the middle-east. Thus, the middle-east itself became de-stabilised. Now Europe is being destabilized by a fully funded ‘clash of cultures’, as alleged zionists, such as George Soros, are funding and promoting the mass migration into Europe. 

Is There an ‘Enforced Race Mixing’ Agenda?

Various authors assert that zionist Jews or other ‘behind the scenes ulteriors’ are orchestrating an ‘enforced race mixing’ / Talmudic-type agenda against all non-Jews. Other authors assert that the ulteriors of the new world order include the triple crown – the British royal family crown and London’s square mile, the Vatican/Jesuit/illuminati power structure, and Washington D.C. These authors assert that the concept that ‘Jews control the world’ is simply a buffer. I examine these assertions in this book 

Irish celtic culture is rich in ancient heritage. The culture is so old that even ancient Vedic symbols can be seen on ancient standing stones in Ireland. Vedic culture being the world’s oldest culture purported by some researchers, including myself, to have once been a worldwide culture. Will the ancient land of Atlantis, rich in ancient God-consciousness, the land the Irish/Celtic and European races have lived in for over 8,000 years become subsumed by a clash of cultures?

In this video HERE we see the ‘drug culture’ that has arrived, or been ‘imported’, into Ireland. Is this what Ireland will become? Tourists have reported that the rampant use of drugs by migrants in Dublin City centre is degrading the city streets. It appears to many Irish people that it is the thousands of migrants who are now the ‘tourists’, only their holiday is a free long-term all expenses paid for trip.

I have tried to report on the situation impartially for it is not for me to judge anyone. Good people exist in all cultures. Only God knows each of us truly. Are the ‘unvetted’ migrants in Ireland to work and contribute to society, or are the migrants that have destroyed their passports simply seeking free benefits? 

It appears to me the signs are not good – already we see the once pretty center of Dublin’s ‘Fair City’ being degraded by extensive migrant drug culture mere yards from the GPO – a historic building where brave Irish men and women fought for their freedom from the tyranny of the British royal crown.

Is it a good idea for the EU / UN to forcibly impose thousands of people from one culture onto the lands of those of a very different culture, without consent? To do so appears to be a recipe for conflict. It is clear opinions on this subject vary wildly depending on your politics.

Whatever Race or Nationality We Born Into – We Were All Registered at Birth, Via the Birth Cert, Into a World Debt-slavery Banking System

A deeper reality is that all governments are registered corporations and are fully subservient to the system of  privately-owned world banking; and to the international political agendas of the covert communist UN, the EU, the WEF, and other institutions of the new world order. Whatever country we live in, or whatever race or nationality we born into – we were all registered at birth, via the birth cert, into a debt-slavery system. We were all born as ‘collateral’ in a debt-slavery system that is owned and controlled by the agents of ‘old world order’, which are the same agents of the ‘new world order’ and the triple crown. 

See also the books: Demonic Economics and the Tricks of the Bankers and Censored History of the New World Order – WW2, Communism, Zionism, Jews, and the Vatican

All Land Belongs to God – We Are Only the Caretakers

An even deeper reality, it appears to me, is that ultimately, according to ancient scripture, all land, and the Earth itself, belongs to God the creator; and that we are only temporary caretakers who should abide by God’s instructions. 

All of this materialism, greed, and political power play is an illusory trap. Death comes for us all, and when it does God’s agents will judge each of us. We will each be subject to the karmic force of our past actions. I wonder sometimes if hell itself is having a migrant crisis?

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Mark Keenan is a former scientist at the UK Government Dept. of Energy and Climate Change, and at the United Nations Environment Division. He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). He is author of the following books available on amazon.com:

Website: Reality Distinguished From Illusion

Twitter: https://twitter.com/TheMarkGerard

Donate for Mark’s articles here via Paypal

Featured image is a screenshot from the first video

 

Israel Uses Foreign Mercenaries in Gaza

May 1st, 2024 by Steven Sahiounie

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

The international community is not only silent about Israel’s genocide but also sends foreign mercenaries to fight alongside Israel Defense Forces (IDF) in Gaza.

The IDF summoned hundreds of reserve soldiers to reinforce its ranks in preparation for its ground attack on the Gaza Strip. To bolster their Israeli ranks the IDF promoted an influx of people holding Israeli passports and living in foreign countries.

However, the Spanish newspaper, El Mundo, reported that Tel Aviv contacted international security contractors to provide fighters to perform military tasks during its ongoing war in Gaza.

Pedro Diaz Flores Corrales, aged 27 years, is a former soldier in the Spanish army and had previously fought as a mercenary in both Ukraine and Iraq. In addition to this, he is known for belonging to a fascist political group, the so-called Neo-Nazi movement, according to the Middle East website ‘Monitor’.

The group is involved in illicit arms trafficking, as well as mercenary exploitation.

Corrales justified his decision to fight alongside the IDF, and said that each participant in the fighting receives about 3,900 euros ($4,187) a weekly salary, and perks associated with the tasks they perform.

El Mundo reported that it had seen pictures of Corrales surrounded by mercenaries of different nationalities, including French, Germans, and Albanians, and even American Marines or members of the Special Forces who fought in Iraq, Afghanistan, Mali, or Kosovo.

Last October, French media circulated news about a large number of French fighters joining the fight alongside the IDF.

A report by the Euro-Mediterranean Observatory revealed in the past the presence of hundreds of European mercenaries who volunteer for military service in the ranks of the IDF, as part of special forces, especially in the Gaza Strip.

Organizations directly linked to right-wing Jewish and Christian groups within Europe are organizing projects and campaigns to invite Europeans to join the IDF, as well as to join campaigns to support illegal settler operations against Palestinians in the West Bank.

Intending to use them in tunnels of Hamas, Israel offers Kurdish PKK terrorists $ 2,200 to join the frontlines in its genocidal war against Palestinians with thousands of terrorists and mercenaries already transported to Israel.

The Israeli government made a contract with PKK terrorists, with whom they agreed to a salary of 9 thousand Israeli shekels ($2,200) in addition to $25,000 of compensation in case of death or injury.

Israel intends to use PKK terrorists in its land attack on Gaza as it does not want to send its own soldiers into the tunnels of Hamas. Nearly 2,000 terrorists and mercenaries from Europe, Iraq, Syria and the US have moved into Israel. Peshmerga forces from northern Iraq have also been sent to the frontlines in Israel.

Calls are being made to recruit militants to fight for Israel, and many organizations have been carrying out extensive activities, such as: the “Kurdish-Israeli Friendship Union” founded by Mordehay Zaken, the “Kurdish Institute” and the “Israeli Jewish Kurds” organization.

Israeli organizations have been negotiating with Peshmerga to send Kurds from northern Iraq to Israel, reminding them of the support given by the Tel Aviv regime to them since 1958.

In Ayn al-Arab, an Israeli colonel and his team of seven people have been carrying out activities to find people experienced in urban warfare. The mercenaries recruited from Iraq and Syria were given Israeli citizenship identities. These were then transported to Israel by three planes. The last flight took off on October 29 from Erbil. Eight of those whom Israel sent to the front were killed in Gaza.

Kurdish singer and actor, Idan Amedi, who plays in the Netflix TV series “Fauda”, announced that he voluntarily joined the IDF and shared images from the Gaza Strip. The IDF are using social media influencers like Amedi. Images of Amedi calling Kurds to kill Palestinian are broadcast on Israeli television. Meanwhile, Duran Kalkan, one of the ringleaders of the PKK in Qandil, blamed Hamas and made statements in favor of Israel.

There are a total of 4,600 foreign volunteers in the ranks of the Israeli forces, in addition to many dual citizens from all over the world, whether in active or reserve service.

Israel relies on private security contractors, most notably the local company Global CST. The mercenaries working for this company are accused of committing crimes against humanity in the conflicts in which they participated in Latin America, South Ossetia and Africa.

Kurdistan Workers’ Party (PKK) said they have sent 2,000 mercenaries to Israel to fight in Gaza. The PKK is an international recognized terrorist organization which has killed over 30,000 people in Turkey over three decades.

The IDF are afraid to enter the tunnels dug by Hamas, and fear that they will not emerge from the tunnels alive, and for this reason they use PKK and other mercenaries for this purpose, and mercenary fighters from European countries, Iraq, Syria, and America have arrived in Israel.

Image: Masoud Barzani (Licensed under CC BY 2.0)

undefined

The Kurdish PKK members sent to Israel are mainly from northern Iraq, and were sent with the help of Masoud Barzani. It is estimated that there are about 200,000 Kurdish Jews in the area, some of whom have been sent.

War Crimes and Genocide

Foreigners fighting for Israel in Gaza are war criminals and mercenaries along with the IDF.

In December, Thomas Portes, a member of the French National Assembly (Parliament) revealed a letter he had sent to the Minister of Justice, Eric Dupond-Moretti , asking him to investigate some 4,185 French citizens believed to have been fighting with the IDF. The letter, posted on X, calls for the investigation of war crimes the French volunteers might have been participating in while fighting in Gaza, where war crimes have widely been reported.

French volunteers make up some 45 % of the total foreign volunteers joining the IDF as mercenaries. In contrast, the French people have been pouring, in their hundreds of thousands into the streets in support of Palestine and demanding a ceasefire.

According to Israel’s Defense Ministry report, published in 2016, Americans contribute 29 % of the foreigners joining the IDF annually, followed by the British, at 5 %. Some 100 Brits are currently serving in the IDF as it continues its genocidal war in Gaza.

80 % of the mercenaries usually serve for 18 months within the ranks of the IDF and get the same pay and treatment as regular IDF personnel. The majority of them join the IDF’s combat infantry, responsible for the daily killing of Palestinians in the West Bank, East Jerusalem and Gaza. On top of their regular monthly salaries, they receive nearly $7,000 after they complete their training.

Western Countries Turn a Blind Eye

Not a single European country, or the US and the UK, have publicly warned their own citizens against joining the IDF. The foreign fighters have participated in the war crimes taking place in Gaza.

A study published in the journal of Sociological Forum in June 2022, at least 1,200 Americans are serving in the IDF at any given time. The study found that, on any given year, some 3,500 foreign Jewish soldiers have been serving in the IDF over the last two decades.

21 American soldiers were killed when the IDF suffered its biggest single day loss in Gaza at the hands of the Palestinian Resistance fighters, who killed a total of 24 soldiers of the invading IDF.

While precise number of American citizens fighting in Gaza is unknown, they are thought to be in their hundreds. Since the Israeli attack on Gaza started on 7 October, at least 10,000 people living in the US have received draft notices from the Israel army to report for duty. Many of them do have dual Israeli citizenship, making accountability for possible war crimes a tricky legal issue, despite America’s Neutrality Act, dating back to the founding days of the US, making it illegal for any American citizen to take part in any foreign war, or establish a militia for that purpose. However, the Act has not been reinforced recently, as hundreds of Americans have participated in wars in Ukraine, in Libya in 2011 and, now, in Gaza.

Besides the US, foreign fighters joining the IDF come from at least five European countries, including Italy, France, Belgium, the Netherlands and the United Kingdom. According to Italy’s Foreign Minister, Antonio Tajani, there were some 18,000 Italian nationals working and living in Israel when the war started, among them 1,000 who work for the IDF.

Not a single Western government has, so far, taken any action to punish its citizens fighting for Israel as it carries out genocide in Gaza.

Israeli-Kurdish Relationship

Israel has become the only country to openly support an independent Kurdish state, a result of good ties between Kurds and Jews.

In September 2017, Israel became the first and so far only country to openly voice support for “the legitimate efforts of the Kurdish people to attain a state of its own,” as Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu said.

The Kurds have been and will continue to be reliable and long-term allies of Israel since they are, like us, a minority group in the region, according to Kurd-Israel analysts.

The relationship between Israel and PKK and also the Peshmerga forces of northern Iraq, is nothing new. One of the biggest supporters of Massoud Barzani’s failed independence referendum in 2017 was Israel. While Israel was being established, many Jewish Kurds immigrated to Palestine. There are currently more than 200 thousand Jewish Kurds living in Israel. Mickey Levy, who was once elected as the Speaker of the Israeli Parliament, is one of them.

The Kurdistan Regional Government (KRG) in northern Iraq has remained silent amid Israel’s escalating war in Gaza. With delicate political and economic ties to the US, Israel and Iran, it’s hoping to avoid being dragged into a regional conflict.

The Kurdistan Region is a pro-American island in a sea of anti-American sentiment. If the war escalates, there will be pressure on it from both sides.

The two main parties are the Kurdistan Democratic Party (KDP), and the Patriotic Union of Kurdistan (PUK), and the main political power lies with the KRG Prime Minister Masrour Barzani, who has studiously avoided commenting on the war in Gaza.

Although the KRG has no official ties with Israel, the two governments have economic ties and Israel has supported the establishment of an independent Kurdish state.

Should the Kurdish authorities take a pro-US and Israel tilt in the war on Gaza, Iran-backed parties in Baghdad could decide to turn up the pressure on the KRG, and for this reason the Kurds are trying to avoid taking a position.

They want to maintain a balance in the middle and appear neutral in the current war, while they will express sympathy for the Palestinians as a moral issue and consider the Kurdistan Region and its people to be uninvolved, say regional analysts.

In contrast, the Kurdistan Region’s two Islamist parties — the Kurdistan Islamic Union (KIU) and the Kurdistan Justice Group (KJG) — have loudly condemned Israel’s bombardment of Gaza.

There are also economic considerations. Until the Kurdistan Region’s independent oil exports were suspended in March 2023, Israel was a major destination of Kurdish crude starting in 2014. According to media reports, it received 183,000 barrels per day in February, although the amount fluctuated from month to month.

Conclusion

The US are trying to make the Kurds partners with Israel. But, many Kurds take the side of the people of Gaza and the Palestinian resistance.

Some have warned that the Kurds, who side with Israel in Gaza, would become a new target in the Islamic world together with Israel.

For other Kurds, there is a sense of empathy with the Palestinian suffering, but they also feel that there’s an immense double standard against the Kurds. This is leading the Kurds to refrain from showing any public support for Palestinians.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on Mideast Discourse.

Steven Sahiounie is a two time award winning Journalist and political commentator. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from MD

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

“As I look at America today, I am not afraid to say that I am afraid.” —Former presidential advisor Bertram Gross

The American governmental scheme is sliding ever closer towards a pervasive authoritarianism.

The American people, the permanent underclass in America, have allowed themselves to be so distracted and divided that they have failed to notice the building blocks of tyranny being laid down right under their noses by the architects of the Deep State.

This steady slide towards tyranny, meted out by militarized local and federal police and legalistic bureaucrats, has been carried forward by each successive president over the past fifty years regardless of their political affiliation.

Biden, Trump, Obama, Bush, Clinton: they have all been complicit in carrying out the Deep State’s agenda.

Frankly, it really doesn’t matter who occupies the White House, because it is a profit-driven, unelected bureaucracy—call it whatever you will: the Deep State, the Controllers, the masterminds, the shadow government, the corporate elite, the police state, the surveillance state, the military industrial complex—that is actually calling the shots.

In the interest of liberty and truth, here’s an A-to-Z primer that spells out the grim realities of life in the American Police State that no one seems to be talking about anymore.

A is for the AMERICAN POLICE STATE. A police state “is characterized by bureaucracy, secrecy, perpetual wars, a nation of suspects, militarization, surveillance, widespread police presence, and a citizenry with little recourse against police actions.”

B is for our battered BILL OF RIGHTS. In the militarized police culture that is America today, where you can be kicked, punched, tasered, shot, intimidated, harassed, stripped, searched, brutalized, terrorized, wrongfully arrested, and even killed by a police officer, and that officer is rarely held accountable for violating your rights, the Bill of Rights doesn’t amount to much.

C is for CIVIL ASSET FORFEITURE. This governmental scheme to deprive Americans of their liberties—namely, the right to property—is being carried out under the guise of civil asset forfeiture, a government practice wherein government agents (usually the police and now TSA agents) seize private property they “suspect” may be connected to criminal activity. Then, whether or not any crime is actually proven to have taken place, the government keeps the citizen’s property and it’s virtually impossible to get it back.

D is for DRONES. Nearly 1500 police departments across the U.S. include drones as part of their technological arsenal, and that number is growing. Although drones may be used for benevolent purposes, they have increasingly become extensions of the surveillance state, carrying out warrantless and constant mass aerial surveillance in violation of the Fourth Amendment. New autonomous police drones can “read a license plate from 800 feet away and follow a vehicle from a distance of 3 miles.”

E is for EMERGENCY STATE. From 9/11 to COVID-19 and beyond, we have been the subjected to an “emergency state” that justifies all manner of government tyranny and power grabs in the so-called name of national security. The government’s ongoing attempts to declare so-called national emergencies in order to circumvent the Constitution’s system of checks and balances constitutes yet another expansion of presidential power that exposes the nation to further constitutional peril.

F is for FASCISM. A study conducted by Princeton and Northwestern University concluded that the U.S. government does not represent the majority of American citizens. Instead, the study found that the government is ruled by the rich and powerful, or the so-called “economic elite.” Moreover, the researchers concluded that policies enacted by this governmental elite nearly always favor special interests and lobbying groups. In other words, we are being ruled by an oligarchy disguised as a democracy, and arguably on our way towards fascism—a form of government where private corporate interests rule, money calls the shots, and the people are seen as mere economic units or databits.

G is for GLOBAL POLICE. The federal government has distributed more than $18 billion worth of battlefield-appropriate military weapons, vehicles and equipment such as drones, tanks, and grenade launchers to domestic police departments across the country. As a result, most small-town police forces now have enough firepower to render any citizen resistance futile. By the time you take those small-town police forces, train them to look and act like the military, and then enlist them to be part of the United Nations’ Strong Cities Network program, you not only have a standing army that operates beyond the reach of the Constitution but one that is part of a global police force.

H is for HOLLOW-POINT BULLETS. The government’s efforts to militarize and weaponize its agencies and employees is reaching epic proportions, with federal agencies as varied as the Department of Homeland Security and the Social Security Administration stockpiling millions of lethal hollow-point bullets, which violate international law. Ironically, while the government continues to push for stricter gun laws for the general populace, the U.S. military’s arsenal of weapons makes the average American’s handgun look like a Tinker Toy.

I is for the INTERNET OF THINGS, in which internet-connected “things” monitor your home, your health and your habits in order to keep your pantry stocked, your utilities regulated and your life under control and relatively worry-free. The key word here, however, is control. This “connected” industry propels us closer to a future where police agencies apprehend virtually anyone if the government “thinks” they may commit a crime, driverless cars populate the highways, and a person’s biometrics are constantly scanned and used to track their movements, target them for advertising, and keep them under perpetual surveillance.

J is for JAILING FOR PROFIT. Having outsourced their inmate population to private prisons run by private corporations, this profit-driven form of mass punishment has given rise to a $70 billion private prison industry that relies on the complicity of state governments to keep their privately run prisons full by jailing large numbers of Americans for petty crimes.

K is for KENTUCKY V. KING. In an 8-1 ruling, the Supreme Court ruled that police officers can break into homes, without a warrant, even if it’s the wrong home as long as they think they may have a reason to do so. Despite the fact that the police in question ended up pursuing the wrong suspect, invaded the wrong apartment and violated just about every tenet that stands between the citizenry and a police state, the Court sanctioned the warrantless raid, leaving Americans with little real protection in the face of all manner of abuses by law enforcement officials.

L is for LICENSE PLATE READERS, which enable law enforcement and private agencies to track the whereabouts of vehicles, and their occupants, all across the country. This data collected on tens of thousands of innocent people is also being shared between police agencies, as well as with government fusion centers and private companies. This puts Big Brother in the driver’s seat.

M is for MAIN CORE. Since the 1980s, the U.S. government has acquired and maintained, without warrant or court order, a database of names and information on Americans considered to be threats to the nation. As Salon reports, this database, reportedly dubbed “Main Core,” is to be used by the Army and FEMA in times of national emergency or under martial law to locate and round up Americans seen as threats to national security. There are at least 8 million Americans in the Main Core database.

N is for NO-KNOCK RAIDS. Owing to the militarization of the nation’s police forces, SWAT teams are now increasingly being deployed for routine police matters. In fact, more than 80,000 of these paramilitary raids are carried out every year. That translates to more than 200 SWAT team raids every day in which police crash through doors, damage private property, terrorize adults and children alike, kill family pets, assault or shoot anyone that is perceived as threatening—and all in the pursuit of someone merely suspected of a crime, usually possession of some small amount of drugs.

O is for OVERCRIMINALIZATION and OVERREGULATION. Thanks to an overabundance of 4500-plus federal crimes and 400,000 plus rules and regulations, it’s estimated that the average American actually commits three felonies a day without knowing it. As a result of this overcriminalization, we’re seeing an uptick in Americans being arrested and jailed for such absurd “violations” as letting their kids play at a park unsupervised, collecting rainwater and snow runoff on their own property, growing vegetables in their yard, and holding Bible studies in their living room.

P is for PATHOCRACY and PRECRIME. When our own government treats us as things to be manipulated, maneuvered, mined for data, manhandled by police and other government agents, mistreated, and then jailed in profit-driven private prisons if we dare step out of line, we are no longer operating under a constitutional republic. Instead, what we are experiencing is a pathocracy: tyranny at the hands of a psychopathic government, which “operates against the interests of its own people except for favoring certain groups.” Couple that with the government’s burgeoning precrime programs, which will use fusion centers, data collection agencies, behavioral scientists, corporations, social media, and community organizers and by relying on cutting-edge technology for surveillance, facial recognition, predictive policing, biometrics, and behavioral epigenetics in order to identify and deter so-called potential “extremists,” dissidents or rabble-rousers. Bear in mind that anyone seen as opposing the government—whether they’re Left, Right or somewhere in between—is now viewed as an extremist.

Q is for QUALIFIED IMMUNITY. Qualified immunity allows police officers to walk away without paying a dime for their wrongdoing. Conveniently, those deciding whether a cop should be immune from having to personally pay for misbehavior on the job all belong to the same system, all cronies with a vested interest in protecting the police and their infamous code of silence: city and county attorneys, police commissioners, city councils and judges.

R is for ROADSIDE STRIP SEARCHES and BLOOD DRAWS. The courts have increasingly erred on the side of giving government officials—especially the police—vast discretion in carrying out strip searches, blood draws and even anal and vaginal probes for a broad range of violations, no matter how minor the offense. In the past, strip searches were resorted to only in exceptional circumstances where police were confident that a serious crime was in progress. In recent years, however, strip searches have become routine operating procedures in which everyone is rendered a suspect and, as such, is subjected to treatment once reserved for only the most serious of criminals.

S is for the SURVEILLANCE STATE. On any given day, the average American going about his daily business will be monitored, surveilled, spied on and tracked in more than 20 different ways, by both government and corporate eyes and ears. A byproduct of the electronic concentration camp in which we live, whether you’re walking through a store, driving your car, checking email, or talking to friends and family on the phone, you can be sure that some government agency, whether the NSA or some other entity, is listening in and tracking your behavior. This doesn’t even begin to touch on the corporate trackers that monitor your purchases, web browsing, Facebook posts and other activities taking place in the cyber sphere.

T is for TASERS. Nonlethal weapons such as tasers, stun guns, rubber pellets and the like have been used by police as weapons of compliance more often and with less restraint—even against women and children—and in some instances, even causing death. These “nonlethal” weapons also enable police to aggress with the push of a button, making the potential for overblown confrontations over minor incidents that much more likely. A Taser Shockwave, for instance, can electrocute a crowd of people at the touch of a button.

U is for UNARMED CITIZENS SHOT BY POLICE. No longer is it unusual to hear about incidents in which police shoot unarmed individuals first and ask questions later, often attributed to a fear for their safety. Yet the fatality rate of on-duty patrol officers is reportedly far lower than many other professions, including construction, logging, fishing, truck driving, and even trash collection.

V is for OPERATION VIGILANT EAGLE. One of several government initiatives dating back to 2009 that call for heightened scrutiny of those who challenge the government’s authority, this particular program calls for surveillance of military veterans, characterizing them as extremists and potential domestic terrorist threats because they may be “disgruntled, disillusioned or suffering from the psychological effects of war.” Coupled with a report that defines extremists as individuals and groups “that are mainly antigovernment, rejecting federal authority in favor of state or local authority, or rejecting government authority entirely,” these tactics bode ill for anyone seen as opposing the government.

W is for WHOLE-BODY SCANNERS. Using either x-ray radiation or radio waves, scanning devices and government mobile units are being used not only to “see” through your clothes but to spy on you within the privacy of your home. While these mobile scanners are being sold to the American public as necessary security and safety measures, we can ill afford to forget that such systems are rife with the potential for abuse, not only by government bureaucrats but by the technicians employed to operate them.

X is for X-KEYSCORE, one of the many spying programs carried out by the National Security Agency that targets every person in the United States who uses a computer or phone. This top-secret program “allows analysts to search with no prior authorization through vast databases containing emails, online chats and the browsing histories of millions of individuals.”

Y is for YOU-NESS. Using your face, mannerisms, social media and “you-ness” against you, you are now be tracked based on what you buy, where you go, what you do in public, and how you do what you do. Facial recognition software promises to create a society in which every individual who steps out into public is tracked and recorded as they go about their daily business. The goal is for government agents to be able to scan a crowd of people and instantaneously identify all of the individuals present. Facial recognition programs are being rolled out in states all across the country.

Z is for ZERO TOLERANCE. We have moved into a new paradigm in which young people are increasingly viewed as suspects and treated as criminals by school officials and law enforcement alike, often for engaging in little more than childish behavior or for saying the “wrong” word. In some jurisdictions, students have also been penalized under school zero tolerance policies for such inane “crimes” as carrying cough drops, wearing black lipstick, bringing nail clippers to school, using Listerine or Scope, and carrying fold-out combs that resemble switchblades. The lesson being taught to our youngest—and most impressionable—citizens is this: in the American police state, you’re either a prisoner (shackled, controlled, monitored, ordered about, limited in what you can do and say, your life not your own) or a prison bureaucrat (politician, police officer, judge, jailer, spy, profiteer, etc.).

None of these dangers have dissipated in any way, and yet suddenly, no one seems to be talking about any of the egregious governmental abuses that are still wreaking havoc on our freedoms: police shootings of unarmed individuals, invasive surveillance, roadside blood draws, roadside strip searches, SWAT team raids gone awry, the military industrial complex’s costly wars, pork barrel spending, pre-crime laws, civil asset forfeiture, fusion centers, militarization, armed drones, smart policing carried out by AI robots, courts that march in lockstep with the police state, schools that function as indoctrination centers, bureaucrats that keep the Deep State in power.

As I make clear in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People and in its fictional counterpart The Erik Blair Diaries, this is how freedom dies.

If there is any means left to us for thwarting the government in its relentless march towards outright dictatorship, it may rest with the Tenth Amendment, which affirms that “we the people” (in the form of juries and local governments) have the power to invalidate governmental laws, tactics and policies that are illegitimate, egregious or blatantly unconstitutional.

Nullify everything.

Nullify the court cases. Nullify the laws. Nullify everything the government does that flies in the face of the Constitution.

It’s time to rein in our runaway government, reclaim our freedoms, and restore justice in America.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on The Rutherford Institute.

Constitutional attorney and author John W. Whitehead is founder and president of The Rutherford Institute. His most recent books are the best-selling Battlefield America: The War on the American People, the award-winning A Government of Wolves: The Emerging American Police State, and a debut dystopian fiction novel, The Erik Blair Diaries. Whitehead can be contacted at [email protected].

Nisha Whitehead is the Executive Director of The Rutherford Institute. Information about The Rutherford Institute is available at www.rutherford.org.

They are regular contributors to Global Research.

Featured image is form the 4th media

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

On Thursday night, footage would quickly go viral throughout Ireland of police brutality in Newtownmountkennedy, a small rural town in County Wicklow.

Following several weeks of peaceful protests by local residents in opposition to plans to house male migrants in a former hospital in the locality, matters would come to a head with a heavy-handed response from Irish police, resulting in the brutalisation of local residents, the pepper spraying of a female journalist, and martial law effectively being imposed on the town.

Such protests have become a mainstay throughout Ireland since 2022, when – using the war in Ukraine as a pretext – Leinster House began to move large amounts of male migrants into wildly unsuitable locations such as an inner city office block and a children’s primary school.

Tensions over the immigration policy of the southern Irish state previously spilled over in November, when following a knife attack on three schoolchildren and their teacher in Dublin by a migrant previously subjected to a deportation order, riots would sweep the capital, garnering worldwide media attention and resulting in the introduction of Facial Recognition Technology laws. A national demonstration against government policy held in early February, would also be subjected to a heavy-handed police response similar to what occurred in Newtownmountkennedy.

The heavy-handed state response to these grassroots protests bears a stark similarity to the 2022 Freedom Convoy in Canada, when in response to Ottawa’s decision to mandate ‘Covid’ jabs for truckers returning from the US, a nationwide protest would begin against the government of Justin Trudeau – who, like recently departed Taoiseach Leo Varadkar, is also another ‘Young Global Leader’ of the World Economic Forum.

Like the current protests in Ireland, the Freedom Convoy would also be decried as being ‘organised by the far-right’ by the mainstream media, and protesters would also be subjected to brutality by Canadian police, including the use of teargas, being trampled by mounted Horses, and having their bank accounts frozen using emergency legislation enacted for the first time since World War II.

The response of the Irish political and media establishment to the current protests however, lies in contrast to their support for Euromaidan, the Western-backed regime change operation launched in Ukraine more than a decade ago. A political movement that involved the use of actual foreign-backed extremists, and which led to wide-ranging geopolitical ramifications that are still felt to this day.

In November 2013, following the decision by then-Ukrainian President Viktor Yanukovych to suspend an association agreement with the EU, in order to pursue a more favourable deal with neighbouring Russia, a CIA-engineered colour revolution would be launched in order to install a pro-Western government in Ukraine.

Carried out under the auspices of Victoria Nuland, the US State Department’s highest ranking official on European affairs at the time, alongside US Senator John McCain (who would infamously address demonstrators in Kiev’s Maidan Square) and the National Endowment for Democracy and George Soros’ Open Society Foundations NGOs, Euromaidan would see violence quickly sweep the former Soviet state.

Key to this would be the involvement of anti-Russian neo-Nazi elements, such as the Svoboda party, who would go on to form a key component of the post-coup government of Petro Poroshenko.

The strong anti-Russian sentiment of this new Ukrainian leadership would lead the ethnic Russian inhabitants of the eastern Donbass region to break away to form the Donetsk and Luhansk People’s Republics in April 2014.The residents of both oblasts having little choice lest they be subject to ethnic cleansing and genocide at the hands of the new regime. A concern that would prove to not be unfounded when in May of that year, Maidan supporters torched the Trade Unions House in the southern Ukrainian city of Odesa, leading to the deaths of 48 people, the majority of whom were anti-Maidan demonstrators of Russian origin.

The establishment of the eastern People’s Republics would lead to a war on the Donbass region by the new Western-backed regime, culminating in the deaths of over 14,000 people over the space of eight years. Despite the federalisation solution offered by the Minsk Accords, which would have seen the region granted a degree of autonomy whilst still remaining under Ukrainian rule, the continued shelling of the Donbass by Ukrainian forces, and the distinct likelihood that Kiev would go on to host US missiles capable of striking Moscow had Ukraine gone on to join NATO, would ultimately force Russia’s hand.

On the 24th of February 2022, Moscow would launch a military intervention into its eastern neighbour, intended to protect ethnic Russians and to destroy any military infrastructure intended to be used against Russia. The ramifications were felt worldwide. Numerous sanctions were imposed against the Russian Federation and Russian Diplomats were expelled from the West in numbers not seen since the Cold War, creating a geopolitical situation where nuclear war between East and West remains a distinct possibility. All because of the 2013-14 Maidan colour revolution.

The Irish political establishment however, took a contrasting view on Maidan and its aftermath. In December 2013, the southern Irish government issued a statement condemning Yanukovych’s response to the violence, which would later transpire had the involvement of foreign-backed actors, and following the launch of the Russian special military operation in 2022, a number of Russian diplomats would be expelled from Ireland. Simon Harris, who recently assumed the position of Taoiseach, would also hold one of his first international phone calls with Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy.

A far different response to what Leinster House is currently taking against the ongoing grassroots protests throughout Ireland.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Gavin O’Reilly is an activist from Dublin, Ireland, with a strong interest in the effects of British and US Imperialism. Secretary of the Dublin Anti-Internment Committee, a campaign group set up to raise awareness of Irish Republican political prisoners in British and 26 County jails. His work has previously appeared on American Herald Tribune, The Duran, Al-Masdar and MintPress News. He is a regular contributor to Global Research. Support him on Patreon. 

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

The rage and protest against Israel’s campaign in Gaza, ongoing since the October 7 attacks by Hamas, has stirred student activity across a number of US university campuses and beyond.  Echoes of the Vietnam anti-war protests are being cited.  The docile consumers of education are being prodded and found interested.  University administrators and managers are, as they always tend to, doing the bidding of their donors and funders in trying to restore order, punish the protesting students where necessary and restrict various forms of protest.  Finally, those in the classrooms have something to talk about.

A key aspect of the protest centres on university divestment from US military companies linked and supplying the Israeli industrial war machine.  (The pattern is also repeating itself in other countries, including Canada and Australia.)  The response from university officialdom has been to formulate a more vigorous antisemitism policy – whatever that means – buttressed, as was the case in Columbia University, by the muscular use of police to remove protesting students for trespassing and disruption.  On April 18, in what she described as a necessary if “extraordinary step”, Columbia President Minouche Shafik summoned officers from the New York Police Department, outfitted in riot gear, to remove 108 demonstrators occupying Columbia’s South Lawn.  Charges have been issued; suspensions levelled.

Students from other institutions are also falling in, with similar results.  An encampment was made at New York University, with the now predictable police response.  At Yale, 45 protestors were arrested and charged with misdemeanour trespassing.  Much was made of the fact that tents had been set up on Beinecke Plaza.  A tent encampment was also set up at MIT’s Cambridge campus.

The US House Committee on Education and the Workforce has also been pressuring university heads to put the boot in, well illustrating the fact that freedom of speech is a mighty fine thing till it aggrieves, offends and upsets various factional groups who wish to reserve it for themselves.  Paradoxically enough, one can burn the US flag one owns as a form of protest, exercise free speech rights as a Nazi, yet not occupy the president’s office of a US university if not unequivocal in condemning protest slogans that might be seen as antisemitic.  It would have been a far more honest proposition to simply make the legislators show their credentials as card carrying members of the MIC.

The focus by students on the Israeli-US military corporate nexus and its role in the destruction of Gaza has been sharp and vocal.  Given the instinctive support of the US political and military establishment for Israel, this is far from surprising. But it should not be singular or peculiar to one state’s warring machine, or one relationship.  The military-industrial complex is protean, spectacular in spread, with those in its service promiscuous to patrons.  Fidelity is subordinated to the profit motive.

The salient warning that universities were at risk of being snared by government interests and, it followed, government objectives, was well noted by President Dwight D. Eisenhower in his heralded 1961 farewell address, one which publicly outed the “military-industrial complex” as a sinister threat.  Just as such a complex exercised “unwarranted influence” more broadly, “the free university, historically the fountainhead of free ideas and scientific discovery, has experienced a revolution in the conduct of research.  Partly because of the huge costs involved, a government contract becomes virtually a substitute for intellectual curiosity.”  The nation’s academics risked “domination … by Federal employment, project allocations, and the power of money”.

This has yielded what can only be seen as a ghastly result: the military-industrial-academic complex, heavy with what has been described as “social autism” and protected by almost impenetrable walls of secrecy.

The nature of this complex stretches into the extremities of the education process, including the grooming and encouragement of Stem (science, technology, engineering and mathematics) students.  Focusing on Lockheed Martin’s recruitment process on US college campuses in his 2022 study for In These Times, Indigo Olivier found a vast, aggressive effort involving “TED-style talks, flight simulations, technology demos and on-the-spot interviews.”  Much is on offer: scholarships, well-paid internships and a generous student repayment loan program.  A dozen or so universities, at the very least, “participate in Lockheed Martin Day, part of a sweeping national effort to establish defense industry recruitment pipelines in college STEM”.

Before the Israel-Gaza War, some movements were already showing signs of alertness to the need to disentangle US learning institutions from the warring establishment they so readily fund.  Dissenters, for instance, is a national movement of student organisers focused on “reclaiming our resources from the war industry, reinvest in life-giving services, and repair collaborative relationships with the earth and people around the world.”

Such aspirations seem pollyannaish in scope and vague in operation, but they can hardly be faulted for their intent.  The Dissenters, for instance, took to the activist road, being part of a  weeklong effort in October 2021 comprising students at 16 campuses promoting three central objects: that universities divest all holdings and sever ties with “the top five US war profiteers: Boeing, Lockheed Martin, Northrop Grumman, Raytheon and General Dynamics”; banish the police from campuses; and remove all recruiters from all campuses.

Demanding divestment from specific industries is a task complicated by the opacity of the university sector’s funding and investment arrangements.  Money, far from talking, operates soundlessly, making its way into nominated accounts through the designated channels of research funding.

The university should, as part of its humane intellectual mission, divest from the military-industrial complex in totality.  But it will help to see the books and investment returns, the unveiling, as it were, of the endowments of some of the richest universities on the planet.  Follow the money; the picture is bound to be an ugly one.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. Binoy Kampmark was a Commonwealth Scholar at Selwyn College, Cambridge.  He currently lectures at RMIT University.  He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). Email: [email protected]

Featured image: Organizers began setting up early Monday morning on the University of Oregon campus in Eugene. They say the encampment isn’t intended to interfere with campus activities or classes. (By Nathan Wilk / KLCC)

France 1939–1945: From Strange Defeat to Pseudo-Liberation

April 30th, 2024 by Dr. Jacques R. Pauwels

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

Abstract

This essay provides a class-analysis interpretation of France’s role in World War II. Determined to eliminate the perceived revolutionary threat emanating from its restless working class, France’s elite arranged in 1940 for the country to be defeated by its external enemy,Nazi Germany. The fruit of that betrayal was a victory over its internal enemy,the working class. It permitted installing a fascist regime under Pétain, and this Vichy-France”—like Nazi Germanywas a paradise for the industrialists and all other members of the upper class, but a hell for workers and other plebeians. Unsurprisingly, the Resistance was mostly working class, and its plans for postwar France included severe punishment for the collaborators and very radical reforms. After Stalingrad, the elite, desperate to avoid that fate, switched its loyalty to the country’s future American masters, who were determined to make France and the rest of Europe free for capitalism. It proved necessary, however, to allow the recalcitrant leader of the conservative Resistance, Charles de Gaulle, to come to power. In any event, the Gaullistcompromise made it possible for the French upper class to escape punishment for its pro-Nazi sins and to maintain its power and privileges after the liberation.

*

Introduction

In 1914, most if not all European countries were not yet full-fledged democracies but continued to be oligarchies, ruled by an upper class that was a “symbiosis” of the landowning aristocracy (allied with one of the Christian Churches) and a bourgeoisie (i.e., upper-middle class) of industrialists, bankers, and such. Universal suffrage did not even exist yet in Britain or Belgium, so the upper class was firmly in power. In the “lower houses” of parliaments, this elite increasingly had to put up with pesky representatives of socialist (or “social-democratic”) and other plebeian parties, but it managed to maintain control. More importantly, it continued to monopolize non-elected state institutions such as the executive (usually a monarch), the judiciary, the diplomatic corps, the upper houses of parliaments, the higher ranks of the civil service, and above all, the army. (The secret services were only later to become important in this respect.)

The upper class, demographically a tiny minority, was not fond of democracy. After all, democracy means the rule of the demos, that is, the poor and restless majority of the people, the presumably dumb and cruel and therefore frightful “masses.” Particularly distressful for the upper class was the fact that, under the auspices of socialist parties and labor unions, the industrial working class had been agitating successfully for democratic reforms on the social as well as political level, such as a widening of the voting franchise, limitation of the working hours, higher wages, and social services such as paid holidays, pensions, and free or at least inexpensive health care and education.

The Working Class

The working class, then, was the driving force behind the ongoing, seemingly irresistible democratization process. Aristocrats and bourgeois feared that the democratic reforms the labor movement had been able to wrest from them were slowly undermining the established order or, worse, that a collapse of this order could suddenly come about via revolution. Indeed, most working-class parties subscribed to Marxist socialism and championed, at least in theory, the kind of revolution that was to bring about the “great transformation” from capitalism to socialism. The Paris Commune of 1871 and the Russian Revolution of 1905 had provided foretastes of such a cataclysm, and the many strikes and other eruptions of unrest in the years leading up to 1914 loomed like a kind of revolutionary writing on the wall. In this context, war was increasingly seen as the great antidote to revolution and democracy. It is mainly, though not exclusively, for this reason that the European upper class wanted war, prepared for war, and, in 1914, took advantage of a tragic but relatively unimportant incident in the Balkans to unleash war (Pauwels, 2016).

undefined

A barricade thrown up by Communard National Guard on 18 March 1871. (From the Public Domain)

As a remedy against the twin threat of revolution and democracy, however, war proved to be counterproductive. First, the “Great War” did not chase away the specter of revolution once and for all.

To the contrary, it ended up triggering revolutions in virtually all belligerent (and even some neutral) nations, and one of those revolutions even triumphed in one of the great empires, Russia. Second, the war produced not less, but more democracy: indeed, in order to take the wind out of billowing revolutionary sails in Britain, Germany, Belgium, and so forth, new, previously unthinkable democratic reforms, such as the introduction of universal suffrage and the eight-hour day, had to be introduced.

After 1918. The Upper Class

After 1918, the upper class managed to remain in control, mostly thanks to its continuing monopoly of non-elected state institutions. But the members of the ruling elite had reasons to be very disgruntled. First, they now had to operate within considerably more democratic parliamentary systems, in which socialist and even communist parties as well as militant labor unions played a role; second, they continued to feel threatened by revolution. Before 1914, revolution had been a specter, but after 1918 it was embodied by the fruit of the Russian Revolution, the Soviet Union. That new state represented a socialist “counter-system” to capitalism and served as source of inspiration and active support for the increasing number of plebeians who pursued revolutionary change à la russe—and also for the growing numbers of colonial subjects who yearned for independence. The  evolutionary menace loomed even larger during the great economic crisis of the 1930s, when mass unemployment and misery, a scourge that did not affect the rapidly industrializing Soviet Union, caused even more plebeians to long for radical, revolutionary change.

It is for this reason that the upper class supported fascist, that is, extreme right-wing, anti-democratic movements led by strongmen, men who were prepared to take the kinds of actions of which aristocrats, bankers, and businessmen could expect to benefit: putting an end to all the democratic nonsense; ruthlessly eliminating labor unions and workers’ parties, especially the revolutionary socialists, that is, the communists; and, via a policy of low wages, (re)armament, and imperialist expansion, leading the capitalist economy out of the desert of the Great Depression.

Fascism revealed itself to be the instrument by means of which the upper class, beleaguered by an economic crisis and threatened by a socialist “counter-system,” could again hope to achieve what it had dreamed of in 1914, namely to arrest and even roll back the democratization process and to avoid revolutionary change—and also to achieve imperialist objectives, but that is a different story (see Pauwels 2019b). In just about all European countries, the upper class first supported fascist movements financially and otherwise, then took full advantage of its control over the army, the state bureaucracy, etc., to replace the liberal-democratic systems with fascist regimes. It started already in Italy in 1922, but the upper class’s greatest triumph was to come in 1933 in Germany, where Hitler was hoisted into the saddle of power to the great satisfaction of bankers, industrialists, aristocratic landowners, generals, and Catholic and Protestant prelates.

The supposedly democratic “Western” elites applauded these fascist coups d’état: Churchill, for example, loudly praised Mussolini, and the Duke of Windsor functioned as a cheerleader for Hitler. Hitler, the most ruthless of all fascist dictators, even became the “great white hope” of the Western upper class. He was expected to use the military might of the Reich to crush the Soviet Union, the fruit of the 1917 Russian Revolution and the perceived seedpod of future revolutions at home and in the colonies. Thus, he would achieve the goal they themselves had vainly pursued by means of armed interventions in support of the reactionary “Whites” against the revolutionary “Reds” in the Russian Civil War in 1918–1919.

In some countries, however, the “filofascist” plans of the upper class went awry, most dramatically so in France, where in 1934 an embryonic coup d’état failed miserably. Ironically, this attempt yielded the opposite of what the elite had hoped for: the formation of a “popular front,” a leftist coalition government that introduced a package of far-reaching social reforms, including higher wages, the 40-hour work week, collective bargaining, the legal right to strike, and paid vacations. This undeniably democratic achievement was detested by industrialists, bankers, and employers in general, because it implied a (modest) redistribution of wealth in favor of the wage-earning plebs and was perceived as a harbinger of deeper reforms to come.

To understand what happened afterwards, including the “strange defeat” of France in 1940, one must read the books of historian Annie Lacroix-Riz, professor emerita at Université Paris 7. In her Le choix de la Défaite: les élites françaises dans les années 1930 (Lacroix-Riz, 2006), and De Munich à Vichy, l’assassinat de la 3e République 1938–1940 (Lacroix-Riz, 2008), she demonstrated that in May–June 1940, when Germany attacked in the west, the French political and military leaders deliberately failed to put up the kind of resistance of which their army was certainly capable, thus making defeat inevitable.

By doing so, they sought to achieve the objective they had pursued in vain in 1934, that is, the advent to power of a fascist, or quasi-fascist, strongman like Mussolini, Franco, or Hitler. They did not particularly like to be defeated by the external enemy, Germany, but that “strange defeat,” as it was to be called by historian Marc Bloch in a book published in 1946, allowed them to achieve a victory against their internal enemy, the leftist labor movement. Being defeated by the fascist Reich made it possible to smuggle fascism into France via the back door, so to speak; it allowed them to replace France’s “Third Republic,” much too democratic to their taste, with a dictatorship tailor-made to defend and promote their interests.

Marshal  Pétain

And indeed, France’s military collapse permitted a strong leader to descend on the stage like a deus ex machina. It happened to be the same personality that had been waiting in the wings in 1934, namely Marshal Philippe Pétain, arguably not a fascist himself but certainly an arch-conservative philofascist.

Image: Philippe Pétain (From the Public Domain)

The “Vichy France” over which Pétain presided, with Hitler breathing down his neck, was an extremely undemocratic system, but for the country’s upper class it was a paradise, especially for the bankers, industrialists and “employers” (le patronat) in general, as Annie Lacroix-Riz has shown in another book of hers, Industriels et banquiers sous l’Occupation (Lacroix-Riz, 2013).

They were delighted that, just as in Hitler’s Germany, labor unions and working-class parties were eliminated, wages were lowered considerably, and the social reforms introduced by the Popular Front were abolished. Profits rose, not merely because labor costs were minimized: highly profitable business could be done with France’s Nazi overlords, especially as the war dragged on and Hitler ordered plenty of trucks and tanks from French manufacturers such as Renault.

The Nazis also purchased lots of French luxury products such as perfumes and fine wines, including Champagne and grands crus from Bordeaux and Burgundy, as well as Cognac. Some looting did occur, for example, during the fighting in the spring of 1940, but looting was the exception, while the general rule was that the Nazis purchased these goods, and at inflated prices. They paid with Francs extorted from Pétain’s collaborator regime based in Vichy under the terms of the French capitulation of June 1940. The taxes squeezed out of ordinary Frenchmen by the Petain regime thus found their way via German buyers—the armed forces, the SS and other Nazi Party organizations, wine merchants, and so forth—into the wallets of rich producers and distributors of wines and perfumes. This sad saga has been related in detail in Christophe Lucand’s recent (2019) book, Hitler’s Vineyards: How the French Winemakers Collaborated With the Nazis. The myth that the Nazis’ efforts to loot French wines were mostly thwarted by smart and patriotic vintners and dealers, concocted by the latter at the end of the war, was promoted in a book published in 2001 by two American journalists, Don and Petie Kladstrup, Wine and War: The French, the Nazis and the Battle for France’s Greatest Treasure (Kladstrup & Petie, 2001).

As for the Catholic Church, its French prelates were tickled pink that Pétain buried the anticlerical republic and resurrected the country’s intimate relationship with Catholicism, personified by Joan of Arc, which had fallen victim to the Revolution of 1789. Not surprisingly, the Pope blessed Pétain just as eagerly as he had blessed Mussolini, Franco, and even Hitler.

Last but not least, all “pillars” of the French establishment rejoiced that the menace of revolution had seemingly evaporated forever. Indeed, communism—that is, revolutionary socialism—was emasculated domestically as the communist party was outlawed. Moreover, communism also looked doomed internationally when, in June 1941, Hitler finally launched his great crusade against its Mecca, the Soviet Union, a crusade that had been eagerly anticipated, and was to be actively supported, by the French elite.

The Vichy Regime

The Vichy regime benefited the upper class but was catastrophic for the working class and for ordinary people in general, who had to put up with a precipitous 50 % drop in wages between 1940 and 1945, longer working hours, poorer food, more industrial accidents and diseases such as tuberculosis, and higher prices. Even vin ordinaire became extremely expensive as the Nazis also made massive purchases of plonk and suppliers took advantage of the opportunity to raise prices.

Not surprisingly, the choice between collaboration and Resistance—or, for that matter, sitting on the fence, known as “attentisme”—was not a matter of individual choice, of psychology, but of class, of sociology.

It is hardly surprising that the French working class provided the bulk of the resisters, because they had every reason to hate the Vichy system and its Nazi patrons; the collaborators, on the other hand, were predominantly of upper-class background, because they were delighted with a system they had in fact imported into the country via the “strange defeat.”

While workers joined the Resistance, which turned out to be not exclusively but “mostly working-class and communist,” as Lacroix-Riz emphasizes, businessmen and bankers, army generals, high-ranking officials of the police and the state bureaucracy, judges, university professors, prelates of the Catholic Church, and so forth, proved loyal to Marshal Pétain, benevolent towards the Germans, and hostile towards the enemies of Nazi Germany. These enemies included the British, the Soviets, and all shades of the Resistance, first and foremost the communists but also the non-communist, conservative but patriotic resisters such as General de Gaulle, leader of the “Free French” forces based in Britain. Under the auspices of Vichy, the French upper class—whose members, female as well as male, were often seen hobnobbing with SS officers in Maxim’s and other Parisian hotspots (d’Almeida, 2008)—eagerly helped the Germans to hunt down, imprison, torture, and execute resisters; they also assisted in sending French workers to Germany to serve as slave laborers, and in deporting Jews, anti-Franco Spanish refugees, and other “undesirables” to concentration camps. The Resistance responded with sabotage and assassinations of leading collaborators and German military, for which the Germans and/or the Vichy authorities often exacted a terrible revenge, for example, by taking
and executing hostages.

As seen from the perspective of France’s upper class, the humiliating defeat of 1940 brought subordination of their country to a foreign power, to an “external enemy.” That may have been unpleasant to many aristocrats and bourgeois members of the upper class, but it was a minor nuisance in comparison to the fact that this defeat signified a triumph of their class against their “interior enemy,” the working class. Thanks to the Nazis, the upper class was able to get rid of the democratic system of the Third Republic and of the revolutionary menace embodied by the communists. That Nazi Germany was now in control of all or most of Western as well as Central Europe did not constitute a problem for them; to the contrary, it was a blessing. Nazi Germany was henceforth perceived as the guardian angel of the upper class in France and all of Europe. And when the mighty, supposedly invincible Wehrmacht attacked the Soviet Union in June 1941, it was confidently expected that its inevitable victory would guarantee that Germany would rule all of Europe for an indefinite period of time; under Nazi auspices, the upper class in France and throughout Europe would thus be able to rule forever over a chastened, disciplined, and docile lower class.

But a dark lining started to stain this silver cloud as early as July 1941. French generals, meeting in Vichy that month, discussed confidential reports received from German colleagues about the situation on the eastern front, where the German advance was going well, but not nearly as well as expected; they came to the conclusion that Germany was unlikely to defeat the Red Army and would in all likelihood end up losing the war. The major setback suffered by the Wehrmacht in early December 1941 in front of Moscow by a powerful Red Army counterattack, coupled with the entry into the war of the US, caused even more cognoscenti in France (and elsewhere) to doubt that Germany could still win the war. After the British-American landings in French North Africa in November 1942 and particularly after the crushing German defeat at Stalingrad in the winter of 1942–1943, just about every Frenchman knew that Nazi Germany was doomed. That also meant that the Soviet Union was about to emerge from the war as the great victor, likely to wield unprecedented prestige and influence throughout Europe and, horribile dictu, in the colonies, where its achievement electrified independence movements. As far as France was concerned, it meant that the country’s upper class would be orphaned of its German tutor; that the class conflict reflected by the collaboration-Resistance dichotomy would end with a triumph of the resisters; that the victors would exact terrible revenge for the crimes of the collaborators; and that upper-class rule would collapse in a blaze of socializations and other revolutionary changes.

Except for a hard core of fanatical French fascists who were to remain loyal to Pétain and Hitler until the end, and underlings who remained unaware that “the times were a-changing,” the French upper class discreetly went to work to avoid this terrifying scenario. Bankers, industrialists, generals, high-ranking policemen and bureaucrats such as prefects and colonial governors, judges, university professors and other public- and private-sector patricians who had been directly or indirectly involved in the treason of 1940 and the murderous policies of the Vichy Regime and the Nazis, and had profited from collaboration, discreetly started to distance themselves from their Nazi overlords. They prepared for what loomed increasingly like the only alternative to a Soviet future for France, namely the nation’s subordination to the US. They hoped that the German occupation of France would be followed by an occupation by the Americans, from whom they could expect salvation; and this expectation was not unfounded
(Lacroix-Riz, 2014, pp. 104-110; Lacroix-Riz, 2016, p. 245ff).

The political, economic and military elite of the US had nothing against fascism, not even against its German variant, Nazism. After all, Hitlerite antisemitism and racism in general were not perceived as particularly objectionable in a country where “white supremacy” was alive and well. Moreover, Nazism and all other shades of fascism were deadly enemies of the number one foe of the American elite, namely communism.

Washington, which had prepared plans for war against Japan, but not Germany (Rudmin, 2006), had involuntarily “backed into” the war against Germany. It had done so after the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor, which was followed by a totally unexpected declaration of war on the US by Hitler. A few days before Pearl Harbor, on the day the Soviets launched a counter-offensive in front of Moscow, Hitler had been informed by his own generals that he could no longer expect to win the war. By gratuitously declaring war on the US, he hoped, in vain as it turned out, to lure the Japanese into declaring war on the Soviet Union, which might have revived the prospect of a German victory in the “Eastern War.” Tokyo did not take the bait, but the result was that, undoubtedly to the surprise and even shock of its political and military leaders, the US was now formally an enemy of Germany—and an ally of the Soviet Union.

The alliance with the Soviets was based solely on facing a common enemy and was therefore unlikely to survive that enemy’s defeat, after which Washington was likely to resume its hostile stance vis-à-vis the Soviets. Even as they were fighting the Nazis and other fascist regimes, such as Mussolini’s Italy, American leaders sought ways to limit any advantages the Soviet Union might gain from being the major contributor to the common triumph. This strategy involved leaving it to the Red Army to do most of the fighting and suffer the bulk of the sacrifices required to defeat the mighty Nazi behemoth. It was hoped that, at war’s end, the Soviet Union would thus prove too weak to prevent America from establishing its hegemony in the liberated countries of Europe and in defeated Germany. And under US auspices it would be strictly verboten for the population to bring about radical, and certainly revolutionary changes, even when such changes were desired by resistance movements that enjoyed widespread popular support, as in the case of France.

undefined

Philippe Pétain meeting Hitler in October 1940 (Licensed under CC BY-SA 3.0 de)

The Role of US Banks and Corporations

Washington was determined to save a capitalist system that, in Europe, had been thoroughly discredited by the Great Depression of the 1930s and by its intimate association with Nazi Germany and collaborator regimes such as Vichy.

Saving the established capitalist order in general, and saving the big banks and corporations that happened to be the stars of the capitalist universe, loomed all the more important in the minds of the US leaders since America’s own banks and corporations happened to have plenty of branch plants and other investments as well as lucrative partnerships in Nazi Germany and occupied countries (Pauwels, 2017, part two).

The latter included France, where subsidiaries of US banks and corporations, such as the branch plant of Ford, flourished thanks to collaboration with the Nazis. These firms, which had eagerly involved themselves in profitable and sometimes criminal collaboration, were extremely likely to fall victim to socializations in case liberation from Nazi and Vichy-rule might trigger revolutionary changes. This would have been a catastrophe for the stateside owners, managers, and shareholders, who happened to be extremely influential in Washington (Pauwels, 2015, chapters 20 and 21).

After Pearl Harbor, the American leaders were officially opposed to German and all other forms of fascism and they were allied with Soviet communism. But behind this anti-fascist façade they remained hostile to the Soviets and communists in general, including the countless communists active in the Resistance movements, and extremely indulgent towards fascists, anti-communists like themselves. The Americans also worked hard, discreetly or openly, to save the skin of the European elites that had supported fascist movements, brought fascists to power in Germany and elsewhere, profited from their socially regressive policies and wars of conquest, and, all too often, had helped them to commit terrible crimes—or looked the other way when
these crimes were being committed (Pauwels, 2015, chapter 22).

In this context we can understand why Washington considered the collaborationist government in Vichy to be legitimate and maintained diplomatic relations with it; they were only terminated (by Vichy) in January 1943, after the allied landings in North Africa of November of the previous year. The US authorities, including president Roosevelt, hoped that Pétain himself or some other Vichy personality not overly discredited by collaboration—such as Weygand or Darlan—would stay in power after the liberation, possibly after a purge of its most rabid pro-German elements and the application of a veneer of democratic varnish on a Vichy system that essentially functioned as the political superstructure of France’s capitalist social–economic system.

We can also understand how, conversely, increasing numbers of Vichy collaborators proved themselves eager to switch from the German to the American bandwagon. An American occupation of France would forestall “disorders,” meaning the kind of revolutionary changes planned by the Resistance, would make it possible for their pro-Nazi sins to be forgiven and forgotten, and would enable them to continue to enjoy their power and privileges, not only those they had traditionally enjoyed but also many if not most of those bestowed on them by Vichy.

Under the auspices of the new American masters, France would be a “Vichy without Vichy.” Contacts between the two parties with an interest in an “American future” for France were discreetly established via the Vatican as well as US consulates in Algeria and other French colonies in Africa, in Franco’s Spain, and in Switzerland. The Swiss capital, Berne, served as the crow’s nest whence Allen Dulles, agent of the American secret service OSS, forerunner of the CIA, observed developments in occupied countries such as France and Germany. Dulles, a former New York lawyer with plenty of clients and other connections in Nazi Germany, was in touch with conservative civil and military members of the Reich’s filofascist upper class, that is, the bankers, big businessmen, generals, etc. who had brought Hitler to power in 1933. They had done so, in a context of economic crisis and what seemed to be a revolutionary threat, to save the Reich’s established social–economic order, which was—and was to remain—a capitalist order (see for example, Pauwels, 2017, pp. 63–65), and they had profited handsomely from Hitler’s elimination of the working-class parties and unions, regressive social policies, armament program, war of aggression, and assorted crimes, including the despoliation of Germany’s Jews. Like their counterparts in France, these folks were also hoping that Uncle Sam would intervene to save them and the capitalist system from perishing after an ineluctable Soviet victory.

Nazi Germany was a capitalist Germany, Vichy France was a capitalist France.

The US, the most capitalist of all capitalist countries, was determined to save capitalism in both. Vichy also represented collaboration, which was despised by most Frenchmen, but the Americans were prepared to forgive the sins of all but the most discredited collaborators. The Resistance was a different kettle of fish. On account of its mostly working-class character and the communist ascendancy within the movement, the Resistance was associated with radical and even revolutionary changes—such as socializations—and therefore with anti-capitalism. (The reforms planned by the Resistance were codified in the “Charter of the Resistance” of March 1944; they called for “the introduction of a genuine economic and social democracy, involving the expropriation of the big economic and financial organizations” and “the socialization [le retour à la Nation] of the [most important] means of production such as sources of energy and mineral wealth, and of the insurance companies and great banks.”) (“1944: Charte du Conseil National de la Résistance,” 1944) For this reason, the US authorities hated the Resistance almost as much as Vichy did.

Charles de Gaulle

Of course, there also existed a non-radical Resistance. It was personified by a conservative general, Charles de Gaulle, head of the “Free French” and based in England, but because of his patriotism he also enjoyed considerable prestige and influence in Resistance circles within France. But the Americans detested de Gaulle. They shared Vichy’s view that the general was a front for the communists, a kind of Kerensky who, if he ever came to power, would simply pave the way for a “Bolshevik” takeover.

In France, the German occupation authorities were very much aware that the rats were abandoning the doomed Vichy ship. With the exception of the most fanatic among them, they proved to be indulgent because they knew that in the Reich itself preparations were being made for an “American future” and that not only leading bankers, industrialists, bureaucrats, and generals, but even bigwigs of the Nazi Party, including the SS and Gestapo, were in touch with sympathetic Americans such as Dulles. In Germany itself, leading members of the upper class who had been intimately involved with the Nazi party, such as the banker Hjalmar Schacht, would even be allowed to morph into “resisters” by being locked up in concentration camps such as Dachau, where they were accommodated in separate, comfortable quarters and well treated. In similar fashion, the German authorities in France were kind enough to arrest numerous high-profile collaborators and deport them to the Reich. There they awaited the end of the war, ensconced in the comfort of a VIP “detention center,” for example a resort hotel on the banks of the Rhine or in the Bavarian Alps. Waving such a “certificate of Resistance,” they could masquerade as patriotic heroes upon their return to France in 1945.

When the French upper class betrayed the nation in 1940 to install a fascist regime under Nazi-German auspices, “a French leader acceptable to the German overlord” was already waiting in the wings, namely Pétain. Selecting a leader for the soon-to-be-liberated France, acceptable to the nation’s new American master, proved to be less easy. As already mentioned, Charles de Gaulle, in retrospect the most obvious candidate for the position, did not meet the criteria because he was suspected of being a front for the communists. It was only on October 23, 1944, that is, several months after the landings in Normandy and the beginning of the liberation of the country, that de Gaulle was officially recognized by Washington as the head of the provisional government of the French Republic.

That had become possible on account of three factors. First, the Americans finally realized that the French people would not tolerate that, after the departure of the Germans, the Vichy system would be maintained in any way, shape, or form. Conversely, they had come to understand that de Gaulle was popular and enjoyed the support of a considerable segment of the Resistance. They therefore needed him to “neutralize the communists at the end of the hostilities.” Second, de Gaulle appeased Roosevelt by committing himself to pursue a “normal” political course that would in no way threaten the “economic status quo.” To underscore and even guarantee his commitment, countless “recycled” Vichy collaborators who enjoyed the favors of the Americans were integrated into his Free French movement and even given leading positions. (This did not go unnoticed by the Soviets, and Stalin expressed his concern that de Gaulle was being “surrounded by Vichy defectors.”) Third, the head of the Free French, who had earlier flirted with Moscow, distanced himself from the Soviet Union, albeit never enough to satisfy Washington. This move also constituted a response to the Soviets’ dim view of the military contribution of the Free French to the common anti-Hitler struggle, their unwillingness to admit France to the circle of the victors, the “Big Three,” and their lack of support for de Gaulle’s planned restoration of the French colonial empire, especially Indochina (Magadeev, 2015).

Gaullism thus became respectable and de Gaulle himself morphed into “a right-wing leader,” acceptable to the French upper class as well as the Americans, successors to the Germans as “protectors” of the interests of that elite.

Image: A WWII photo portrait of General Charles de Gaulle (From the Public Domain)

These undertakings made it possible for the general to be anointed by the Americans, albeit very belatedly and without any enthusiasm. At the time of the landings in Normandy, they were not yet prepared to do so and were poised to administer liberated France themselves. But things changed when, at the end of August 1944, Paris was about to be liberated and the possibility arose that in the French capital the communist-dominated Resistance might form a government. Suddenly, the Americans deemed it necessary to rush de Gaulle to the scene to present him as the savior for whom patriotic France had been waiting for four long years. They made it possible for him to strut triumphantly down the Champs Elysees, while forcing the local Resistance leaders to follow him at a respectful distance, looking like unimportant extras.

It was probably at that time that Washington realized that a government led by de Gaulle was the only alternative to a government controlled by the left-wing, communist-dominated non-Gaullist Resistance, a government that was likely to introduce the kind of radical reforms that American leaders, including president Roosevelt, equated with a “red revolution.” On October 23, 1944, Washington finally officially recognized de Gaulle as leader of the provisional government of liberated France.

Under the auspices of de Gaulle, France replaced the Vichy system with a new, democratic political superstructure, the “Fourth Republic.” (That system was to give way to a more authoritarian, American-style presidential system, the “Fifth Republic,” in 1958.) The working class, which had suffered so much under the Vichy regime, was treated to a package of benefits including higher wages, paid holidays, health and unemployment insurance, generous pension plans, and other social services; in short, a kind of “welfare state,” modest in many ways, but a genuine “workers’ paradise” in comparison with the unbridled capitalist system of the US, devoid of even the most elementary social services. The introduction of these benefits also purported to retain the loyalty of ordinary Frenchmen in the face of the postwar competition with the Soviet Union, the country that most Frenchmen credited with having defeated Nazi Germany and which many admired for its achievements on behalf of the working class.

All these measures benefited from widespread support of wage-earning plebeians but, because they hardly favored capital accumulation, were resented by the upper class, and especially by the patronat, the employers, who had to help subsidize this “welfarism.” On the other hand, the ruling elite appreciated that these reforms appeased the working class, thus taking the wind out of the revolutionary sails of the communists, even though the latter found themselves at the height of their prestige because of their leading role within the Resistance and their association with the Soviet Union, then still widely credited in France as the vanquisher of Nazi Germany. Then again, in order to avoid conflict with its American and British allies, Moscow had instructed the French Communist Party as early as March 1944 not to prepare for revolutionary action.

The women and men of the Resistance were officially elevated to hero status, as monuments were erected and streets named in their honor. Conversely, collaborators were officially “purged,” and their most infamous representatives were punished; some of them—for example the sinister Pierre Laval—even received the death penalty, and leading economic collaborators, such as the car manufacturer Renault, were nationalized. But with his provisional government full of recycled Vichyites and Uncle Sam looking over his shoulder, de Gaulle ensured that only the most high-profile bigwigs of the Vichy regime were purged, as Annie Lacroix-Riz demonstrates in her most recent book (Lacroix-Riz, 2019).

Many if not most of the collaborationist banks and corporations owed their salvation to an American connection, for example Ford’s French subsidiary. Death sentences were frequently commuted, and Nazi occupation officials (such as Klaus Barbie) and collaborators who had committed major crimes were spirited out of the country to a new life in South or even North America by France’s new American overlords, who appreciated the anti-communist zeal of these men. Countless collaborators got off the hook because they managed to produce fake “Resistance certificates” or suddenly developed diseases that caused their trials to be postponed and eventually dropped. Local officials guilty of working with and for the Germans escaped retribution by being transferred to a city where their collaborationist past was unknown, for example, from Bordeaux to Dijon. And most of those who were found guilty received only a very light punishment, a mere slap on the wrist. All of this was possible because de Gaulle’s government, and its Ministry of Justice in particular, teemed with unrepentant former Vichyites; unsurprisingly, they were what Lacroix-Riz calls “a club of passionate opponents of a purge” (un club d’anti-épurateurs passionnés).

While France’s upper class had to put up again, as before 1940, with the inconveniences of a democratic parliamentary system in which plebeians were allowed to provide some input, it managed to remain firmly in control of the post-war French state’s non-elected centers of power, such as the army, the judiciary, and the high ranks of the bureaucracy and the police, centers which it had always monopolized. Vichy generals, for example, mostly known to have been enemies of the Resistance who had conveniently converted to Gaullism, retained control over the armed forces, and countless officials who had been diligent servants of Pétain or the German occupation authorities remained in office and were able to pursue prestigious careers and benefit from promotions and honors. Annie Lacroix-Riz concludes that the supposedly “law-abiding state” (État de droit) of de Gaulle “sabotaged the purge of the [collaborationist] high-ranking officials, thus. . . .allowing the survival of a Vichy hegemony over the French judicial system”—and, one might add, the survival of a Vichy-style system in general.

In 1944–1945, the French upper class did not atone for its collaborationist sins, and it was lucky that the revolutionary threat to its capitalist social–economic order, embodied by the Resistance, could be exorcized through the introduction of a system of social security. The bitter wartime class conflict between France’s patricians and plebeians, reflected in the dichotomy of collaboration-resistance, was thus not really terminated, but merely yielded a truce. And that truce was essentially “Gaullist,” since it was concluded under the auspices of a personality who was conservative enough for the taste of the French upper class and its new American “tutors,” but whose sterling patriotism endeared him to the Resistance and its constituency.

De Gaulle collaborated with Washington to prevent the radical reforms which the Resistance had planned and many if not most Frenchmen had expected and would have welcomed.

After the war, however, he proved himself to be not nearly as pliant a vassal in the context of the Pax Americana the US imposed on “liberated” Western Europe as, for example, Konrad Adenauer in Germany and the postwar leaders of Italy, Belgium, etc. He refused, for example, to allow the American armed forces to ensconce themselves indefinitely on French soil, as they did in Germany, Italy, and the Low Countries (Gaja, 1994, pp. 332–333). It is for that reason that the CIA very likely orchestrated some of the coups and assassination attempts directed against the regime and/or person of the recalcitrant French president (Blum, 2012, pp. 130–132).

After the death of de Gaulle and, more importantly, the collapse of the Soviet Union, the French upper class ceased to see the need to maintain the system of social services it had only adopted reluctantly, and which functioned as an annoying impediment to capital accumulation.

The task of dismantling the French “welfare state,” undertaken under the auspices of pro-American presidents such as Sarkozy and now Macron, was facilitated by the de facto adoption by the European Union of neoliberalism, an ideology advocating a return to unfettered laissez-faire capitalism à l’américaine.

The class warfare that had pitted collaboration against Resistance during World War II was thus restarted, as reflected in the recent weekly demonstrations by the “yellow vests.” Whether this situation will be alleviated or exacerbated by the Coronavirus crisis remains to be seen.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. Jacques R. Pauwels was born in Belgium in 1946, moved to Canada in 1969. Undergraduate history studies at Ghent  University, Phd in history from York University in Toronto; MA and PhD in Political Science from University of Toronto. Part-time lecturer in history at various universities in Ontario from approximately 1975 to 2005.

He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).

Sources

1944: Charte du Conseil National de la Résistance, 1944. Retrieved from http://www.ldh-france.org/1944-CHARTE-DU-CONSEIL-NATIONAL-DE.

Blum, W. (2012). Killing Hope: U.S. Military and C.I.A. Interventions since World War II (2nd ed.). Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press.

d’Almeida, F. (2008). La vie mondaine sous le nazisme. Paris: Perrin.

Gaja, F. (1994). La filosofia del bombardemanto. La storia da riscrivere. Milan: Maquis.

Kladstrup, D., & Kladstrup, P. (2001). Wine and war: The French, the Nazis and the Battle for France’s greatest treasure. New York: Broadway Books.

Lacroix-Riz, A. (2008). De Munich à Vichy, l’assassinat de la 3e République 1938–1940. Paris: Armand Colin.

Lacroix-Riz, A. (2006). Le choix de la Défaite: Les élites françaises dans les années 1930. Paris: Armand Colin.

Lacroix-Riz, A. (2013). Industriels et banquiers sous l’Occupation. Paris: Armand Colin.

Lacroix-Riz, A. (2014). Aux origines du carcan européen 1900–1960. Paris: Delga.

Lacroix-Riz, A. (2016). Les élites françaises entre 1940 et 1944. De la collaboration avec l’Allemagne à l’alliance américaine. Paris: Armand Colin.

Lacroix-Riz, A. (2019). La non-épuration en France: De 1943 aux années 1950. Armand Colin: Malakoff.

Lucand, C. (2019). Hitler’s vineyards: How the French winemakers collaborated with the Nazis. Barnsley: Pen & Sword Military (Originally published in French as Le vin et la guerre. Comment les nazis ont fait main basse sur le vignoble français, Malakoff, Armand Colin, 2017.).

Magadeev, I.. France in the Soviet foreign policy, 1943–45, Conference Paper, July, 2015. Retrieved from https://www.researchgate.net/publication/313304058_France_in_the_Soviet_foreign_policy_1943-45.

Pauwels, J. R. (2015). The myth of the good war: America in the Second World War, revised edition. Toronto: James
Lorimer.

Pauwels, J. R. (2016). The Great Class War 1914-1918. Toronto: James Lorimer.

Pauwels, J. R. (2017). Big business and Hitler. Toronto: James Lorimer.

Pauwels, J. R. (2019). First world war and imperialism. In I. Ness & Z. Cope (Eds.), The Palgrave Encyclopedia of imperialism and anti-imperialism. New York, NY: Palgrave Macmillan.

Rudmin, F.. (2006). Secret war plans and the malady of American militarism. Counterpunch, 13:1, pp. 4–6. Retrieved from http://www.counterpunch.org/2006/02/17/secret-war-plans-and-the-malady-of-american-militarism.

 

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

Russia is a big bite. In fact, it’s such a big bite that all of its enemies and invaders choked on it, while many have suffocated as a result, incapable of ever regaining their superpower status.

The political West has been the most stubborn in its attempts to subjugate the Eurasian giant.

However, it has never done so in such a united manner as is the case nowadays.

It can even be argued that the belligerent power pole is waging a sort of hybrid total war against Moscow. This aggression is as multifaceted as it could possibly be and it keeps escalating as the United States and its vassals and satellite states are simply refusing to acknowledge that Russia has red lines just like any other sovereign country. In fact, the US-led political West has not only completely ignored the Eurasian giant’s basic national security interests, but has actually been hurting them intentionally to provoke a more direct response from the Kremlin.

To that end, in the last 10-15 years, NATO and its geopolitical pendant, the European Union, established institutions tasked with conducting the aforementioned hybrid war against Russia. And just like the world’s most aggressive military alliance poses as a “defensive organization”, these institutions serve the purpose of “cyber and disinfo defense”. In reality, nothing could be further from true. Namely, NATO established what is officially known as Centers of Excellence (COEs) that are given various tasks. Officially, there are 28 of them, although, in reality, there could be several times more, particularly as the EU itself has similar institutions with overlapping responsibilities. We will be dealing with three such COEs – Cooperative Cyber Defense (CCD) located in Tallinn, Estonia; Strategic Communications (STRATCOM) located in Riga, Latvia; and last, but not least, the Hybrid COE in Helsinki, Finland.

These institutions were formed in 2008, 2014 and 2017, respectively, with the Hybrid COE (officially known as the European Center of Excellence for Countering Hybrid Threats) being a joint EU/NATO agency. This is not only yet another indicator of the EU’s complicity with the belligerent alliance, but it’s also a clear proof that Finland was never really a neutral country, at least not since joining the troubled bloc in 1995.

Officially, all three of these COEs have their own separate tasks. The CCD deals with cyber warfare, the STRATCOM essentially deals with NATO propaganda, while the Hybrid COE is pretty self-explanatory. The very fact that these institutions are located quite literally on Moscow’s doorstep (Latvia, Estonia and Finland border Russia’s northwestern regions) should be a clear indicator of what (or rather who) is their primary point of interest and the Kremlin is perfectly aware of their role.

In fact, Nikolai Patrushev, Head of the Security Council of Russia (SBRF), warned about NATO’s hybrid aggression against Russia earlier this month, reminding everyone that it effectively started with the US/EU aggression on Serbia/Yugoslavia over three decades ago. He also argued that the belligerent alliance started preparing Ukraine for a direct confrontation with Russia at least since 1995, which was just four years after the unfortunate dismantling of the Soviet Union. Patrushev also stated that NATO continues to train terrorists and saboteurs for their “participation in anti-Russian hybrid operations”. This was a clear reference to the monstrous Crocus City Hall massacre that killed hundreds of Russian civilians, when NATO essentially organized a terrorist attack on Russian soil to provoke a direct reaction from Moscow. Although (rightfully) furious, the Kremlin still somehow managed to keep its cool.

Realizing that any sort of an emotional reaction would be exactly what NATO wanted, Russia simply had to continue with its special military operation (SMO), as all of the NATO-orchestrated terrorist and sabotage attacks were designed specifically to derail the SMO. The political West continued escalating all sorts of non-kinetic pressure on Moscow, to which the Kremlin responded with a combination of means, both military and non-military. It should be noted that NATO’s attempts to undermine Russia and surround it with hostile bases go back years or even decades. However, the start of the SMO pushed the belligerent alliance into full panic mode, resulting in a number of rather suicidally dangerous moves that haven’t escalated into a full-scale war only thanks to Moscow’s patience and willingness to talk rather than start lobbing ICBMs. And yet, the political West keeps pushing with all sorts of direct attacks.

The most recent example is the usage of advanced AI to track and target Russian troops, but this is only the tip of the iceberg.

Back in early 2021, InfoBRICS reported that around 60,000 operatives were involved in various hybrid ops against Russia. It can only be expected that the numbers have swelled considerably since the SMO. In fact, around a month before it began, NATO and its Neo-Nazi puppets in Kiev launched a joint cyber offensive against the Eurasian giant. These attacks became so dangerous that they could’ve resulted in real-world consequences, a fact that even Moscow’s partners such as China also warned about. The involvement of the Tallinn-based CCD in these attacks is virtually a given, as cyber warfare is precisely their expertise. Russian cyber security forces quickly adapted to such attacks and managed to not only stop them, but also counterattack successfully.

Simultaneously, the Riga-based STRATCOM is conducting propaganda ops with the goal of discrediting Russia in mass media, particularly its armed forces.

Such attempts are especially noticeable when the situation on the ground doesn’t suit NATO, as evidenced by the recent rapid advancement of Moscow’s forces virtually everywhere in Ukraine. There isn’t much that the Kremlin can do to prevent the spread of fakes, particularly as the so-called Big Tech corporations “police” Internet content, “fact-checking” it into oblivion. Any reports that include actual battlefield data are heavily suppressed, while propaganda narratives about “Russia losing” are promoted everywhere. When this doesn’t work, the mainstream propaganda machine doesn’t shy away from direct threats to media outlets in third countries that “dare” to publish “unpleasant” information about the Neo-Nazi junta in Kiev and its war crimes.

On the other hand, it should be noted that the Kiev regime itself is far less subtle in this regard, as it simply resorts to direct attacks on foreign journalists exposing its endless corruption. As for other NATO/EU ops centers, it can be argued that the Helsinki-based Hybrid COE is focused on coordinating the efforts of its sister organizations, as hybrid ops are quite complex and include a multitude of factors. This requires entire “small armies” of experts in various fields. The political West usually likes to accuse the Kremlin of using the so-called “troll farms”, but evidence suggests that it’s precisely EU/NATO that operates them, as the aforementioned COEs boil down to exactly that. All this is part of the US-led political West’s crawling strategic siege of Russia that includes a combination of kinetic attacks (albeit with the hands of the Neo-Nazi junta) and non-kinetic warfare (the aforementioned hybrid methods).

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Drago Bosnic is an independent geopolitical and military analyst. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

The recent Congressional hearings leading to a bloodbath of university presidents brings back memories from my teen-age years in the 1950s when everyone’s eyes were glued to the TV broadcast of the McCarthy hearings.

And the student revolts incited by vicious college presidents trying to stifle academic freedom when it opposes foreign unjust wars awakens memories of the 1960s protests against the Vietnam War and the campus clampdowns confronting police violence. I was the junior member of the “Columbia three” alongside Seymour Melman and my mentor Terence McCarthy (both of whom taught at Columbia’s Seeley Mudd School of Industrial Engineering; my job was mainly to handle publicity and publication). At the end of that decade, students occupied my office and all others at the New School’s graduate faculty in New York City – very peacefully, without disturbing any of my books and papers.

Only the epithets have changed. The invective “Communist” has been replaced by “anti-Semite,” and the renewal of police violence on campus has not yet led to a Kent State-style rifle barrage against protesters.

But the common denominators are all here once again. A concerted effort has been organized to condemn and even to punish today’s nationwide student uprisings against the genocide occurring in Gaza and the West Bank. Just as the House Unamerican Activities Committee (HUAC) aimed to end the careers of progressive actors, directors, professors and State Department officials unsympathetic to Chiang Kai-Shek or sympathetic to the Soviet Union from 1947 to 1975, today’s version aims at ending what remains of academic freedom in the United States.

The epithet of “communism” from 75 years ago has been updated to “anti-Semitism.” Senator Joe McCarthy of Wisconsin has been replaced by Elise Stefanik, House Republican from upstate New York, and Senator “Scoop” Jackson upgraded to President Joe Biden. Harvard University President Claudine Gay (now forced to resign), former University of Pennsylvania President Elizabeth Magill (also given the boot), and Massachusetts Institute of Technology President Sally Kornbluth were called upon to abase themselves by promising to accuse peace advocates critical of U.S. foreign policy of anti-Semitism.

Image: Nemat ‘Minouche’ Shafik (Licensed under CC BY 2.0)

The most recent victim was Columbia’s president Nemat “Minouche” Shafik, a cosmopolitan opportunist with trilateral citizenship who enforced neoliberal economic policy as a high-ranking official at the IMF (where she was no stranger to the violence of “IMF riots”) and the World Bank, and who brought her lawyers along to help her acquiesce in the Congressional Committee’s demands.

She did that and more, all on her own. Despite being told not to by the faculty and student affairs committees, she called in the police to arrest peaceful demonstrators. This radical trespass of police violence against peaceful demonstrators (the police themselves attested to their peacefulness) triggered sympathetic revolts throughout the United States, met with even more violent police responses at Emory College in Atlanta and California State Polytechnic, where cell phone videos were quickly posted on various media platforms.

Just as intellectual freedom and free speech were attacked by HUAC 75 years ago, academic freedom is now under attack at these universities. The police have trespassed onto school grounds to accuse students themselves of trespassing, with violence reminiscent of the demonstrations that peaked in May 1970 when the Ohio National Guard shot Kent State students singing and speaking out against America’s war in Vietnam.

Today’s demonstrations are in opposition to the Biden-Netanyahu genocide in Gaza and the West Bank. The more underlying crisis can be boiled down to the insistence by Benjamin Netanyahu that to criticize Israel is anti-Semitic. That is the “enabling slur” of today’s assault on academic freedom.

By “Israel,” Biden and Netanyahu mean specifically the right-wing Likud Party and its theocratic supporters aiming to create “a land without a [non-Jewish] people.” They assert that Jews owe their loyalty not to their current nationality (or humanity) but to Israel and its policy of driving the Gaza Strip’s millions of Palestinians into the sea by bombing them out of their homes, hospitals and refugee camps.

The implication is that to support the International Court of Justice’s accusations that Israel is plausibly committing genocide is an anti-Semitic act. Supporting the UN resolutions vetoed by the United States is anti-Semitic.

The claim is that Israel is defending itself and that protesting the genocide of the Palestinians in Gaza and the West Bank frightens Jewish students. But research by students at Columbia’s School of Journalism found that the complaints cited by the New York Times and other pro-Israeli media were made by non-students trying to spread the story that Israel’s violence was in self-defense.

The student violence has been by Israeli nationals. Columbia has a student-exchange program with Israel for students who finish their compulsory training with the Israeli Defense Forces. It was some of these exchange students who attacked pro-Gaza demonstrators, spraying them with Skunk, a foul-smelling indelible Israeli army chemical weapon that marks demonstrators for subsequent arrest, torture or assassination. The only students endangered were the victims of this attack. Columbia under Shafik did nothing to protect or help the victims.

The hearings to which she submitted speak for themselves. Columbia’s president Shafik was able to avoid the first attack on universities not sufficiently pro-Likud by having meetings outside of the country. Yet she showed herself willing to submit to the same brow-beating that had led her two fellow presidents to be fired, hoping that her lawyers had prompted her to submit in a way that would be acceptable to the committee.

I found the most demagogic attack to be that of Republican Congressman Rick Allen from Georgia, asking Dr. Shafik whether she was familiar with the passage in Genesis 12.3. As he explained

“It was a covenant that God made with Abraham. And that covenant was real clear. … ‘If you bless Israel, I will bless you. If you curse Israel, I will curse you.’ … Do you consider that to be a serious issue? I mean, do you want Columbia University to be cursed by God of the Bible?”[1]

Shafik smiled and was friendly all the way through this bible thumping, and replied meekly, “Definitely not.”

She might have warded off this browbeating question by saying, “Your question is bizarre. This is 2024, and America is not a theocracy. And the Israel of the early 1st century BC was not Netanyahu’s Israel of today.” She accepted all the accusations that Allen and his fellow Congressional inquisitors threw at her.

Her main nemesis was Elise Stefanik, Chair of the House Republican Conference, who is on the House Armed Services Committee, and the Committee on Education and the Workforce.

Congresswoman Stefanik: You were asked were there any anti-Jewish protests and you said ‘No’.

President Shafik: So the protest was not labeled as an anti-Jewish protest. It was labeled as an anti-Israeli government. But antisemitic incidents happened or antisemitic things were said. So I just wanted to finish.

Congresswoman Stefanik: And you are aware that in that bill, that got 377 Members out of 435 Members of Congress, condemns ‘from the river to the sea’ as antisemitic?

Dr. Shafik: Yes, I am aware of that.

Congresswoman Stefanik: But you don’t believe ‘from the river to the sea’ is antisemitic?

Dr. Shafik: We have already issued a statement to our community saying that language is hurtful and we would prefer not to hear it on our campus.[2]

What an appropriate response to Stefanik’s browbeating might have been?

Shafik could have said,

“The reason why students are protesting is against the Israeli genocide against the Palestinians, as the International Court of Justice has ruled, and most of the United Nations agree. I’m proud of them for taking a moral stand that most of the world supports but is under attack here in this room.”

Instead, Shafik seemed more willing than the leaders of Harvard or Penn to condemn and potentially discipline students and faculty for using the term “from the river to the sea, Palestine will be free.” She could have said that it is absurd to say that this is a call to eliminate Israel’s Jewish population, but is a call to give Palestinians freedom instead of being treated as Untermenschen.

Asked explicitly whether calls for genocide violate Columbia’s code of conduct, Dr. Shafik answered in the affirmative — “Yes, it does.” So did the other Columbia leaders who accompanied her at the hearing. They did not say that this is not at all what the protests are about. Neither Shafik nor any other of the university officials say,

“Our university is proud of our students taking an active political and social role in protesting the idea of ethnic cleansing and outright murder of families simply to grab the land that they live on. Standing up for that moral principle is what education is all about, and what civilization’s all about.”

The one highlight that I remember from the McCarthy hearings was the reply by Joseph Welch, the U.S. Army’s Special Council, on June 9, 1954 to Republican Senator Joe McCarthy’s charge that one of Welch’s attorneys had ties to a Communist front organization.

“Until this moment, senator,” Welsh replied, “I think I never gauged your cruelty or your recklessness. … Have you no sense of decency, sir? At long last, have you left no sense of decency?”

The audience broke into wild applause. Welch’s put-down has echoed for the past 70 years in the minds of those who were watching television then (as I was, at age 15). A similar answer by any of the three other college presidents would have shown Stefanik to be the vulgarian that she is. But none ventured to stand up against the abasement.

The Congressional attack accusing opponents of genocide in Gaza as anti-Semites supporting genocide against the Jews is bipartisan. Already in December, Rep. Suzanne Bonamici (D-Ore.) helped cause Harvard and Penn’s presidents to be fired for their stumbling over her red-baiting. She repeated her question to Shafik on April 17: “Does calling for the genocide of Jews violate Columbia’s code of conduct?” Bonamici asked the four new Columbia witnesses. All responded: “Yes.”

That was the moment when they should have said that the students were not calling for genocide of the Jews, but seeking to mobilize opposition to genocide being committed by the Likud government against the Palestinians with President Biden’s full support.

During a break in the proceedings Rep. Stefanik told the press that “the witnesses were overheard discussing how well they thought their testimony was going for Columbia.” This arrogance is eerily reminiscent to the previous three university presidents who believed when walking out of the hearing that their testimony was acceptable.

“Columbia is in for a reckoning of accountability. If it takes a member of Congress to force a university president to fire a pro-terrorist, antisemitic faculty chair, then Columbia University leadership is failing Jewish students and its academic mission,” added Stefanik. “No amount of overlawyered, overprepped, and over-consulted testimony is going to cover up for failure to act.”[3]

Shafik could have pointedly corrected the implications by the House inquisitors that it was Jewish students who needed protection. The reality was just the opposite: The danger was from the Israeli IDF students who attacked the demonstrators with military Skunk, with no punishment by Columbia.

Despite being told not to by the faculty and student groups (which Shafik was officially bound to consult), she called in the police, who arrested 107 students, tied their hands behind their backs and kept them that way for many hours as punishment while charging them for trespassing on Columbia’s property. Shafik then suspended them from classes.

The Clash Between Two Kinds of Judaism: Zionist vs. Assimilationist

A good number of these protestors being criticized were Jewish. Netanyahu and AIPAC have claimed – correctly, it seems – that the greatest danger to their current genocidal policies comes from the traditionally liberal Jewish middle-class population. Progressive Jewish groups have joined the uprisings at Columbia and other universities.

Early Zionism arose in late 19th-century Europe as a response to the violent pogroms killing Jews in Ukrainian cities such as Odessa and other Central European cities that were the center of anti-Semitism. Zionism promised to create a safe refuge. It made sense at a time when Jews were fleeing their countries to save their lives in countries that accepted them. They were the “Gazans” of their day.

After World War II and the horrors of the Holocaust anti-Semitism became passé. Most Jews in the United States and other countries were being assimilated and becoming prosperous, most successfully in the United States. The past century has seen this success enable them to assimilate, while retaining the moral standard that ethnic and religious discrimination such as that which their forbears had suffered is wrong in principle. Jewish activists were in the forefront of fighting for civil liberties, most visibly against anti-Black prejudice and violence in the 1960s and ‘70s, and against the Vietnam War. Many of my Jewish school friends in the 1950s bought Israel bonds, but thought of Israel as a socialist country and thought of volunteering to work on a kibbutz in the summer. There was no thought of antagonism, and I heard no mention of the Palestinian population when the phrase “a people without a land in a land without a people” was spoken.

But Zionism’s leaders have remained obsessed with the old antagonisms in the wake of Nazism’s murders of so many Jews. In many ways they have turned Nazism inside out, fearing a renewed attack from non-Jews. Driving the Arabs out of Israel and making it an apartheid state was just the opposite of what assimilationist Jews aimed at.

The moral stance of progressive Jews, and the ideal that Jews, blacks and members of all other religions and races should be treated equally, is the opposite of Israeli Zionism. In the hands of Netanyahu’s Likud Party and the influx of right-wing supporters, Zionism asserts a claim to set Jewish people apart from the rest of their national population, and even from the rest of the world, as we are seeing today.

Claiming to speak for all Jews, living and dead, Netanyahu asserts that to criticize his genocide and the Palestinian holocaust, the nakba, is anti-Semitic. This is the position of Stefanik and her fellow committee members. It is an assertion that Jews owe their first allegiance to Israel, and hence to its ethnic cleansing and mass murder since last October. President Biden also has labeled the student demonstrations “antisemitic protests.”

This claim in the circumstances of Israel’s ongoing genocide is causing more anti-Semitism than anyone since Hitler. If people throughout the world come to adopt Netanyahu’s and his cabinet’s definition of anti-Semitism, how many, being repulsed by Israel’s actions, will say, “If that is the case, then indeed I guess I’m anti-Semitic.”

Netanyahu’s Slander Against Judaism and What Civilization Should Stand For

Image: Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu in a message on Israel’s war with Hamas, January 10, 2024. (Video screenshot)

Netanyahu characterized the U.S. protests in an extremist speech on April 24 attacking American academic freedom.

What’s happening in America’s college campuses is horrific. Antisemitic mobs have taken over leading universities. They call for the annihilation of Israel, they attack Jewish students, they attack Jewish faculty. This is reminiscent of what happened in German universities in the 1930s. We see this exponential rise of antisemitism throughout America and throughout Western societies as Israel tries to defend itself against genocidal terrorists, genocidal terrorists who hide behind civilians.

It’s unconscionable, it has to be stopped, it has to be condemned and condemned unequivocally. But that’s not what happened. The response of several university presidents was shameful. Now, fortunately, state, local, federal officials, many of them have responded differently but there has to be more. More has to be done.[4]

This is a call to make American universities into arms of a police state, imposing policies dictated by Israel’s settler state. That call is being funded by a circular flow: Congress gives enormous subsidies to Israel, which recycles some of this money back into the election campaigns of politicians willing to serve their donors. It is the same policy that Ukraine uses when it employs U.S. “aid” by setting up well-funded lobbying organizations to back client politicians.

What kind of student and academic protest expressions could oppose the Gaza and West Bank genocide without explicitly threatening Jewish students? How about “Palestinians are human being too!” That is not aggressive. To make it more ecumenical, one could add “And so are the Russians, despite what Ukrainian neo-Nazis say.”

I can understand why Israelis feel threatened by Palestinians. They know how many they have killed and brutalized to grab their land, killing just to “free” the land for themselves. They must think “If the Palestinians are like us, they must want to kill us, because of what we have done to them and there can never be a two-state solution and we can never live together, because this land was given to us by God.”

Netanyahu fanned the flames after his April 24 speech by raising today’s conflict to the level of a fight for civilization:

“What is important now is for all of us, all of us who are interested and cherish our values and our civilization, to stand up together and to say enough is enough.”

Is what Israel is doing, and what the United Nations, the International Court of Justice and most of the Global Majority oppose, really “our civilization”? Ethnic cleansing, genocide and treating the Palestinian population as conquered and to be expelled as subhumans is an assault on the most basic principles of civilization.

Peaceful students defending that universal concept of civilization are called terrorists and anti-Semites – by the terrorist Israeli Prime Minister. He is following the tactics of Joseph Goebbels: The way to mobilize a population to fight the enemy is to depict yourself as under attack. That was the Nazi public relations strategy, and it is the PR strategy of Israel today – and of many in the American Congress, in AIPAC and many related institutions that proclaim a morally offensive idea of civilization as the ethnic supremacy of a group sanctioned by God.

The real focus of the protests is the U.S. policy that is backing Israel’s ethnic cleansing and genocide supported by last week’s foreign “aid.” It is also a protest against the corruption of Congressional politicians raising money from lobbyists representing foreign interests over those of the United States. Last week’s “aid” bill also backed Ukraine, that other country presently engaged in ethnic cleansing, with House members waved Ukrainian flags, not those of the United States. Shortly before that, one Congressman wore his Israeli army uniform into Congress to advertise his priorities.

Zionism has gone far beyond Judaism. I’ve read that there are nine Christian Zionists for every Jewish Zionists. It is as if both groups are calling for the End Time to arrive, while insisting that support for the United Nations and the International Court of Justice condemning Israel for genocide is anti-Semitic.

What Can the Students at Columbia Ask For

Students at Columbia and other universities have called for universities to disinvest in Israeli stocks, and also those of U.S. arms makers exporting to Israel. Given the fact that universities have become business organizations, I don’t think that this is the most practical demand at present. Most important, it doesn’t go to the heart of the principles at work.

What really is the big public relations issue is the unconditional U.S. backing for Israel come what may, with “anti-Semitism” the current propaganda epithet to characterize those who oppose genocide and brutal land grabbing.

They should insist on a public announcement by Columbia (and also Harvard and the University of Pennsylvania, who were equally obsequious to Rep. Stefanik) that they recognize that it is not anti-Semitic to condemn genocide, support the United Nations and denounce the U.S. veto.

They should insist that Columbia and the other universities making a sacrosanct promise not to call police onto academic grounds over issues of free speech.

They should insist that the president be fired for her one-sided support of Israeli violence against her students. In that demand they are in agreement with Rep. Stefanik’s principle of protecting students, and that Dr. Shafik must go.

But there is one class of major offenders that should be held up for contempt: the donors who try to attack academic freedom by using their money to influence university policy and turn universities away from the role in supporting academic freedom and free speech. The students should insist that university administrators – the unpleasant opportunists standing above the faculty and students – must not only refuse such pressure but should join in publicly expressing shock over such covert political influence.

The problem is that American universities have become like Congress in basing their policy on attracting contributions from their donors. That is the academic equivalent of the Supreme Court’s Citizens United ruling. Numerous Zionist funders have threatened to withdraw their contributions to Harvard, Columbia and other schools not following Netanyahu’s demands to clamp down on opponents of genocide and defenders of the United Nations. These funders are the enemies of the students at such universities, and both students and faculty should insist on their removal. Just as Dr. Shafik’s International Monetary Fund fell subject to its economists’ protest that there must be “No more Argentinas,” perhaps the Columbia students could chant “No More Shafiks.”

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Michael Hudson is President of The Institute for the Study of Long-Term Economic Trends (ISLET), a Wall Street Financial Analyst, Distinguished Research Professor of Economics at the University of Missouri, Kansas City. He is the author of Killing the Host (published in e-format by CounterPunch Books and in print by Islet). His new book is J is For Junk Economics.

Notes

[1] https://m.youtube.com/watch?v=syPELLKpABI

[2] https://stefanik.house.gov/2024/4/icymi-stefanik-secures-columbia-university-president-s-commitment-to-remove-antisemitic-professor-from-leadership-role

[3] Nicholas Fandos, Stephanie Saul and Sharon Otterman, “Columbia’s President Tells Congress That Action Is Needed Against Antisemitism,” The New York Times, April 17, 2024., and “Columbia President Grilled During Congressional Hearing on Campus Antisemitism,” Jewish Journal, April 18, 2024. https://jewishjournal.com/news/united-states/370521/columbia-president-grilled-during-congressional-hearing-on-campus-antisemitism/#:~:text=Columbia%20President%20Grilled%20During%20Congressional%20Hearing%20on%20Campus%20Antisemitism

[4] Miranda Nazzaro. “Netanyahu condemns ‘antisemitic mobs’ on US college campuses,” The Hill, April 24, 2024.

Featured image is from Shutterstock

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

The “taboo” about Europe sending troops to Ukraine “has been broken”. Proposing that would be “inconceivable” a few months ago, but French President Emmanuel Macron paved the way to bringing this scenario to the table when he said, on February 26, that deploying European forces to the Slavic country should not be “ruled out”. Thus argue Alex Crowther (Retired US Colonel), Jahara Matisek (Military Professor at the U.S. Naval War College), and Philips P. O’Brien (Head of the School of International Relations at the University of St. Andrews), in their recent Foreign Affairs piece. There have been mixed messages on Ukraine from Western leaders; what is going on?

Screenshot from Foreign Affairs

Last month I wrote on how Macron’s increasingly bellicose (albeit ambiguous) rhetoric was, at first, immediately countered by other NATO leaders, such as German Chancellor Olaf Scholz, British Prime Minister Rishi Sunak and others, as well as, across the Atlantic, US President John Biden.

The tide could be turning: thus far, the Finnish defense minister and the Polish foreign minister have echoed Macron’s call by suggesting their forces could be deployed to Ukraine too – it has a lot to do with “flexing muscle”, preparing, that is, for a Trump presidency scenario.

Despite so much European panic over a new Trump inauguration and his supposed promise to “never come to help” Europe, the truth is that the Republican’s “isolationism” can only go so far – as is the case of any American president in the context of the US so called “double government” system, as Tufts University political scientist Michael J. Glennon describes it (some word it more ungenerously by bluntly calling it a “secret government”). Trump’s own record speaks volumes against any notion of him being an “isolationist” in any sense – one just needs to ask the Venezuelans, or the Iranians, for that matter.

Similarly, it would be quite unwise to bet on France’s (or Germany, for that matter) flirtation with “strategic autonomy”, the European version of non-alignmentism. To put it simply, European powers, France included, are way too intertwined within NATO’s structures to go too far away from it.

Speaking of the Atlantic Alliance, the provisions on its Article 5 (which is the very core of the pact) are still binding. It states:

“the Parties agree that an armed attack against one or more of them in Europe or North America shall be considered an attack against them all… if such an armed attack occurs, each of them… will assist the Party or Parties so attacked… to restore and maintain the security of the North Atlantic area.”

In a Schrödinger’s cat kind of reasoning, Crowther, Matisek, and O’Brien argue in the aforementioned piece that in the scenario they propose, “European forces would be acting outside the NATO framework and NATO territory”, and therefore “any casualties would not trigger an Article 5 response and draw in the United States”. After all, they add, “Russia’s opponent would not be NATO but a coalition of European countries seeking to balance against naked Russian imperialism”. One can clearly see the cat’s tail here: it is basically a coalition of NATO members which, however, is not NATO. I am not sure Moscow (or anybody) would buy that.

Again, article 5 wording specifically mentions “an armed attack” against any NATO member taking place “in Europe or North America”, while article 6 further specifies, for the purpose of article 5, that this includes any attack “on the forces, vessels, or aircraft of any of the Parties, when in or over these territories or any other area in Europe in which occupation forces of any of the Parties were stationed on the date when the Treaty entered into force or the Mediterranean Sea or the North Atlantic area north of the Tropic of Cancer.”

In any case, a little bit of political and legal (not to mention military) realism can be refreshing sometimes. Legal technicalities apart, from a Western perspective, if Europe sends troops to the combat zone in Ukraine and Russia retaliates by attacking European targets while the US just watches it and does nothing, then NATO is pointless. It would undermine the Atlantic Alliance credibility and raison d’être forever.

Washington has been, time and time again, showing itself quite willing  to fight “to the last Ukrainian” –  as in the dark humor joke which Biden almost paraphrased in a statement back in December 2022. If one looks at the modus operandi of the US-led West, the last years have largely been about the proxification of conflicts, be it by employing irregular forces (and even terrorist groups) as “proxies” or by trying to do so with allied sovereign nations: arguably such is the case in Ukraine and also Israel. Proxifying Europe itself would be a long shot, though.

One may agree or disagree with the ongoing Russian military operations taking place on Ukrainian soil since 2022, and notwithstanding any valid criticism one may, it would be unwise to deny the role NATO expansion had in causing and aggravating this crisis. The point is: if Moscow decision in February 24, 2022 was met with surprise by many in the West, the consequences of sending European troops to the battlefield could surpass any calculation and bring about a point of no return no one desires – and yet, for some reason, to paraphrase Borell (and Nietzsche), Western leaders have been dancing on the edge of the abyss for too long now.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Uriel Araujo is a researcher with a focus on international and ethnic conflicts. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source

Selected Articles: Video: COVID Nurse Whistleblower

April 30th, 2024 by Global Research News

Video: COVID Nurse Whistleblower

By Children’s Health Defense, April 29, 2024

From corruption in testing to ventilator harms, death certificate distortion to discrimination of the unvaccinated and more — what she witnessed flies in the face of the pervasive narrative from public health officials and media organizations across the globe.

Another US Pilot Confirms F-16s in Ukraine Are Toast

By Drago Bosnic, April 30, 2024

Ever since the special military operation (SMO) started, one of the most persistent tropes has been the one about Western “wunderwaffen”defeating the “evil Russian shovel-wielding hordes“. And yet, the only result of these ludicrous delusions has been that museums across Russia have drastically increased their collections of weaponsthat various foolish invaders have tried using against the Eurasian giant.

Students Trigger to Stop Wars? Top Universities Pro-Palestine Encampments – A Shift Towards Justice or Just Illusion?

By Peter Koenig, April 30, 2024

Knowing that these largely Zionist-funded universities are likely going to crack down on these encampments – what has already started – students may be suspended. Then, all of a sudden appears a more sobering set of news – namely that Soros’s Open Society Foundation is funding most of the student anti-Israel protests, as reported three days ago by RT.

Is US Officialdom Insane? The US Is Trying to Bully China

By Kim Petersen, April 29, 2024

The Russia-China relationship is solid. China’s economy is growing strongly. Scores of countries are clamoring to join BRICS+ and dedollarization is well underway. Yet, the US continues to try to bully the world’s largest – and still rapidly growing – economy.

COVID mRNA Jabs Could “Trigger Dementia”? Prion Production and Neurodegenerative Diseases? Evidence

By Dr. Joseph Mercola, April 29, 2024

According to mounting data, one of the more serious side effects of the COVID mRNA jabs appears to be dementia, and worse yet, this previously untransmissible disease may now be “contagious,” transmissible by way of prions.

The Deployment of NATO Combat Troops in Ukraine, “Arriving in Large Numbers”

By Uriel Araujo, April 29, 2024

In a disturbing and rather underreported development, NATO is starting to deploy combat troops to Ukraine, with British, French, Polish and other soldiers arriving in large numbers.

Anzac and the Pageantry of Deception

By Dr. Binoy Kampmark, April 30, 2024

The events of April 25, known in Australia as Anzac Day, are saccharine and tinged about sacrifice, a way of explicating the unmentionable and the barely forgivable.  But make no mistake about it: this was the occasion when Australians, with their counterparts from New Zealand as part of the Australian New Zealand Corps, foolishly bled on Turkish soil in a doomed campaign.  Modern Australia, a country rarely threatened historically, has found itself in wars aplenty since the 19th century.

Another US Pilot Confirms F-16s in Ukraine Are Toast

April 30th, 2024 by Drago Bosnic

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

Ever since the special military operation (SMO) started, one of the most persistent tropes has been the one about Western “wunderwaffen” defeating the “evil Russian shovel-wielding hordes“.

And yet, the only result of these ludicrous delusions has been that museums across Russia have drastically increased their collections of weapons that various foolish invaders have tried using against the Eurasian giant.

However, in this particular case, it will be effectively impossible to find the weapon in question in any Russian museum.

The reason? Well, quite simple – getting blown out of the sky makes it exceedingly difficult to collect all the tiny pieces of the said weapon.

And yes, you’ve guessed it, it’s a fighter jet.

And yes, you’ve guessed it again, it’s an F-16.

The hype over the US-made aircraft has been going on for well over two years, with the mainstream propaganda machine trying to portray it as the “ultimate wunderwaffe“.

To say these are delusions would be an understatement. However, even in the political West, there are times, no matter how seldom, when the words of actual professionals can be heard.

And those nearly always stand in stark contrast to what the mainstream propaganda machine is claiming. For instance, back in late February, Politico interviewed Tom Richter, a retired US military pilot, who stated that the F-16 is “highly engineered” when compared to the MiG-29, even calling the former “a prima donna” and stressing that it’s “very sensitive and needs high maintenance”. He described Soviet-made aircraft as “more rough and tumble”, capable of “fly[ing] off poorly maintained airfields” and “need[ing] less maintenance”. It should be noted that Ukrainian pilots themselves openly stated that they preferred the Soviet-made jets they inherited, as they consider them superior, particularly the venerable Su-27.

This aircraft is often regarded as the best and most advanced fighter jet of the 20th century. It also served as the basis for the now legendary Su-35S, one of the SMO’s superstars, a fact that not even the endemically Russophobic United Kingdom dares to question.

Even Moscow’s oldest “Flanker” variants (NATO reporting name for the Su-27 and its many derivatives) such as the Su-27SM3 are much more advanced than the original jet, meaning that the F-16 will have an extremely tough time matching those, particularly in dogfights. However, as the day of the delivery of the first F-16 is nearing, the mainstream propaganda machine and the Neo-Nazi junta are as eager as ever to present the US-made jets as the much-touted “game changer” in the ongoing NATO-orchestrated Ukrainian conflict. The political West insists that the F-16 has been combat-proven and that it will be a boost to the Kiev regime forces.

And yet, several retired American pilots don’t seem to share the excitement about the overhyped US jet’s deployment against the Russian Aerospace Forces (VKS). According to Business Insider, the skies over Ukraine will be “the most dangerous battlefield that the [F-16] fighter jets have faced so far”, as they will be going up against “Russia’s advanced air-defense systems and long-range air-to-air missiles”. John Baum, a retired US Air Force (USAF) Lieutenant Colonel who flew over 2,300 hours as an F-16 pilot, stated that the fight against the VKS would surely be the most challenging ever for the jet. He argues that the first US-led aggression against Iraq in 1991 was “a very, very tough situation”, but that “F-16s from Ukraine going against Russia — absolutely, without a doubt, the toughest scenario that the F-16 will have off of its nose”. InfoBRICS made such assessments years ago, also predicting unfavorable odds for it.

Apart from threats such as the world-class Russian SAM (surface-to-air missile) systems like the S-300 series (particularly the advanced PMU-1/2 and V4 variants) and the more modern S-400, the F-16 will also be facing the aforementioned Su-35S air superiority fighters and MiG-31BM interceptors, both of which can carry the hypersonic R-37M, the world’s longest-range air-to-air missile that effectively makes both aircraft “the flying S-400”. The Su-35S and MiG-31BM are both equipped with extremely powerful radars (“Irbis” and “Zaslon-M”, respectively) with detection ranges exceeding 400 km, matching the maximum firing range for the R-37M. It should also be noted that these jets can be supported by other Russian strategic ISR (intelligence, surveillance, reconnaissance) assets such as the A-50U AEW&C (airborne early warning and control) aircraft and ground-based radars.

“There is a gazillion ways to detect these F-16s. The Russians are bringing high-end equipment to the Ukraine war”, Brynn Tannehill, a defense analyst and former US Navy aviator, told Business Insider, adding: “Past F-16 foes in the Middle East like Iraq and Syria were typically operating legacy Soviet equipment and probably weren’t quite as well-trained or equipped as Moscow is now.”

Baum reinforced this notion with a statement that Russia has “probably one of the most robust and advanced integrated air-defense systems in the world”, although he added that the F-16 “will have a capability to build situational awareness and feed that picture to the rest of the Ukrainian forces”. This claim might be connected to the fact that the F-16s the Neo-Nazi junta is slated to receive will be compatible with NATO ISR systems, meaning that such assets flying in Poland, Romania or over the Black Sea could be used to extend the range of the F-16’s otherwise far inferior weapons and sensors. However, Baum conceded that “perhaps one of the biggest issues the fighters will face is the physical layout of the operating environment”. According to his assessment, “when Ukrainian F-16s take off, they could be immediately within range of Russian [SAM] systems”, rather than operating from the safety of a neutral territory.

“They [can’t] use it to their advantage to safely approach the battle space. Ukrainian pilots may be looked at and targeted before they even get to begin to do their own tactics,” Baum said.

Some analysts believe that the F-16s could be used for air defense roles, augmenting the existing ground-based SAM systems in service with the Kiev regime forces. However, back in late October last year, I argued that the opposite could actually happen, as the Neo-Nazi junta will have to use its increasingly dilapidated air defenses to protect airbases housing the US-made jets. The Russian military has a plethora of long-range strike systems easily capable of wiping out any and all infrastructure slated to house F-16s. This is particularly true for large Soviet-era airfields and airbases which are actively being adapted for that purpose. The Russian military could send its MiG-31K/I strike fighters outfitted with 9-A-7660 “Kinzhal” hypersonic missile systems or launch the “Iskander-M” ground-based hypersonic missiles at such bases. Either way, unlike the Kiev regime, Moscow has many options.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Drago Bosnic is an independent geopolitical and military analyst. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from InfoBrics

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

“The whole world thinks that Gaza is occupied by Israel. The truth is that the whole world is occupied by Israel except Gaza.” (Anonymous)

This makes sense as the whole world – or its Western “leaders” (sic) – is cheering for Zionist-Israel. But Gaza and Palestine are defending their turf. Not to be occupied by Israel. 

They will succeed. At a high cost. Yes. But Palestine will prevail. They will not be defeated, and the Zionist atrocities, the endless horrifying torture, the indiscriminate killing, bombing, shooting, destruction of vital infrastructure, hospitals, schools – more than 40,000 Palestinians killed, most of them in Gaza, of whom more than 70% women and children – MUST not go unpunished. 

The Nuremberg Code on War Crimes and Human Rights MUST be revived.

In the last few days, mainstream and non-mainstream media reported of massive student encampments, protesting for Gaza, for Palestine against Zionist-Israel. It is almost reminiscent of anti-Vietnam War movements of the late 60s and early 70s.

According to Resistance News Network (@RNN_Messaging_Bot), this appears to be happening at more than 45 top universities around the world, including dozens in the US. Many of them Ivy League learning institutes, such as MIT, Harvard, Yale, Berkley, UCLA, Brown, Columbia, Emery, City University NYC, and many more. 

They are joined by universities in Australia and France.

How real is this? A unilateral defense cry for Palestine, not only by Palestinian and Arab students but by students of all colors and creeds in solidarity.

Knowing that these largely Zionist-funded universities are likely going to crack down on these encampments – what has already started – students may be suspended. 

Then, all of a sudden appears a more sobering set of news – namely that Soros’s Open Society Foundation is funding most of the student anti-Israel protests, as reported three days ago by RT.

Why would Soros, the Woke Master, suddenly fund anti-Israel cum Zionist protests around the globe, of course, with focus on the US?

“Divide to conquer”?

Creating “false flags”?

Making believe that there is a huge pro-Palestine movement taking place at US universities?

It may give universities’ administrators the opportunity to officially – with much fanfare – crack down on student camps on university grounds, demonstrating concerned universities pro-Zionist-Israel stand (naturally, supporting their funders), letting future students know what they may be up to, in case they decide to apply to these universities. 

The emerging bigger picture might be that student protests can be wiped out by the Powers-that-be, easily supported by the system’s forces of order, police, and military, if needed. 

In which case Soros’s agenda is pro-Israel, pro-WEF, similarly as the Woke Movement supports the objectives of the WEF’s Great Reset and the UN Agenda 2030 – massive population reduction and control of every corner of human existence.  

Almost simultaneously appear new speculations. RT reports that the International Criminal Court (ICC) could charge Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and his top officials with war crimes and issue warrants for their arrest as early as this week. This is based on an NBC News report of 29 April 2024. Also included in warrants issued may be Defense Minister Yoav Gallant, army chief Herzl Halevi, and other unnamed senior military officers.

However, another sobering note, in NBC’s own words,

“Israel is working through diplomatic channels to try to stop the warrants being issued.” 

Does anybody believe Israel may fail in her attempt to stop the warrants?

Who controls the ICC? Or asked differently, who dares going against the Zionist’s and Zionist-Washington’s “wishes”?

The ICC simply told NBC that it “has an ongoing independent investigation in relation to the situation in the State of Palestine” and has “no further comment to make at this stage.” See this.

*

What if the so-called student movement, the ICC “attempt” to arrest top Israeli officials including the Prime Minister, other apparently increasing protests around the globe against Israel, is but a new propaganda sting, demonstrating that despite all opposition to Zionist-Israel wiping Palestine off the map – stopping Zionism is not going to happen. 

In the words of an “anonymous” above:

“The truth is that the whole world is occupied by Israel except Gaza.”

Once this lesson sinks in, the world may wake up and have a chance to free itself from Zionism’s evil claws.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Peter Koenig is a geopolitical analyst and a former Senior Economist at the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO), where he worked for over 30 years around the world. is the author of Implosion – An Economic Thriller about War, Environmental Destruction and Corporate Greed; and  co-author of Cynthia McKinney’s book “When China Sneezes: From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Politico-Economic Crisis” (Clarity Press – November 1, 2020).

Peter is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). He is also a non-resident Senior Fellow of the Chongyang Institute of Renmin University, Beijing.  

Featured image: Penn Students makeship camp site, protesting and demanding that the university of Pennsylvania divest all of its investments in the “Israeli apartheid state” (Carmen Russell Sluchansky/ WHYY News)

Anzac and the Pageantry of Deception

April 30th, 2024 by Dr. Binoy Kampmark

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

A foreboding article was published on April 24. It was pointed out that China had provided a berth to a Russian ship Angara that is purportedly “tied to North Korea-Russia arms transfers.”

Reuters cited Royal United Services Institute (RUSI) – which boasts of itself to be “the world’s oldest and the UK’s leading defence and security think tank” – which claims Angara, since August 2023, has transported “thousands of containers believed to contain North Korean munitions,” [italics added] to Russian ports.

Container ships transport containers, and along the way they dock in certain harbors. Until satellite photos have X-ray capability any speculation about what is inside a container will be just that: speculation. Discerning readers will readily pick up on this.

Despite China repeatedly coming out in favor of peace, Reuters, nonetheless, plays up US concerns over perceived support by Beijing for “Moscow’s war” (what Moscow calls a “special military operation”) in Ukraine.

And right on cue, US secretary-of-state Antony Blinken shows up in Beijing echoing a list of US concerns vis-à-vis China.

Blinken had public words for China:

“In my meetings with NATO Allies earlier this month and with our G7 partners just last week, I heard that same message: fueling Russia’s defense industrial base not only threatens Ukrainian security; it threatens European security.

Beijing cannot achieve better relations with Europe while supporting the greatest threat to European security since the end of the Cold War. As we’ve told China for some time, ensuring transatlantic security is a core US interest. In our discussions today, I made clear that if China does not address this problem, we will.”

It would seem clear that the Taiwan Straits is a core China interest, no? Or is it only US core interests that matter?

Blinken:

“I also expressed our concern about the PRC’s unfair trade practices and the potential consequences of industrial overcapacity to global and US markets, especially in a number of key industries that will drive the 21st century economy, like solar panels, electric vehicles, and the batteries that power them.

China alone is producing more than 100 percent of global demand for these products, flooding markets, undermining competition, putting at risk livelihoods and businesses around the world.”

It sounds like sour grapes from the US that China’s R&D and manufacturing is out-competing the US. Take, for example, that the US sanctions Huawei while China allows Apple to sell its products unhindered in China. China has hit back at the rhetoric of “overcapacity.”

Blinken complained of “PRC’s dangerous actions in the South China Sea, including against routine Philippine maintenance operations and maritime operations near the Second Thomas Shoal. Freedom of navigation and commerce in these waterways is not only critical to the Philippines, but to the US and to every other nation in the Indo-Pacific and indeed around the world.”

Mentioning freedom of navigation implies that China is preventing such.

Why is freedom of navigation in the South China Sea critical to the US? Second Thomas Shoal is a colonial designation otherwise known as Renai Jiao in China. The “routine Philippine maintenance operations and maritime operations” that Blinken speaks of are for a navy landing craft that was intentionally grounded by the Philippines in 1999. Since then, the Philippines has been intermittently resupplying its soldiers stationed there.

Blinken:

“I reaffirmed the US’s ‘one China’ policy and stressed the critical importance of maintaining peace and stability across the Taiwan Strait.”

How does the US stationing US soldiers on the Chinese territory of Taiwan without approval from Beijing reaffirm the US’s commitment to a one-China policy? The Shanghai Communiqué of 1972 states “the United States acknowledges that Chinese on either side of the Taiwan Strait maintain there is but one China and that Taiwan is a part of China. The United States does not challenge that position.”

Blinken:

“I also raised concerns about the erosion of Hong Kong’s autonomy and democratic institutions as well as transnational repression, ongoing human rights abuses in Xinjiang and Tibet, and a number of individual human rights cases.”

Evidence of human rights abuses in Xinjiang? This is a definitive downplay from the previous allegations of a genocide against Uyghurs. It would be embarrassing to continue to accuse China of a genocide in Xinjiang due to a paucity of bodies which is a sine qua non for such a serious allegation as a genocide; meanwhile the US-armed Israel is blowing up hospitals and schools with ten-of-thousands of confirmed Palestinian civilian bodies. Even if there are human rights abuses in Xinjiang (which should be deplored were there condemnatory evidence), the US would still be morally assailable for its selective outrage.

Blinken:

“I encouraged China to use its influence to discourage Iran and its proxies from expanding the conflict in the Middle East, and to press Pyongyang to end its dangerous behavior and engage in dialogue.”

Is the US militarily backing a genocide of Palestinians a “conflict.” Are US military maneuvers in the waters near North Korea “safe behavior”?

Blinken responded to a question:

“But now it is absolutely critical that the support that [China’s] providing – not in terms of weapons but components for the defense industrial base – again, things like machine tools, microelectronics, where it is overwhelmingly the number-one supplier to Russia. That’s having a material effect in Ukraine and against Ukraine, but it’s also having a material effect in creating a growing [sic] that Russia poses to countries in Europe and something that has captured their attention in a very intense way.”

Are the ATACMS, Javelins, HIMARS, Leopard tanks, drones, artillery, Patriot missile defense, etc supposed to be absolutely uncritical and have no material effect on the fighting in Ukraine? And who is posing a threat to who? European countries are funding and arming Ukraine and sanctioning Russia not vice versa? It sounds perversely Orwellian.

*

From Biden to Harris to Yellen to Raimondo to Sullivan to Blinken, US officials again and again try to browbeat and put down their Chinese colleagues.

At the opening meeting on 18 March 2021 of the US-China talks in Anchorage, Alaska, the arrogance of Blinken and the US was put on notice by the rebuke of Chinese foreign affairs official Yang Jiechi:

“[T]he US does not have the qualification to say it wants to speak to China from a position of strength.”

It doesn’t seem to have sunk in for the American side.

The Russia-China relationship is solid. China’s economy is growing strongly. Scores of countries are clamoring to join BRICS+ and dedollarization is well underway. Yet, the US continues to try to bully the world’s largest – and still rapidly growing – economy. This strategy appears to affirm the commonly referred to aphorism about the definition of insanity: trying the same thing over and over and expecting a different result.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Kim Petersen is an independent writer. He can be emailed at: kimohp at gmail.com. He is a regular contributor to Global Research. 

Featured image is from InfoBrics

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

Mounting research suggests a serious side effect of the COVID mRNA jabs could be dementia, and the prions that cause it may be contagious

Frameshifting, as we now know occurs in the COVID shots, can induce prion production and lead to neurodegenerative diseases such as Alzheimer’s and Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease (CJD)

Sid Belzberg’s prions.rip website, which collected data on neurological side effects post-jab, found a notably high incidence of diagnosed CJD cases, suggesting an alarming trend

A series of articles highlight biases in clinical trials and observational studies, suggesting COVID-19 vaccines’ safety and effectiveness have been massively overstated

The Global COVID Vaccine Safety Project study — funded by the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention — reveals significant side effects, including myocarditis, pericarditis, and blood clots, underscoring the need for reevaluation of COVID vaccine risks and benefits

*

According to mounting data, one of the more serious side effects of the COVID mRNA jabs appears to be dementia, and worse yet, this previously untransmissible disease may now be “contagious,” transmissible by way of prions.

In my 2021 interview with Stephanie Seneff, Ph.D., she explained why she suspected the COVID shots may eventually result in an avalanche of neurological prion-based diseases such as Alzheimer’s. She also published a paper detailing those mechanisms in the May 10, 2021, issue of the International Journal of Vaccine Theory. As she explained in that paper:1

“A paper published by J. Bart Classen (2021) proposed that the spike protein in the mRNA vaccines could cause prion-like diseases, in part through its ability to bind to many known proteins and induce their misfolding into potential prions.

Idrees and Kumar (2021) have proposed that the spike protein’s S1 component is prone to act as a functional amyloid and form toxic aggregates … and can ultimately lead to neurodegeneration.”

In summary, the take-home from Seneff’s paper is that the COVID shots, offered to hundreds of millions of people, are instruction sets for your body to make a toxic protein that will eventually wind up concentrated in your spleen, from where prion-like protein instructions will be sent out, leading to neurodegenerative diseases.

What Are Prions?

The term “prion” derives from “proteinaceous infectious particle.” Prions are known to cause a variety of neurodegenerative diseases in animals and humans, such as Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease (CJD) in humans, bovine spongiform encephalopathy (BSE or “mad cow disease”) in cattle, and chronic wasting disease in deer and elk. 

These diseases are collectively referred to as transmissible spongiform encephalopathies (TSEs). They’re characterized by long incubation periods, brain damage, the formation of holes in the brain giving it a sponge-like appearance, and failure to induce an inflammatory response.

In short, prions are infectious agents composed entirely of a protein material that can fold in multiple, structurally distinct ways, at least one of which is transmissible to other prion proteins, leading to a disease that is similar to viral infections but without nucleic acids.

Unlike bacteria, viruses, and fungi, which contain nucleic acids (DNA or RNA) that instruct their replication, prions propagate by transmitting their misfolded protein state to normal variants of the same protein.

According to the prion disease model, the infectious properties of prions are due to the ability of the abnormal protein to convert the normal version of the protein into the misfolded form, thereby setting off a chain reaction that progressively damages the nervous system.

Prions are remarkably resistant to conventional methods of sterilization and can survive extreme conditions that would normally destroy nucleic acids or other pathogens, which is part of why prion diseases are so difficult to treat.

More Evidence mRNA Shots Can Trigger Dementia

Today, there’s even more evidence to support Seneff’s theory. In August 2022, tech entrepreneur Sid Belzberg wrote2 about prions.rip, a website he’d set up to collect data on the neurological side effects of the jabs. (This site is no longer live.)

Within a few months, the site had received about 15,000 hits and gathered 60 reports from people who got the jab and suffered neurological deficits shortly thereafter, including six cases of diagnosed CJD.

“Normally this disease affects 1 in a 1,000,000 people,” Belzberg wrote.3 “To get 6 cases you would need 6,000,000 hits to the site assuming everyone reports. The chances of getting 1 case in 15,000 hits is 1 in 66. To see 6 cases in 1 group of 15,000 is 1/66^6 or 1 in 82,000,000,000, or 20 times more likely to win a Powerball lottery! …

To reiterate, CJD is an exceptionally rare disease that is now a known and established severe adverse reaction (SAE) from the DEATHVAX™. Injecting this slow kill bioweapon can cause ailments that are about as likely to develop in the real word as getting struck by lightning twice. The proof is now irrefutable.”

Frameshifting Can Result in Prion Production

In mid-December 2023, researchers reported4,5,6 that the replacing of uracil with synthetic methylpseudouridine in the COVID shots — a process known as codon optimization — can cause frameshifting, a glitch in the decoding, thereby triggering the production of off-target aberrant proteins.

The antibodies that develop as a result may, in turn, trigger off-target immune reactions. According to the authors, off-target cellular immune responses occur in 25% to 30% of people who have received the COVID shot. But that’s not all.

According to British neuroscientist Dr. Kevin McCairn, this frameshifting phenomenon has also been linked to harmful prion production — and that frame shifted prions, specifically, are infectious and can be transmitted from one person to another. As reported in the Journal of Theoretical Biology in 2013:7

“A quantitatively consistent explanation for the titres of infectivity found in a variety of prion-containing preparations is provided on the basis that the etiological agents of transmissible spongiform encephalopathy comprise a very small population fraction of prion protein (PrP) variants, which contain frameshifted elements in their N-terminal octapeptide-repeat regions …

Frameshifting accounts quantitatively for the etiology of prion disease. One per million frameshifted prions may be enough to cause disease. The HIV TAR-like element in the PRNP mRNA is likely an effector of frameshifting.”

McCairn explained this mechanism in a February 19, 2023, interview with Health Alliance Australia (video above). In it, he noted:

“Mis-folded proteins caused by prions can impact every level organ and tissue system in the body … [They] bioaccumulate and are resistant to degradation, thereby building up …”

Prions may in fact be the primary molecule that is being “shed” by COVID jab recipients, and if those prions are due to frameshifting, that could be very bad news indeed, considering their implication in dementia.

Another doctor who believes we’ll be facing an “epidemic of prion disease” is Dr. David Cartland. In late February 2024, he posted8 13 scientific papers linking the COVID jabs, prion diseases and CJD, noting that was just a “small selection” of what’s available in the medical literature.

Prions Implicated in Long COVID as Well

According to genomics expert Kevin McKernan, Ph.D., prions are also involved in long COVID (or as McKernan calls it, “long vax”).9 In one 2024 study,10 96.7% of long COVID sufferers had received the jab. In an interview with the Front Line COVID-19 Critical Care Alliance (FLCCC), McKernan stated:11

“If you frameshift over the stop codons, you’re going to be making proteins that are spike-mito proteins. When I talk to a lot of the long vax patients I hear of all these things that remind me of my time in the mitochondrial disease sequencing space …”

McKernan claims he tried to publish a paper on this in 2021 with Dr. Peter McCullough, but the editor of the journal “stepped in and torpedoed the paper.”12

World’s Largest Side Effect Analysis Has Been Published

In related news, the largest study13 to date on the side effects of the COVID jabs was published in the journal Vaccine in February 12, 2024, and it confirms what I and many other alternative news sources have been saying all along, namely that the mRNA jabs are the most dangerous medical products to ever hit the market.

The study — performed by the Global COVID Vaccine Safety (GCoVS) Project and funded by the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Public Health Ontario and the Canadian Health Research Institute — evaluated the risk of “adverse events of special interest” (AESI) following COVID-19 “vaccination.”

Data from 10 sites in eight countries (Argentina, Australia, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, New Zealand and Scotland) were included, encompassing more than 99 million jabbed individuals.

Of the thousands of side effects Pfizer listed in its confidential report of post-authorization adverse events submitted to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration,14 the GCoVS focused on 13 AESIs that fall into three primary categories: Neurological, hematologic (blood-related) and cardiovascular conditions.

They calculated the AESI risk for each of the 13 AESIs based on the number of observed versus expected (OE) incidents occurring up to 42 days after injection. The “expected” number of side effects were based on vaccine adverse event data from 2015 to 2019. These rates were then compared to the adverse event rates observed in those who got one or more of the COVID jabs, either Pfizer’s BNT162b2, Moderna’s mRNA-1273, or AstraZeneca’s ChAdOx1.

Largest Study to Date Confirms COVID Jab Dangers

The analysis15 revealed several concerning side effects, including increased risks of myocarditis, pericarditis, blood clots in the brain, and various neurological conditions. Here’s a quick summary of the findings:

Myocarditis and pericarditis:

  • Pfizer vaccine — OE ratios for myocarditis were 2.78 and 2.86 after the first and second shots, with the risk remaining doubled after the third and fourth shots.
  • Moderna vaccine — OE ratios for myocarditis were 3.48 and 6.10 after the first and second shots. Doses 1 and 4 also showed OE ratios of 1.74 and 2.64 for pericarditis.
  • AstraZeneca vaccine — OE ratio for pericarditis was 6.91 after the third shot.

Blood clots in the brain (cerebral venous sinus thrombosis, CVST):

  • An OE of 3.23 for CVST was observed after the first AstraZeneca shot.
  • A significant increase in CVST risk was also noted after the second Pfizer dose.

Neurological conditions:

  • Guillain-Barré syndrome — An OE ratio of 2.49 was observed following the AstraZeneca jab.
  • Transverse myelitis — Risk nearly doubled with the AstraZeneca shot.
  • Acute disseminated encephalomyelitis — OE ratios of 3.78 (Moderna) and 2.23 (AstraZeneca) were noted.

These findings really underscore the potential for serious side effects from the COVID shots, including conditions that may lead to other consequences in the longer term, such as stroke, heart attack, paralysis and death.

Effectiveness and Safety Was Wildly Exaggerated in Trials

Considering those findings, it’s no surprise to find that effectiveness and safety were exaggerated in clinical trials and observational studies. In a guest post on Dr. Robert Malone’s Substack, Raphael Lataster, Ph.D., writes:16

“An unofficial series of four crucially important medical journal articles, two by me, appearing in major academic publisher Wiley’s Journal of Evaluation in Clinical Practice reveals that claims made about COVID-19 vaccines’ effectiveness and safety were exaggerated in the clinical trials and observational studies, which significantly impacts risk-benefit analyses.

Also discussed are the concerning topics of myocarditis, with evidence indicating that this one adverse effect alone means that the risks outweigh the benefits in the young and healthy; and perceived negative effectiveness, which indicates that the vaccines increase the chance of COVID-19 infection/hospitalization/death, to say nothing about other adverse effects.”

Summary of Papers

The four papers in question include:

1. “Sources of Bias in Observational Studies of COVID-19 Vaccine Effectiveness” published in the Journal of Evaluation in Clinical Practice in March 2023, co-authored by BMJ editor Peter Doshi, Ph.D., statistician Kaiser Fung and biostatistician Mark Jones, which concluded that “case-counting window bias” had a significant effect on effectiveness estimates.17

As explained by Lataster, this “concerns the 7 days, 14 days, or even 21 days after the jab where we are meant to overlook jab-related issues, such as COVID infections, for some odd reason as ‘the vaccine has not had sufficient time to stimulate the immune system.’

This may strike you as quite bizarre since all of the ‘fully vaccinated’ must go through the process of being ‘partially vaccinated,’ sometimes even more than once. To make matters worse, the unvaccinated do not get such a ‘grace period,’ meaning that there is also a clear bias at play.

In an example using data from Pfizer’s clinical trial, the authors show that thanks to this bias, a vaccine with effectiveness of 0%, which is confirmed in the hypothetical clinical trial, could be seen in observational studies as having effectiveness of 48%.”

2. “Reply to Fung et. al. on COVID-19 Vaccine Case-Counting Window Biases Overstating Vaccine Effectiveness,” authored by Lataster, which discussed how the counting window bias not only affected effectiveness estimates in observational studies but also safety estimates, suggesting a need for reassessment of vaccine safety.18 The article also addresses “the mysterious rise in non-COVID excess deaths post-pandemic.”19

3. “How the Case Counting Window Affected Vaccine Efficacy Calculations in Randomized Trials of COVID-19 Vaccines,” again co-authored by Doshi and Fung, which detailed how case-counting window issues also overestimated effectiveness in Pfizer and Moderna clinical trials.20

4. A second article by Lataster, in which he highlighted and summarized the evidence showing that clinical trials were affected by adverse effect counting window issues that led to exaggerated safety estimates.21

“Together, these four articles make clear that claims made about COVID-19 vaccines; effectiveness and safety were exaggerated in the clinical trials and observational studies, whilst also finding time to discuss myocarditis and perceived negative effectiveness, meaning that new analyses are very much needed,” Lataster writes.22

Resources for Those Injured by the COVID Jab

Based on data from across the world, it’s beyond clear that the COVID shots are the most dangerous drugs ever deployed. If you already got one or more COVID jabs and are now reconsidering, you’d be wise to avoid all vaccines from here on, as you need to end the assault on your body. Even if you haven’t experienced any obvious side effects, your health may still be impacted long-term, so don’t take any more shots.

If you’re suffering from side effects, your first order of business is to eliminate the spike protein — and/or any aberrant off-target protein — that your body is producing. Two remedies shown to bind to and facilitate the removal of SARS-CoV-2 spike protein are hydroxychloroquine and ivermectin. I don’t know if these drugs will work on off-target proteins and nanolipid accumulation as well, but it probably wouldn’t hurt to try.

The Front Line COVID-19 Critical Care Alliance (FLCCC) has developed a post-vaccine treatment protocol called I-RECOVER. Since the protocol is continuously updated as more data become available, your best bet is to download the latest version straight from the FLCCC website at covid19criticalcare.com.23

For additional suggestions, check out the World Council for Health’s spike protein detox guide,24 which focuses on natural substances like herbs, supplements and teas. Sauna therapy can also help eliminate toxic and misfolded proteins by stimulating autophagy.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Notes

1 International Journal of Vaccine Theory, Practice and Research May 10, 2021; 2(1): 402-444

2, 3 2ndsmartestguyintheworld.com August 18, 2022

4 Nature December 6, 2023

5 Trial Site News December 7, 2023

6 The Telegraph December 6, 2023

7 Journal off Theoretical Biology May 2013; 325: 52-61

8 Twitter/X Dr. David Cartland February 24, 2024

9, 11, 12 LifeSite News March 4, 2024

10 Journal of Clinical Medicine 2024; 13(5): 1208

13, 15 Vaccine February 12, 2024 [epub ahead of print]

14 5.3.6 Cumulative Analysis of Post-Authorization Adverse Event Reports Received Through 28-Feb-2021, Pages 30-38

16, 19, 22 RW Malone MD Substack March 6, 2024

17 Journal of Evaluation in Clinical Practice March 26, 2023; 30(1): 30-36

18 Journal of Evaluation in Clinical Practice July 4, 2023; 30(1): 82-85

20 Journal of Evaluation in Clinical Practice July 15, 2023; 30(1): 105-106

21 Journal of Evaluation in Clinical Practice January 18, 2024

23 Covid19criticalcare.com

24 World Council for Health Spike Protein Detox Guide November 30, 2021

Featured image is from Mercola


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

You may also access the online version of the e-Book by clicking here.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

In a disturbing and rather underreported development, NATO is starting to deploy combat troops to Ukraine, with British, French, Polish and other soldiers arriving in large numbers, writes Stephen Bryen (former staff director of the Near East Subcommittee of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee and former deputy undersecretary of defense for policy), noting that those are not mercenaries, but regular military “in uniform, home country proclaimed via insignia”, and mostly “concentrated in the western part of the country, although in some cases they are close to the actual fighting in the east.”

Bryen highlights that there are reports about some Ukrainian brigades refusing orders from their commanders including the 47th Mechanized Brigade, the 25th Airborne Assault Brigade,the 67th Mechanized Brigade, and others top Army brigades. Ukraine is basically losing the war, and that the US security establishment knows that. A Politico story reports that Washington is not convinced that Kyiv can possibly achieve military victory, even with the new $60 billion aid. US President John Biden is signing this bill into law to send a $60 billion military aid package to the Eastern European country so that it can get artillery shells and air defense systems.

Poland’s Defence Minister Wladyslaw Kosiniak-Kamysz claimed last week that Warsaw is ready to help Kyiv get military-age men back by sending back Ukrainian refugees. In this context, NATO (or European) troops could be one last desperate measure?

NATO’s Secretary General Jens Stoltenberg in fact admitted, in a very underreported statement, that “several NATO allies have men and women in uniform at the embassies” (in Ukraine), but claimed they are merely “giving advice.” Stoltenberg has also announced that NATO countries have air defense systems ready to be sent to the Slavic country. He emphasized NATO members have the “right” to “help” Ukraine, but this does not make the Atlantic Alliance itself a party to the conflict. As Bryen writes, if such military personnel “are firing at the Russians the only proper way to interpret their presence is that they are playing an active part in the shooting war.” Bryen notes that in Vietnam too, the US sent “advisors” who turned out to be US Special Forces engaging in combat.

As I wrote, former NATO Commander James Stavridis argued in November last year that the US should learn from “the lessons of South Korea” and negotiate a “land for peace conclusion to combat” in Ukraine. He argued that “much as South Korea was not in a position to demand a complete territorial victory over the north in the 1950s, Ukraine is not in a position to demand a complete Russian withdrawal from its territory”, which remains true to this day, and adds that “this will probably bog down into a frozen conflict.” Such a depressive outcome to Kyiv, which is a major defeat from the perspective of Washington’s geopolitical goals, still seems in any case to be the most realistic scenario. There is a catch, though. The retired admiral basically proposes to rebuild what is left of Ukraine and then maybe make it become an Atlantic Alliance member. One should keep in mind this is no fool, but rather a very well-accomplished diplomat, scholar, and statesman, being, among many other things, a chair emeritus of the US Naval Institute’s board of directors.

The massive arrival of NATO countries’ military personnel in Western Ukraine could thus be seen as the materialization of a de facto “partition” of Ukraine starting to gradually unfold. The main red flag here is the presence of these soldiers also in Eastern Ukraine, “near the actual fighting.” Belarusian President Alexander Lukashenko has voiced his concern about a high risk of military incidents on the Belarus-Ukraine border, and added that it would be “apocalypse” if Moscow retaliated against Western actions by employing nuclear weapons.

As I wrote last week, the West can play with words, in a Schrödinger’s cat manner (“advisors, not combatants” and “European troops, not NATO troops”) as much as it wants. In any case, NATO’s  Article 5, which states that an “armed attack” (against a NATO member) “shall be considered an attack against them all”, is still binding. From a Western perspective, if NATO European states send troops to the combat zone in Ukraine and Russia retaliates by attacking them while Washington does nothing, this would render NATO pointless and permanently destroy the Atlantic Alliance credibility and raison d’être. If, on the other hand, the US and/or other European powers decide to escalate things and retaliate, then the “apocalypse” becomes a little closer. Those are not positive scenarios, either way.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Uriel Araujo is a researcher with a focus on international and ethnic conflicts. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Video: COVID Nurse Whistleblower

April 29th, 2024 by Children’s Health Defense

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

During the COVID pandemic, did hospitals exploit patients for the sake of funding?

This nurse whistleblower seems to think so.

From corruption in testing to ventilator harms, death certificate distortion to discrimination of the unvaccinated and more — what she witnessed flies in the face of the pervasive narrative from public health officials and media organizations across the globe.

Listen to her damning presentation of this phenomenon on CHD.TV.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image is a screenshot from the video


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

You may also access the online version of the e-Book by clicking here.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

 

 

 

 

 

It is obvious that Fox news is criminalizing US student protests that is currently taking place across college campuses in efforts to bring in armed police and the National Guard to crush the protesters who are critical of Israel and its war crimes against the Palestinian people. The students are demanding a ceasefire in Israel’s war against Hamas and the Palestinian people. They are also demanding that their schools cut all financial ties with Israel.

Fox news is the ultimate propaganda bullhorn that justifies Israel’s war crimes. It is a network that has no shame, no morals. It is also true that CNN, MSNBC, the New York Times, the Washington Post, ABC news and the rest of the mainstream media also defend Israel on many levels, therefore, any criticism of the Zionist State is almost non-existent in the US mainstream media.

However, when it comes to Fox News, Rupert Murdoch and his son, Lachlan who is the current CEO, make sure that their network never criticize nor do any truthful reporting on the state of Israel and its genocide of the Palestinians.

The relationship between the Israeli government and Fox News has been close for a long time, in fact Fox News was one of the main cheerleaders for the War in Iraq which benefitted Israel more than the US government since Tel Aviv now has one less formidable enemy in the Middle East with Saddam Hussein being removed from power at the time.

Fox News has been intolerant of any criticism against Israel, the network’s pro-Zionist agenda is clear when you listen to any of its overpaid newscasters including Sean Hannity, Jesse Waters, Harris Faulkner, and the rest of the paid propagandists.  The Times of Israel reported on a “secret” meeting between Lachlan Murdoch and Israeli war criminal, Benjamin Netanyahu in late January, ‘Media tycoon Lachlan Murdoch heads to Israel for secret meeting with Netanyahu’ said that

“Lachlan Murdoch, the son of media tycoon Rupert Murdoch, is due to land in Israel on Monday for a meeting with Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu that was intended to remain a secret” and that Lachlan was also meeting with Benny Gantz of the National Unity Party who might be a future prime minister for Israel.

So, the meeting was a secret, but I could bet you that the secret meeting was about Fox News willing to go full speed ahead with an Israeli narrative since the propaganda media giant also owns other influential news outlets including The Wall Street Journal, The Sun and one of the most absurd newspapers in circulation, The New York Post.

It’s no secret that Fox News consistently lies about Israel’s war crimes every time it enters into another Middle East conflict since the Murdoch family is deeply involved in Israel’s geopolitics. The Murdoch’s are even willing to invest in a right-wing media channel in Israel:

Netanyahu and the Murdoch family have known each other for many years. In 2016, the Hebrew business daily The Marker reported that Netanyahu’s then-media adviser Nir Hefetz was looking into establishing a conservative television channel in Israel modeled after Fox News and was interested in finding partners for the project, including Rupert Murdoch.

During investigations into charges against Netanyahu of bribery, fraud and breach of trust, former Ynet editor Eran Tiefenbrunn testified to the police that after leaving Ynet, he traveled to London to hold an exploratory meeting with Rupert and Lachlan Murdoch regarding a possible investment in a right-wing media outlet in Israel

Although he is not Jewish, Rupert Murdoch is a Zionist just like US President Joe Biden who once again declared to Netanyahu during a visit to Israel back in 2023 that “I don’t believe you have to be a Jew to be a Zionist, and I am a Zionist”, but in 2012, the left-wing media including CNN and the Daily Beast claimed that Rupert was “antisemitic” for asking a question on Twitter during the IDF’s ‘Operation Pillar of Defense’ in the Gaza Strip, and the question was “Why Is Jewish owned press so consistently anti-Israel in every crisis?” In fact, Rupert Murdoch is far from being an “antisemite.” According to The Guardian, ‘Rupert Murdoch and the Jews’ revealed what were his intentions behind his comment on Twitter:

What Murdoch was doing was trying to channel the right wing’s ardent support of Israel by challenging the left wing’s more critical view of Israeli brinksmanship – particularly as Israel appears on the verge of another invasion of Gaza. In other words, or so Murdoch seemed to be close to saying, Jews are liberals, and so untrustworthy that they would even betray Israel

In other words, Rupert and his son Lachlan will do everything they can to protect Israel’s reputation and provide a narrative that Israel is the victim in its current war against the people of Gaza.

College Protests Erupting Across the US Are “Antisemitic” at Least According to Fox News   

As for the Pro-Palestine protesters, Fox news has called them antisemites, pro-Hamas sympathizers, anti-Israel agitators, terrorists and so on.

The producers at Fox News have booked interviews with Jewish students who are pro-Israel and Zionists who are allegedly harassed on college campuses, but they never interview Jewish students (many who are not Zionists) and are against Israel and its war crimes, or Palestinian students who have families in Gaza or anyone else for the matter who has an opposing view. Here is an example, in an interview with Pro-Israel students, Fox newscaster Lawrence Jones asked Julia Wax of Georgetown Law school “What’s life been like on campus? She responded with the following:

It’s interesting. I started my one L year, not even two months ago, and as soon as the terrorist attacks occurred, it became a hostile environment for Jewish students, I started the Georgetown Zionists in reaction to this to give students a place to be able to go, to be able to understand their Jewish heritage and people are scared to go to class. You have to sit next to classmates who are posting antisemitic rhetoric who are hosting rallies that spew antisemitic rhetoric and people are scared. and the Universities are not doing their part, and they are staying silent

Here is another video based on FOX News calling the protesters terrorists and almost every other name in the book:

Granted, there are probably a handful of students who became violent during the course of the pro-Palestinian protests since emotions are running high, if of course they are really students and not paid agitators to create chaos on campuses that would allow the police and National Guards to use violent methods to contain the protests.

This is sort of a false flag of student protests to usher in an armed police and military force to end these Pro-Palestine protests once and for all which is an embarrassment to Israel’s reputation as a so-called ”democracy.”   

The propaganda is clear, demonize college students who are mostly peaceful Pro-Palestine protesters and provide a narrative that Jewish students on college campuses are the real victims of prejudice and hate. 

Yes, most likely there are a handful of students who are most likely harassing Jewish students and that should stop immediately because that makes it look like the Pro-Palestine protesters are seeking violence which will allow authorities to use excessive force. They should not fall into the trap. Protests should be peaceful at all costs.  

Most of these students and most of the world see what is going on in Palestine, it’s a genocide, plain and simple.  Fox Business with Maria Bartiromo suggested that “Communist China” was possibly behind the student protesters, but they don’t need China or George Soros (who is an evil globalist) to pay them to speak out against an apartheid regime killing innocent men, women, and children every day in the West Bank and in the Gaza Strip.

The Shirion Collective: Who and What Are They?

There is one group of individuals that seem to be interested in creating chaos and that is the Shirion Collective which describes itself as a Jewish surveillance group:

The Shirion Collective stands as a formidable Jewish surveillance group, born from the necessity to combat rising antisemitism. In the wake of October 7th’s revealing events, Shirion has taken a staunch stance against hatred and bigotry, employing advanced digital tactics to shield the Jewish community

The Guardian had a report on this group ‘Pro-Israel ‘surveillance’ group turning attention to Australia, leaked posts show’ said that “A pro-Israel “surveillance network” that has offered bounties for information on pro-Palestinian protesters is establishing a foothold in Australia and claims to have secured meetings with key federal politicians, leaked messages show.” The report also explains how they track ‘antisemites’:

Shirion Collective, which has largely focused on the US and UK, boasts of its ability to scrape digital fingerprints to “aggressively track and expose antisemites”. It is one of a number of groups that have gained prominence on social media during the Israel-Gaza war, publicly naming individuals it accuses of being antisemitic.” The report also added that the “Shirion Collective claims it has an AI tool called Maccabee which can identify and track targets

It seems that The Shirion Collective is also hiring agitators to cause chaos within the Pro-Palestinian protests. Read the following post on X and click on show more and read the list of qualifications on Who We’re Looking For:

Just like they did with Iraq, Fox News sells you lies about all of Israel’s enemies to bring in the US military into another Middle East conflict to fight for Israel. 

This is part of what the Christian Zionists in the US Bible Belt, the neocons, the Democrats and Republicans in Washington DC who are under Zionist control, and the Israeli establishment who want complete censorship of what is actually going on in Israel’s war against the Palestinians.

Therefore, Fox News and the Israeli government are trying to control the narrative regarding the student protests, so they are trying to criminalize student protests, censor social media platforms such as TikTok, and the alternative media who is critical of Israel’s agenda regarding the crimes against the Palestinian people.

Its about hijacking the student protest movement, first they criminalize and censor the protesters, bring in the police and military, then crush the student protests once and for all so that Israel can continue to receive US tax dollars unabated to expand it’s territory into what they would call the ‘Greater Israel project’,

if the US population knew what was really going on, they would finally wake-up and that is what Israel is terrified of. So, controlling the narrative is essential for Israel’s survival, because without funds from US taxpayers, Israel’s war machine would cease to exist.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Timothy Alexander Guzman writes on his own blog site, Silent Crow News, where this article was originally published. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

All images in this article are from SCN

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

To the International Criminal Court:

We are writing to you on behalf of International Resistance Movement Against Neuro Technological Torture, an initiative of human rights organizations from Germany, Czech Republic, Canada, Netherlands, Belgium, Sweden, Poland, USA, to ask for your help for the many constituents in the world, who are being targeted unjustly or used as human subjects in experiments without their informed consent. We, and many others, are being TORTURED AND MUTILATED IN A MIND/BODY CONTROL CONCENTRATION CAMP 24/7, which would not happen in a properly functioning legal system/society.

Victims of Directed Pulsed Radio Frequency (or Mind/Body Control, Electronic, Directed Energy, Neurological, Non-lethal, Remote Neural Monitoring, Psychotronic) weapons detail the most extreme and totalitarian violations of human rights in human history, including the most horrendous incidents of psychological torture, cyber-torture, mental anguish, physical torture and mutilations. Criminals may use Neurotechnology to implant some people with microchips or nanomaterials. Perpetrators place victims under continuous surveillance, no matter where they are. They monitor the human brain, including thoughts, reactions, motor commands, auditory events and visual images. They continuously alter consciousness, introduce impulses, commands, voices, noises, images, “dreams”, and other disturbances into the brain. They directly manipulate, abuse, torture and assault bodies of victims, including performing advanced medical procedures from remote locations. 

Victims of assault by the aforementioned weapons and technologies, psychological and physical torture experience all symptoms of the so-called “Havana Syndrome”.

Some ‘medical professionals’ blatantly ignore all scientific evidence, and try to prevent exposure of decades of lies and false diagnoses of innocent civilians, victims of Havana Syndrome. These “doctors” may claim that causes of this Syndrome are mass hysteria, or sounds of crickets, or something like that. Despite a lot of such misinformation, the American National Academy of Sciences made a conclusion that many of the distinctive and acute signs, symptoms, and observations, reported by targeted Department Of State employees, are consistent with the effects of directed pulsed radio frequency (RF) energy. Victims of Havana Syndrome experience hard pressure on their heads and ears, ear pain, voices in their heads and torture with intense loud noise, nausea, dizziness, confusion, disorientation, fatigue, loss of memory, difficultly concentrating, insomnia, drowsiness, sensitivity to light, sensitivity to noise, blurred vision, loss of balance and coordination of movements, and many other symptoms. However, symptoms of Victims of Mind/Body Control Weapons are not limited to the above-mentioned.

These victims, many call themselves Targeted Individuals, may experience much more sinister, dangerous and harmful effects upon them:

1). Visual distortions and hallucinations, artificial dreams.

2). Manipulation of human behavior: forced speech, involuntary body movements, induced actions, transmission of specific commands into the subconscious, compulsory execution of these commands.

3). Manipulation of will, emotions, feelings, and sensations.

4). Induced thoughts, reading thoughts remotely, retrieving memories, implanting personalities.

5). Debilitation of mental acuity: disruption of ability to focus and think rationally and independently. 

6). Never experienced before inadequate states, like narcotic intoxication, depression, obsessive desires and so on.

7). Cramps, seizures and spasms.

8). Excruciating pain in any part of the body, heart attacks, chest pressure, vibrations, burning sensations, cooked alive sensations, and other serious medical conditions. 

Some targeted individuals are subject to harassment and organized stalking in their communities, some targeted individuals receive intentional false psychiatric diagnoses and in addition become victims of the systems, from which they are seeking help (medical institutions and law enforcement).

We have contacted Parliaments, Courts, police, Security/Intelligence Agencies and other Government institutions in our countries over and over and over again, but have had our appeals for assistance and protection completely ignored or suppressed. The governments’ “doing nothing” in this situation is a form of sanctioning these horrendous, fascist mind/body control experiments on innocent and defenseless people.  In addition, the government “doing nothing” is a form of protecting perpetrators, who carry out this experimentation on victims.  That is why our governments are responsible for these crimes. The governments must uphold the rule of National, International and Human Rights Laws, the Convention Against Torture, and protect their citizens. Instead, we see the huge disconnect between their professed principles and the reality. 

It is our responsibility to record and alert the world to these appalling crimes and the extreme danger that these technologies pose to democracy, human rights, privacy, mental and physical freedom, and the health of all people. These are the most heinous weapons and crimes imaginable, and the people, using them, are mass-murdering conspirators, pursuing fascist, totalitarian, fundamentalist schemes.

Doctor Joseph Mengele and other Nazis, who started developing these techniques in concentration camps during World War II, were brought to America from Europe after the war to continue their atrocities. MKULTRA was the first known of these illegal and immoral experiments with unwilling victims.  We are the latest victims.  THIS MUST STOP. We, victims and representatives of the victims, demand:

1). That human rights finally are respected,

2). That the people responsible are exposed and brought to justice for these unspeakable crimes against humanity,

3). That the victims are acknowledged and compensated.

We ask the ICC to get to the bottom of this most serious matter based upon:

1). The evidence collected, intercepted, and compiled by victims for many years.

2). The stories, websites, articles, books, letters, of victims and victim organizations, that have been reporting these crimes on the Internet for more than three decades.

3). The Havana Syndrome testimonials (interviews) of US and Canada diplomats and security officers.

4). Statements from medical doctors: Dr. Michael Hoffer, Dr. Beatrice Alexandra Golomb, Dr. David A. Relman.

5). Statements from microwave experts: James Benford, Edl Schamiloglu, James C. Lin.

6). Statements from neurotechnology expert James Giordano.

7). Statements from Mark Zaid, lawyer, who had access to classified information.

These gross violations of human rights must be investigated immediately.

Please let us know if you have questions or want more information. We are of course willing to cooperate in any way possible with your investigation into this matter.

 

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.


Annex

P.S. Evidences of the effects of Psychotronic (Mind/Body Control) attacks.

  1. Affidavit of Doctor Hildegarde Staninger, dated November 4, 2009.
  2. Curriculum Vitae of Doctor Hildegarde Staninger, Ph.D., a toxicologist, Industrial Hygienist, Doctor of Integrative Medicine.
  3. Expert medical report from Doctor Hildegarde Staninger, dated June 14, 2009. This medical report substantiates the Psychotronic (Mind Control) ill effects on Galina Kurdina. It proves that she is a victim of specific electromagnetic and radio frequency fields that react with toxic nano materials in her body that are being created in universities and being utilized for monitoring, communications and sensory applications. 
  4. Addendum to an expert medical report from Doctor Hildegarde Staninger, dated October 22, 2009. This medical report substantiates the Psychotronic (Mind Control) ill effects on Galina Kurdina. It proves that she has toxic advanced nano materials in hery system that are used as RDIF meu chips to send signals to her body.
  5. Affidavit of Doctor June Steiner, dated November 21, 2009
  6. Curriculum Vitae of Doctor June Steiner, Ph.D., a duly qualified and licensed expert in the field of hypnotherapy and treatment of victims of Psychotronic Weapons. 
  7. Expert opinion from Doctor June Steiner, dated May 13, 2009. It proves that symptoms of Galina Kurdina are the result of Psychotronic (Directed Pulsed Radio Frequency Energy) Weapons attacks upon her person, and psychotronic effects cause a serious Post traumatic Stress Disorder. Galina’s functioning is greatly impacted by Psychotronic influence, since emotional distress, inflicted by those, who do not believe her complaints, is harmful to her state of well-being.
  8. Expert opinion from Doctor June Steiner, dated June 6, 2009. It proves that psychiatrists are negligent, because they do not want to investigate reported facts, research and look at the available authentic evidence of Psychotronic weapons attacks.  
  9. Affidavit of Private Detective Melinda Kidder, dated October 1, 2012
  10. Curriculum Vitae of Melinda Kidder, a duly licensed private detective, owner of Columbia Investigations, a licensed and insured private detective agency. 
  11. Expert opinion from Private Detective Melinda Kidder, dated September 29, 2012. It concludes that perpetrators of implantation of Ms. Kurdina have been using and will continue to use this neurotechnology to electronically stalk and harass her, if the judicial system and law enforcement do not intervene. 

Don’t Let US Congress Punish Nicaragua for Defending Palestine!

April 29th, 2024 by Americas Policy Forum

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

We are saddened to see the U.S. Congress also ratcheting up sanctions on Nicaragua, where we have many family members and friends living in peace with improved healthcare, education, and rights. We do not want to see their quality of life diminished by more U.S. sanctions, which are so hard to remove once they are codified into law by Congress. Tell the Senate: Vote NO on Bill S.1881!

It’s urgent for you to act now to stop Bill S.1881 (the ill-named Restoring Sovereignty and Human Rights in Nicaragua Act), which would impose broad sector sanctions impacting hundreds of thousands of jobs in Nicaragua, and would forbid any U.S. investment in the country. This bill just passed its first committee—the Senate Committee on Foreign Relations. We can’t let it go any further!

It is no coincidence that the bill, which had languished for ten months, finally started moving just one week after Nicaragua argued at the International Court of Justice to defend the Palestinian people from the genocide in Gaza. We know that the U.S. Congress also threatened sanctions on South Africa for defending the Palestinian people back in January. We cannot let them get away with punishing countries for upholding their international obligation to prevent genocide. Don’t let Congress Punish Nicaragua for Defending Palestine!

Some of Nicaragua’s critics even use racist tropes to accuse the country of aggravating the migrant crisis by allowing Haitians and Cubans to enter without visas, which it does to alleviate the humanitarian crises unleashed by U.S. intervention in those countries. Nicaragua should not be punished for helping the victims of harmful U.S. policies!

Sign here to demand that Congress respect Nicaragua’s right to self-determination without external interference.

Instead, let’s thank Nicaragua for taking a principled position on some of today’s most urgent issues.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

Is there a point at which the genocide in Gaza becomes egregious enough to provoke other countries to directly intervene in the Gaza Strip to prevent further genocide?

Can Israel exterminate the entire population without anyone stopping them?

This is not a rhetorical question. Intervention is not merely judgments by the International Court of Justice or resolutions introduced at the United Nations. It is not even shiploads of supplies sent to queue up for delivery into Gaza, pending permission from the Israeli occupying authorities. Rather, intervention means forcing one’s way into Gaza, whether the occupying authorities like it or not, and being prepared for confrontation. 

If there is such a point for some countries, what is that point? Half a million deaths, by massacre, starvation, dehydration, hypothermia, hyperthermia, exposure and disease? A million? And what are the countries that are willing to take action? Or can Israel exterminate the entire population without any countries intervening to stop the genocide?

The question is essential and not rhetorical, because it is now clear that there is no level of atrocity that Israel is not willing to commit, nor that the United States is not willing to support with all armaments necessary to to commit the deed, as well as all aid necessary to sustain the Israeli economy. Israel will not be deterred by economic or diplomatic isolation. It is willing to be boycotted by the entire world other than the US. It cares nothing for legal judgments against it. Whether delusional or not, it sees genocide as its only means of survival, and will pursue it until it is deprived of the means to do so.

It therefore behooves us to ask the question whether there are any countries willing to intervene to stop the genocide, and at what point they will be willing to do so. If there are such countries, they will need to define the tripwire for their intervention and the means that they are willing to use to enforce to it. They will need to form a consortium that is prepared to act in concert. The consortium will have to act outside the United Nations, because the US veto will prevent any UN action, other than symbolic. 

The intervention need not be belligerent, but it must not accept to be impeded, nor to be attacked by the forces of the Israeli government. It must be prepared to defend itself if necessary. A suggested model for such an intervention may be found here, but the participating countries will make their own plans according to their own means and priorities. 

The demonstrations, sit-ins, speeches, letters, phone calls, emails, boycotts, flotillas, legal judgments and other actions to apply pressure to stop the genocide are successful in raising awareness, changing opinions, and perhaps even partially forestalling the inevitable. But they have not in the least affected Israeli actions or US government support for them.

Direct intervention is the only way that Israel can be made to stop.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles. 

Paul Larudee is a retired academic and current administrator of a nonprofit human rights and humanitarian aid organization. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: Never Again and Again and Again – by Mr. Fish

Basic Points About the Zionist Israeli-Arab Palestinian Conflict

April 29th, 2024 by Dr. Vladislav B. Sotirović

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

The Zionist Israeli-Arab Palestinian conflict today is one of if not the most significant global security problems to be dealt with.[1] However, this conflict is historically not much old as it is a pretty modern issue, dating, in fact, since the First Zionist Congress in 1897. The focal question is: What is the conflict about? In other words: What are those two different groups fighting for? 

At first glance, it can be understood that behind the conflict reasons is a confession as those two peoples are of different denominations: the Jews are predominantly Judaists while the Palestinian predominant confession is Islam but includes Christians and Druze. However, the obvious religious differences are not the fundamental cause of the struggle. In fact, the conflict started a century ago and continued to be strife for the land.

Palestine, the land claimed by both sides was known under this term in international relations (IR) from 1918 till 1948. Moreover, the same term was applied by Islam, Christianity, and Judaism to designate a Holy Land. However, as a consequence of the wars from 1948 to 1967 between the Arabs and Israel, this land (some 10,000 sq. miles) became today divided into three parts: 1) Israel; 2) the West Bank; and the Gaza Strip. 

However, both groups have a different background in claiming this land for themself:

  1. The Zionist Jewish claims to Palestine are founded on the Biblical promise to Abraham and all his descendants. The historical foundations of such claims are based on the fact that on the territory of Palestine have been established the ancient kingdoms of the Jews: Israel and Judea. Politically, this historical claim is backed by the need of the Jews for the nation-state to get rid of European anti-Semitism, especially after the WWII holocaust. 
  1. Arab Palestinians are claiming the same land based on their continuous living in Palestine for hundreds of years and on the fact that they were the demographic majority until 1948. In addition, they reject the confessional-ideological notion of the Zionist Jews that the Jewish kingdoms based on the Old Testament can constitute any rational and moral/scientific foundations to be used for acceptable modern claim especially taking into consideration that the Jews left Palestine after the occupation of the Roman Empire in the 1st century AD (for 2,000 years!). However, the Arab Palestinians also use the arguments from the Bible and, therefore, claim that Abraham’s son Ishmael is the forefather of the Arabs and that God promised the Holy Land to all children of Abraham which simply means to the Arabs too (Arabs are Semitic people as Jews). But the crucial issue from the Arab Palestinian viewpoint is that they cannot forget Palestine as a matter of compensation for the holocaust against the Jews committed in Europe (in which Arab Palestinians did not participate at all).       

The Palestinians and Diaspora

The term Palestinians from the very political-historical standpoint today refers to those people of Palestine whose historical roots are traced to this land as defined by the British Mandate’s borders being the Arabs of Christian, Muslim, or Druze denominations.

It is estimated that today some 5.6 million Palestinians are living within the British Mandate Palestine’s frontiers which are now divided into three parts: 1) The State of Zionist Israel; 2) The territory of the West Bank; and 3) the Gaza Strip. The last two were occupied by Israel during The 1967 Six Days War.

It is also claimed that today some 1.5 million Palestinians are living as citizens of Israel. Therefore, the Palestinians compose around 20% of the Israeli population. In addition, some 2.6 million Palestinians live in the West Bank including 200,000 living in East Jerusalem and around 1.6 million living in the Gaza Strip (at least before the current Israeli genocide on the Gazans which started in October 2023). However, there are around 5.6 million Palestinian people who are living in the diaspora, outside Palestine mainly in Lebanon, Syria, and Jordan. 

Among all Palestinian diaspora groups, the largest one (some 2.7 million) lives in Jordan (not taking into consideration the territory of the West Bank which legally belonged to the Kingdom of Jordan). Many of them still live in those refugee camps established in 1949 while others became town dwellers. Some Palestinian refugees took refuge in Saudi Arabia or other Arab Gulf states while others moved to other countries of the Middle East or the rest of the world. Among all Arab states, only Jordan granted citizenship to those Palestinians living there. That became, however, the formal reason for some Zionist Jews to claim that Jordan is, in fact, already a national state of the Palestinians and, therefore, there is no real need to establish an independent state of Palestine. On the other hand, nonetheless, many Palestinians claim that the USA is, basically, the national state of the Jews, and, subsequently, Israel in the Middle East does not need to exist (as the second national state of the Jews).

Nevertheless, the situation of the Palestinian refugees in South Lebanon is particularly disastrous as many Lebanese are blaming them for the civil war that ruined the country in 1975−1991 and, therefore, demand that all Lebanese Palestinians have to be resettled somewhere else as a precondition to re-install peace in the country. Especially the Lebanese Christians are very anxious to rid the country of the Muslim Palestinians as they fear that the Palestinians are undermining the religious balance of Lebanon. 

Israeli Palestinians

When Israel was proclaimed as an independent state in May 1948, there were only some 150,000 Arab Palestinians within its borders. On one hand, all of them were granted the citizenship of Israel which means automatically and with the right to vote.[2] However, on the other hand, they de facto have been second-class citizens (i.e. the ethnic and confessional minority) for the very reason that Israel was officially defined as both a Jewish state and the state of the Jewish people.[3] The Arab Palestinians are not the Jews (even though both are the Semites).[4] Most of those Israeli Palestinians were subjected before the 1967 Arab-Israeli War to the military authority which restricted their free movement followed by other civic rights like work, free speech, association, etc. The Palestinians were not allowed to be the full members of the Israeli trade union federation (the Histadrut) up to 1965. However, the focal problem was that the State of Israel confiscated around 40% of Palestinian land to be used for development projects.[5] However, from the majority of such state’s development projects, mostly exactly Israeli Jews profited but not Israeli Arab Palestinians. 

One of the basic claims by the Arab Palestinians in Israel is that all Israeli authorities are systematically discriminating against them by allocating very few resources for health care, education, public works, economic development, or resources for municipal governmental authorities to the Arab-populated land. Another general claim is that Israeli Palestinians are as well as systematically discriminated against for the right to preserve and develop their cultural, national, and political identity. As a matter of fact, Israeli Palestinians have been up to 1967 totally isolated from the Arab world but as well as very much understood by other Arabs as traitors who left to live in the oppressive Zionist anti-Arab State of Israel. However, since The 1967 Six-Day War, the majority of Israeli Palestinians have become more self-confident in their Arab Palestinian national identity, especially during the last 20+ years as Zionist Israeli authorities prohibited commemorating the Al Nakba which is either the expulsion or flight of at least 500.000 Arab Palestinians in 1948−1949 during the first Arab-Israeli war. 

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. Vladislav B. Sotirović is a former university professor in Vilnius, Lithuania. He is a Research Fellow at the Center for Geostrategic Studies. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.  

Notes

[1] About the Israeli-Palestinian conflict, see in [Martin Bunton, The Palestinian-Israeli Conflict: A Very Short Introduction, New York: Oxford University Press, 2013].

[2] Nevertheless, in some cases, the Israeli Central Elections Committee in practice used very politically coloured criteria to discriminate against those Arab Palestinians whose political views are understood to be unacceptable, especially at the time of the parliamentary elections.  

[3] About the ideological-political background of the creation of Israel as a nation-state of the Jews, see in [Theodor Herzl, The Jewish State: The Historic Essay that Led to the Creation of the State of Israel, Skyhorse, 2019].

[4] Semitic peoples are supposed to descend from Shem, son of Biblical Noah. Particularly it is assumed for the Jews, Arabs, Ancient World’s Phoenicians, and Assyrians [Alan Isaacs, et al (eds.), A Dictionary of World History, Oxford−New York: Oxford University Press, 2000, 563]. There is a claim that, in fact, present-day Palestinians descended from the Phoenicians and that the term Palestinians is corrupted Phoenicians.     

[5] Israeli Palestinians are commemorating on March 30th Land Day to protest the continuing confiscation of Arab territories by the Israeli Government. The first protest on this day was in 1976 when the Israeli security forces killed six Palestinians. Since this incident, the Palestinians either in the diaspora or in Israel commemorate this day as a national day.  

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

Fifty-one percent of Americans criticised the bill providing Ukraine with an additional $61 billion, according to a survey released on April 23 by Daily Express US. Yet, US President Joe Biden enthusiastically signed away this enormous amount of money to the financial black hole that Ukraine has become after the Senate approved it on the same day as the survey’s release.

“The findings by the Washington DC based Democracy Institute in a survey of 1,500 voters has revealed that 51% disapprove of the decision to vote for the package by majority of Represenatives in Congress while only 39% support it,” the outlet reported. “The poll also reveals even stronger opposition to Joe Biden’s rigid stance on the Ukraine war with 60% disapproving of his handling of the conflict while only 27% approve.”

On April 20, almost six months after Biden first presented it, the US House of Representatives approved sending new military equipment and resources to Ukraine. Three hundred and eleven parliamentarians supported it, while 112 opposed it. On April 23, US Senators approved the bill by 79 votes in favour and 18 against.

Notably, the bill also contains measures to transfer frozen Russian sovereign assets to Ukraine.

It is recalled that at the start of Russia’s special military operation in Ukraine in February 2022, the European Union and G7 members blocked almost half of Russian assets abroad, amounting to about €3 billion. Initially, the EU planned to spend the money stolen from Russia on the reconstruction of Ukraine, but then Brussels stated that, due to the difficult situation on the battlefield and the shortage of weapons and ammunition, the money could be spent on military support for Kiev.

Brussels has held off from these actions, but now that the US has legislated the illegal transfer of frozen Russian sovereign assets to Ukraine, the EU will undoubtedly soon follow, even if the EU’s foreign policy chief Josep Borrell said on April 23 that the bloc is not going to seize frozen Russian assets for “the time being” due to the lack of clarity on legal issues in this regard.

In a call with Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky on April 22, Biden assured that “his administration will quickly provide significant new security assistance packages to meet Ukraine’s urgent battlefield and air defence needs.” However, this is highly unlikely, considering more than $23 billion of the $61 billion is needed to rebuild the US’ exhausted arsenals. Therefore, Kiev will receive very little from the so-called aid package, which is mostly on credit anyway.

The package is not similar to previous ones since it is based on a credit system, while the projected funds will be used for specific needs. At least $11 billion of the entire aid sum will be invested in financing ongoing US military operations in the region, and some $7.85 billion will be transferred for direct budget support to Kiev, excluding pension payments. About $14 billion will be allocated for weapon and military-related purchases.

Most of the money nominally allocated to Ukraine will remain in the US economy and military-industrial complex. Russian Defence Ministry Sergei Shoigu also highlighted this point on April 23.

“Washington intends to allocate almost $61 billion to the Kiev regime to prevent the collapse of the Ukrainian armed forces. Most of the allocations will finance the military industry of the United States. The US authorities cynically declare that Ukrainians will die for their interests in the fight against Russia,” Shoigu said.

For his part, Kremlin spokesperson Dmitry Peskov said that the US’s new military aid package for Kiev would not change the situation on the battlefield and would only increase Ukraine’s military losses. Such losses are proving devastating for the country, especially after the revelation by Shoigu that Ukraine has lost almost half a million soldiers since the beginning of the special military operation.

“In total, the losses of the Ukrainian armed forces amounted to almost half a million military personnel since the beginning of the special military operation,” Shoigu said.

With the Ukrainian military suffering catastrophic casualty numbers and most Americans not supporting further aid, Biden reduces his chances of being re-elected in November by continuing this reckless policy, especially at a time when Donald Trump is leading in the polls and promising to end all support for Kiev. More importantly, supplying weapons to Ukraine does not contribute to the Russian-Ukrainian negotiations and will only have a negative effect as it prolongs the Ukrainian military’s ability to continue a futile war.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Ahmed Adel is a Cairo-based geopolitics and political economy researcher. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source

The March to the Third World War Continues. Dr. Paul C. Roberts

April 29th, 2024 by Dr. Paul Craig Roberts

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

I admire Putin, but I am his critic. I think he is unintentionally leading us into World War 3.

Putin’s limited military operation in Ukraine confined to clearing Ukrainian Nazi militias and Ukrainian military forces out of Donbas, a Russian speaking province attached to Ukraine by Soviet leaders as was Russian Crimea, was a strategic blunder.

It was a strategic blunder that followed four or five previous strategic blunders within the Ukraine context. There were others outside the Ukraine context.

Donbas formed into two independent republics in response to the anti-Russian coup orchestrated by the United States that overthrew the elected Ukrainian government. Putin’s first strategic blunder was in permitting Washington’s overthrow of the democratically elected Ukrainian government.

In 2014 after the overthrow of the Ukrainian government the two independent Donbas republics voted overwhelmingly, as did Crimea, to be reincorporated into Russia. Putin accepted Crimea’s request, as otherwise Russia would lose its Black Sea naval base, but rejected the request of the Donetsk and Luhansk republics.

This was Putin’s second strategic blunder. If Putin or the Kremlin or the Russian government had given equal treatment to Donetsk and Luhansk a decade ago in 2014, there would have been no limited military operation with Ukraine. Neither Ukraine, NATO, nor Washington would dared to have attacked Russian territory in order to “recover Donbass.”

If the US persisted in bringing Ukraine into NATO, Putin would have been forced to recognize that he was at war with the West and that he had no alternative but to reestablish Ukraine to its many centuries existence as a part of Russia. Ukraine’s “independence” is an American creation 30 years old. Every Western analyst has overlooked, or kept silent about, the fact that the dismemberment of Russia after the collapse of the Soviet Union is like the dismemberment of Germany after World War I, the difference being that Hitler was determined to put Germany back together but Putin has no such ambition. If truth be known, Putin is essentially a 20th century Western liberal, and this is why he is failing as a war leader of Russia in the 21st century.

Instead of accepting the Donbas vote, Putin elected to leave Donbas in Ukraine, but he tried to protect the Russian population there with the Minsk Agreement sometimes called the Minsk Protocol. Briefly, under the Minsk Agreement, Donbas remained in Ukraine but was granted some forms of autonomy, such as its own police force in order to protect the Russian population from being persecuted by the Ukrainian government. Putin secured the signatures of Ukraine and the two independent republics to the agreement, and he secured the agreement of Germany and France to enforce the agreement. Quite clearly, despite the obvious lies of Washington, EU governments, and the Western presstitutes, Putin intended no “invasion of Ukraine” or even a limited military operation. He wanted to avoid military conflict

During the next eight years from 2014-2022 we witnessed extraordinary diplomatic efforts by Putin and Russian Foreign Minister Lavrov, the two most capable diplomats of our time, to work out a mutual security agreement between the West and Russia, even including Russia as a member of NATO.

For eight years Russia got the West’s cold shoulder. In December of 2021 and January of 2022 Putin and Lavrov worked hard to secure a mutual defense agreement with the West in order to defuse the military action that Washington was forcing on Russia to defend the Donbas Russians from the large Ukrainian army Washington had built while Putin for eight years had his hopes on the Minsk Protocol. In the past year or two both the German Chancellor Merkel and the French President admitted that the Minsk Protocol was used to deceive Putin while the West built up the Ukrainian military. You can find these admissions online. Here, for example, is Merkel:

According to former German Chancellor Angela Merkel, the Minsk agreement served to buy time to arm Ukraine. “The 2014 Minsk agreement was an attempt to give Ukraine time,” Merkel told the weekly Die Zeit. “It also used this time to become stronger, as you can see today (December 21, 2022).”

Putin expressed his disappointment in Merkel’s confession:

Vladimir Putin, the President of Russia, has been disappointed by the statement of German ex-Chancellor Angela Merkel, where she claimed that the Minsk agreements of 2014 enabled Ukraine to prepare for the war with Russia. “For me, it was completely unexpected. It is disappointing. I did not expect to hear something like that from the ex-Chancellor. I always hoped that the German leadership was genuine. Yes, she was on Ukraine’s side, supporting it. But nevertheless, I genuinely hoped that German leadership expected a settlement based on the principles achieved, among other things, during the Minsk negotiations.”

undefined

The leaders of Belarus, Russia, Germany, France, and Ukraine at the 11–12 February 2015 summit in Minsk, Belarus (Licensed under CC BY 4.0)

The naivety Putin reveals is extraordinary. He is a babe in the woods having to contend with Satan.

Faced with an Ukrainian invasion of the Donbas republics, Putin was forced to intervene. But having foolishly trusted the West to abide by the Minsk agreement, Putin was not prepared for military action. He had to rely on a private military unit, whose professionalism embarrassed the Russian generals who came to see Yevgeny Prigozhin and the Wagner Group as the enemy instead of the West.

When a few of Prigozhin’s men marched on Moscow in protest of the high casualty manner in which the conflict was being managed and demanded the use of force to get the war over, the jealous Russian generals told Putin it was a coup attempt and by deceiving Putin achieved their aims of banning Prigozhin, latter killed in a mysterious airplane crash, and incorporating the Wagner Group into the Russian army. Like generals the world over, their last concern was the conflict. Generals use wars to build empires.

The “limited military operation” was one of the worst strategic blunders in world history. It was a blunder because Putin failed to perceive that he was at war with the West and that the most desperate need was to win the war immediately before the West could get involved and step by step escalate and widen the war.

This is precisely what has happened. Everything the West affirmed would not be sent to Ukraine has been sent. The West is fully at war with Russia in Ukraine. US and NATO troops are present on the scene, providing intelligence, targeting information, battle plans. French President Macron and now other European politicians are talking about deploying NATO troops on the front lines. They argue that Russia, confronted with NATO and US troops will stop its advance in order to avoid a wider war. In other words, the argument is that introducing NATO soldiers into the conflict will lead to peace.

But peace is not what the West desires. The West has blocked every effort that Putin has made with Zelensky. The only purpose of the NATO troops is to widen the war or to intimidate Putin into withdrawing from the conflict.

This is obvious to everyone but the Russian government.

What is it that prevent’s the Kremlin’s recognization of reality? I can only speculate. Perhaps communist rule left Russians suspicious of their government. It was the US and not the USSR that was successful. The Soviet system was repressive, but the Americans were believed to be free. Radio Free Europe and Voice of America painted a rosy picture of Western life, a dream for Russians experiencing Soviet deprivation.

Among the Russian intellectual class the West, not Russia, was the future. The pro-Western Russian elites are known as the Atlanticist-Integrationists, a term that reflects their desire to be part of the West. I know from personal experience with them that it took events and a long time for these Atlanticist-Integrationists to wake up and realize their delusion. But for years they were a constraint on Putin, if one was needed, as Putin himself was initially besotted with the West. Putin even fell for “globalism,” a means of Western control. So did his stupid central bank director.

From the standpoint of the Atlanticist-Integrationists, the point is to avoid justifying Western suspicions of Russia caused by Putin defending Russian interests. The West would interpret decisive Russian actions in defense of Russia as “Russia rebuilding its empire.” Consequently, the Russian liberals and the youth cultivated by foreign NGO money operating in Russia unregulated imposed constraints on Putin’s ability to defend his country, even if he understood the problem, which is not clear.

Considering the vast disproportion in the military power of Russia and Ukraine even with Western armaments and untold billions of dollars, the continuation of the conflict into a third year has created the image of an irresolute Russian leadership, afraid to win in case it provokes a wider conflict. Putin and his government and his military, unlike Prigozhin, have made the strategic blunder of failing to understand that letting the conflict drag on permits the West to get increasingly involved. Whether NATO troops appear or not, the West has other means of escalating the conflict until it spins out of control.

UK defense chief, Admiral Sir Tony Radakin, told the Financial Times that the latest delivery of long-range missiles to Ukraine allows Ukraine to “increase long-range attacks inside Russia” and helps Kyiv shape the war in much stronger ways.

So that you understand, the long-range missiles, which President Biden denied would ever be given to Ukraine, have been given. They are not battlefield weapons. Their use is to further embarrass Putin with inability to protect Russian civilians and infrastructure from Ukrainian attacks inside mother Russia. Clearly, Washington is doing everything it can to embarrass Putin with Russians, and Putin is playing into Washington’s hands.

Putin’s limited military operation is a total failure. Yes, Russia dominates the battle front. But by restraining the use of force Putin has created the impression that he is irresolute and an inconsequential military opponent. Even the president of France, hardly a military power, is unafraid of Russia under Putin and is willing to send French troops to fight for Ukraine against Russia.

Initially the French president was ridiculed for suggesting NATO troops be sent to Ukraine. Now others are warming to the idea. 


The American president declared never would long range missiles be delivered to Ukraine, and now they have been.

As I warned, Putin’s failure to put down a heavy foot has encouraged provocation after worsening provocation, and these provocations invited by Putin’s non-response are leading to a provocation the Putin will not be able to ignore, and then the world blows up.

When will Putin understand that all he has gained from his limited military operation is a wider war, two new NATO members–Finland and Sweden–that greatly expand (more that Ukraine) Russia’s borders with NATO, and deliveries to the anti-Russian government in Ukraine of weapons unintended for the battlefield but for long distance strikes into Russia, which will make Russia look weak and Putin a failure as a war leader who is unable to protect his country?

The US Secretary of State, Blinken, was recently in China doing his best to unwind the Russian-Chinese relationship. Putin’s inability to deal with such a minor military adversary as Ukraine must make China wonder. Clearly Putin’s failure to win a war, now in its third year which he should have won in 3 weeks, provided Blinken with the opportunity to pressure China. Blinken saw the opportunity and used it. Blinken gained the support of a Chinese “Russian expert” and the ear of the Chinese government.

China itself is an ineffectual defender of its interest. Chinese thinking teaches the long run perspective. China simply waits out its opponents, but the West is immediate, which is something China doesn’t understand.

There is still no Russian-Chinese-Iranian Mutual Defense Treaty that would put a halt to Western provocations and war-making. No doubt the Russians and Chinese don’t want to be provocative. This indicates that they are incapable of realizing that they are at war.

To sum up: Putin thinks Russia has won the conflict because, despite $200 billion in US aid, Russia dominates the battlefield. Ukrainian casualties are 10 or more times Russian casualties, and the Western weapons are vastly inferior to the Russian ones. Putin thinks it is only a matter of time before the West comes to its senses and realizes it has lost and agrees to Russia’s conditions for ending the conflict. Why does Putin think that the West has any sense to come to? Putin is deceiving himself.

Putin should read Mike Whitney’s latest. Whitney has an independent uncompromised mind concerned only with the truth. Whiteny says, backed with the evidence, that the US, understanding that it has lost the battlefront war, nevertheless still intends to win the real war and has moved to Plan B. Plan B is to prolong the conflict with aid not for the lost battlefield but for long distant strikes into Russia against civilian centers and essential social and economic infrastructure. The success of these strikes will show Putin to be a failure, a leader unable to protect mother Russia from a non-existant military power–Ukraine.

Will the pro-Western Russian intellectuals seize on “Putin’s failure to protect Russia” by pushing for a peace accord that results in Ukraine’s admission to NATO?

In other words, Putin’s timidity, restraint, and miscalculations have defeated him. Here is Whitney’s analysis of the US Plan B.

Putin has been seriously damaged by the incomprehensible failure of Russian intelligence. Where, for example, was Putin when the US/Israeli trained and armed Georgian Army attacked the Russian protectorate of South Ossetia killing Russian troops serving as peace keepers? Putin was at the Chinese olympics unaware that he was faced with a dangerous crisis. Putin was recalled from his fun and games and had to use an unprepared Russian Army to repel the American/Israeli trained Georgian army. Then when he again had Georgia in Russian hands, he left, apparently leaving in exchange for a less hostile government toward Russia. Now there are reports, true or false, of another Georgian color revolution against the Georgian government that is not sufficiently hostile to Russia.

Do we have here a second war front opening against Russia in addition to Ukraine? And what about the reports that NATO is focusing on Belarus where Russian nuclear weapons are stationed if not deployed? Will a third war front open? 

Russian intelligence also failed Putin when the Washington orchestrated Maiden Revolution occurred. Putin had no warning of what was happening on his doorstep. He was away, again, enjoying the Sochi olympics while Washington took possession of Ukraine, a part of Russia for centuries.

What explains these massive total failures of Russian intelligence? Are the Russian intelligence services so pro-Western that they are incapable of seeing reality? Or are the intelligence agencies operating under a protocol in which only a happy agreement can be the result of the US orchestrated conflict between Russia and the West?

If Putin continues to deny reality, he risks losing his alliance with China. This will end dollar replacement in the settlement of international balances and leave the entirety of the dissenting world at the mercy of US financial sanctions. Can even this report from RT bring Putin to confront reality?

“Specifically, an article in The Economist by Feng Yujun, a professor at Peking University, has caused a stir. This methodical, official expert on Russia and the Ukraine conflict speaks very much in the spirit of Western political thought: he criticizes Moscow, predicts its defeat, praises Kiev for its ‘strength and unity of its resistance,’ and even suggests that if Russia doesn’t change its power structure, it will continue to threaten international security by provoking wars.

“Knowing how Chinese society is organized, it’s hard to imagine that the professor who penned this article was acting at his own risk without the support of responsible comrades in Beijing. The recent refusal of four major Chinese banks to accept payments from Russia, even in yuan, can also be seen as an alarming signal to Moscow. In other words, it may turn out that the Russian-Chinese alliance, so strong in words, is far from being effective and trouble-free in practice. And Blinken would certainly have tried to consolidate this trend.”

Clearly, Putin has no economic and political advisers with sufficient intelligence and awareness to tell him the dangerous situation he has created for himself and for Russia. And for the world, as the consequence will be nuclear war.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Paul Craig Roberts is a renowned author and academic, chairman of The Institute for Political Economy where this article was originally published. Dr. Roberts was previously associate editor and columnist for The Wall Street Journal. He was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy during the Reagan Administration. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

 

 

Papers Reviewed

Animal Studies:

  • 2020, Ramadan et al – The pharmacological effect of apricot seeds extracts and amygdalin in experimentally induced liver damage and hepatocellular carcinoma

    • Rats were fed with apricot seed extracts, amygdalin and silymarin and were exposed to a liver toxin and liver carcinogen.
    • Conclusion: “Apricot seeds possess hepatoprotective and anticancer activities that justify its traditional use, and its potential for the treatment of liver diseases including hepatocellular carcinoma.
  • 2021, Hosny et alPrunus Armeniaca L. Seed Extract and Its Amygdalin Containing Fraction Induced Mitochondrial-Mediated Apoptosis and Autophagy in Liver Carcinogenesis
    • in vitro investigation of the anticancer activity of Apricot Extract (AE) and Amygdalin Containing Fraction (ACF), additionally studying their therapeutic effects on DMBA induced liver carcinogenesis mice model
    • conclusion: “AE and ACF were found to stimulate the apoptotic process by up-regulating caspase-3 expression and down-regulating Bcl-2 expression. They also reduced VEGF and PCNA levels and increased the antioxidant defense system. Moreover, AE and ACF treatments also inhibited HepG2 and EAC cell proliferation and up-regulated Beclin-1 expression.”
  • 2021, Mohamed et al – Utilization of Grape and Apricot Fruits By-products as Cheap Source for Biologically Active Compounds for Health Promotion
    • apricot kernel nutraceutical showed anti-cancer activity against liver carcinoma cells, breast cancer cells and lung cancer cells (grape seed nutraceutical was more promising than apricot kernel)
    • grape seed nutraceutical showed highest content of phenolic compounds and total flavonoids and showed highest antioxidant activity
    • apricot kernel nutraceutical was completely safe up to 6g/kg in mice.
  • 2022, Al-Fatlawi et al – Effect of adding local apricot seed (prunus armeniaca) powder in feed of mice suffering from gastrointestinal cancer
    • mice were fed varying concentrations of apricot seeds
    • Conclusion: “introduction of apricot seeds in the diet of experimental animals led to an increase in weight…Apricot seeds contain minerals and active substances that led to the animal’s recovery from digestive cancer and an increase in its weight.

In Vitro Studies:

  • 2020, Aamazadeh et al – Bitter apricot ethanolic extract induces apoptosis through increasing expression of Bax/Bcl-2 ratio and caspase-3 in PANC-1 pancreatic cancer cells
    • bitter apricot ethanolic extract BAEE and amygdalin inhibited cancer cell growth in a dose- and time-dependent manner
    • conclusion: “bitter apricot ethanolic extract BAEE functions as a potent pro-apoptotic factor for human pancreatic cancer cells
  • 2022, Etminan et al – Ultrasonic Nano emulsification of Apricot Kernel Oil and Its Therapeutics Effects on Suppression of Human Lung Cancer Cells (A549)
    • apricot kernel oil was able to inhibit lung cancer cells with different strategies
    • induced apoptosis, antioxidant, and inhibited angiogenesis

Reviews 

2021, Hawar Jawdat Jaafar – Effects of Apricot and Apricot Kernels on Human health and Nutrition: A Review of Recent Human Research

  • Apricot (Prunus armeniaca L.) belongs to the Rosaceae family. In Angiosperms, Rosaceae is one of the largest families with around 3,400 species which includes almonds, apples, peaches, plums, strawberries and cherries, distributed throughout the northern temperate regions of the world
  • It is a temperate fruit and grows in climates with well differentiated seasons.
  • The apricot originates from China and dates back to 2000 BC
  • Gradually they made their way through the Persian Empire to the Mediterranean, where they were best adapted
  • Currently, the main apricot planting zones include a strip stretching from Turkey to Iran, the Himalayas, the Hindu Kush, China, and Japan. However, the largest production of apricots in the world is provided from Mediterranean countries
  • Turkey has 20% of world’s apricot production

Apricot Seeds

  • the seeds contain the cyanogenic glycoside amygdalin
  • Amygdalin is used in traditional chinese medicine to relieve “blood stagnation” and to treat abscesses
  • Amygdalin is also used as an anti-cancer agent since the 1800s
  • Apricot fruit contains varying levels of phytochemicals such as polyphenols (phenolic acids and flavonoids) and carotenoids
  • catechins are the most common phenolic compound in Turkish apricots
  • flavonoids in apricots are mostly found as quercetin, kaempferol, and rutin glycosides and rutinosides

  • Apricot kernels appear to be an important source of natural antioxidants such as tocopherols and phenolic compounds
  • Apricots have shown anti-carcinogenic potential in a number of studies.
  • In 2010, Enomoto and colleagues found that consumption of 3 Japanese apricots per day had an inhibitory effect on gastric mucosal inflammation and the progression of chronic gastritis due to Helicobacter pylori infection (Enomoto et al., 2010).

2022, Kitic et al – Anticancer Potential and Other Pharmacological Properties of Prunus armeniaca L.: An Updated Overview

  • major constituent of apricot seeds (up to 4.9%) is the cyanogenic glycoside amygdalin, followed by other cyanogenic compounds such as prunasin and mandelonitrile.
  • Other constituents include various fatty acids, mostly oleic, palmitic and linoleic acid, phytosterols, essential amino acids, the enzyme emulsin, as well as vitamins and minerals
  • Amygdalin, sometimes referred to as vitamin B17, although it is not classified as a vitamin, has a molecular formula of C20H27NO11.

Anti-Cancer Activities

  • apricot seed bioactive compounds displayed anticancer activity by ↑apoptosis, ↑cytotoxicity, ↓angiogenesis, ↓tumor growth, and cell cycle arrest.
  • rat glioma cells – Canned apricots showed the strongest antiproliferative effect inhibition, followed by dried, and then frozen apricots.
    • It is considered that the process of canning releases bioactive compounds that are responsible for the antiproliferative effects. The drying and freezing process also affects phytochemicals, though to a lesser extent, and can degrade phenolic compounds and carotenoids
  • oral cancers – ethanolic apricot seed extract showed activity on oral cancer cells
  • liver cancer – aqueous-methanolic apricot seed extract and its amygdalin-containing fraction displayed anticancer activity by inducing apoptosis and autophagy, reducing cell proliferation, increasing antioxidant defenses, and reducing the release of the pro-inflammatory marker TNF-α and the vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF)—a marker of angiogenesis.
    • 20% ethanolic extract prepared from kernels of bitter apricots of Bulgarian origin, containing the cyanogenic glycosides amygdalin, deidaclin, linamarin, and prulaurasin, demonstrated antigenotoxic, antirecombinogenic, antimutagenic, and anticarcinogenic effects in yeast cell-based assays
    • ethanolic extract from apricot flesh showed strong cytotoxicity on hepatocellular carcinoma cells
    • (2021 Hosny) – apricot seed extract tested on mice – protected their liver. Amygdalin was able to induce oxidative-depended apoptotic cell death
    • (2014 Karabulut) – apricot fruit protected liver of rats from radiation injury
    • (2020 Ramadan) – apricot seed ethanolic extracts 70% and 99.9% protected liver and reduced liver cancer incidence
  • colon cancer – apricot kernel 80% ethanol extracts
    • (2014 Aysun) – rats fed a diet of 20% sun dried apricots and exposed to carcinogens, had reduced telomerase activity (increase cancer cell death)
    • (2019 Cassiem) – colon cancer cells had decreased cell proliferation, increased apoptosis and cell cycle arrest with apricot kernels 80% ethanol extract.
  • pancreatic cancer
    • (2021 Aamazadeh) – pancreatic cancer cell growth was inhibited by ethanolic extract of bitter and sweet apricot kernels as well as amygdalin
      • bitter apricot kernal extract was more effective than sweet apricot kernel
  • breast cancer
    • (2019 Mahmoudi) – apricot extract significantly inhibited proliferation of breast cancer cells
    • (2019 Sireesha) – aqueous, methanolic, and ethanolic extracts from apricot kernels inhibited growth of breast cancer cells
    • (2007 Yoo) – ethanolic extract of apricot flesh showed cytotoxicity against breast cancer cells
  • lung cancer
    • (2007 Yoo) – ethanolic extract of apricot flesh showed strong cytotoxicity against lung cancer cells
    • Fei-Liu-Ping is a Traditional Chinese Medicine used to treat lung cancer and contains apricot and other medicinal plants – was shown to inhibit growth of lung cancer cells
    • In a study done in a Malaysian hospital, 30% of cancer patients receiving chemo used apricot seeds – they had improved prognosis, reduced risk of thrombosis and other side effects of chemo like skin rashes.
  • urogenital cancers
    • (2016 Lee) – apricot seed extract had effect on bladder cancer cells
    • (2016 Lee) – apricot seed extract induced apoptosis in prostate cancer cells
    • (2007 Yoo) – ethanolic apricot flesh extract showed potent cytotoxicity on human cervical adenoca cells
  • skin cancer
    • (2016 Li) – apricot seed essential oil inhibited growth of skin cancer cells via cell cycle arrest, apoptosis
    • (1997 Kapadia) – apricot fruit extract 95% ethanolic inhibited skin carcinogenesis in mice
  • leukemia
    • (2019 Manshadi) – Aqueous, ethyl acetate, and hydromethanolic extracts from apricot seeds inhibited the growth of leukemia cells
    • The ethyl acetate extract, containing 0.67% of amygdalin, showed the strongest activity. This extract caused almost 50% apoptosis after 48 hours.
    • (2007 Lee) – mice fed with apricot kernels showed significant reduction of cancer growth (lymphosarcoma)

2023 June, Sharma et al – Vitamin B17: Cancer Cure or Quackery? A Comprehensive Review

  • A substance known as Vitamin B17, also referred to as amygdalin or laetrile, has garnered attention as a potential anti-cancer agent
  • the use of Vitamin B17 in cancer treatment remains controversial, with conflicting viewpoints on its effectiveness and safety
  • Vitamin B17 gained prominence due to its association with apricot kernels, which contain a compound called amygdalin. Advocates of Vitamin B17 propose that this compound, when ingested, releases cyanide, a toxic substance, which purportedly selectively targets and destroys cancer cells while sparing normal cells. This mechanism, often touted as “targeted chemotherapy,”
  • Amygdalin is a disaccharide found mostly in fruit kernels of peach, bitter almond and apricot.
  • Amygdalin’s anticancer activity is believed to be related to the cytotoxic effects of enzymatically released HCN (hydrogen cyanide) and unhydrolyzed cyanoglycosides
  • Derived from amygdalin, laetrile has been used as a complementary and alternative natural therapy in the treatment of cancer for over 30 years
  • Amygdalin belongs to the cyanoglycosides (CG) group of organic compounds
  • primary function of cyanogenic glycosides is to protect plants from insects and large herbivores. Amygdalin levels typically increase during fruit enlargement and remain constant or slightly decrease during ripening
  • The bitterness of almond grains is determined by the content of cyanogenic amygdalin diglucosides
  • In the 1920s, Dr. Ernst T. Krebs, Sr., formulated a theory that amygdalin could kill cancer cells.
    • In the 1950s, a reportedly nontoxic, partly synthetic form of amygdalin was made and patented in the United States as “Laetrile” (co-patented by his son Ernst Krebs Jr)

Laetrile in Canada 

Health Canada has not approved any medicinal or natural health uses of apricot kernels, laetrile or “vitamin B17” and does not permit cancer treatment claims for natural health products.Dec.19, 2018

Laetrile in USA 

In 1980, the U.S. Supreme Court acted to uphold a federal ban on interstate shipment of laetrile. As a result, the use of laetrile has greatly diminished, but the compound continues to be manufactured and administered as an anticancer therapy, primarily in Mexico, and in some clinics in the United States.

“Although the names laetrile, Laetrile, vitamin B-17, and amygdalin are often used interchangeably, they are not the same product. The chemical composition of U.S.-patented Laetrile (mandelonitrile-beta-glucuronide), a semisynthetic derivative of amygdalin, is different from the laetrile/amygdalin produced in Mexico (mandelonitrile beta-D-gentiobioside), which is made from crushed apricot pits

“Mandelonitrile, which contains a cyanide group, is a structural component of both products. It has been proposed that released (hydrogen) cyanide is the active cancer-killing ingredient in laetrile, but two other breakdown products of amygdalin—prunasin (which is similar in structure to Laetrile) and benzaldehyde—may also be cancer cell inhibitors.[1720] The studies discussed in this summary used either Mexican laetrile/amygdalin or the patented form. In most instances, the generic term laetrile will be used in this summary; however, a distinction will be made between the products when necessary.”

“Laetrile can be administered orally as a pill, or it can be given by injection(intravenous or intramuscular). It is commonly given intravenously for a period of time followed by oral maintenance therapy. The incidence of cyanide poisoning is much higher when laetrile is taken orally [2123] because intestinal bacteria and some commonly eaten plants contain enzymes (beta-glucosidases) that activate the release of cyanide after laetrile has been ingested.[17,22] Relatively little breakdown occurs to yield the (hydrogen) cyanide when laetrile is injected.[7,22] Administration schedules and the length of treatment in animal models and humans vary widely.”

My Take…

Apricot seeds, amygdalin, laetrile and Vitamin B17 are heavily mired in controversy to this day.

Controversy in recent years:

  1. 2016 – European Food Safety Authority – Apricot kernels pose risk of cyanide poisoning (source)
    1. Eating more than three small raw apricot kernels, or less than half of one large kernel, in a serving can exceed safe levels.
    2. A naturally-occurring compound called amygdalin is present in apricot kernels and converts to cyanide after eating. Cyanide poisoning can cause nausea, fever, headaches, insomnia, thirst, lethargy, nervousness, joint and muscle various aches and pains, and falling blood pressure. In extreme cases it is fatal.
    3. “Based on these limits and the amounts of amygdalin typically present in raw apricot kernels, EFSA’s experts estimate that adults could consume three small apricot kernels (370mg), without exceeding the ARfD.”
  2. 2017 – Health Canada – “Snacking on bitter apricot kernels? You’re at risk of cyanide poisoning, Health Canada warns” (source)
    1. “Health Canada advises those who choose to consume bitter apricot kernels to limit their consumption to no more than three kernels per day for adults, ground and mixed with other foods,” the advisory said.
    2. “Children should not eat the bitter kernels at all.”
  3. 2018 – Health Canada proposed to add cyanide in apricot kernels to the list of contaminants and other adulterating substances in foods (source)
  4. 2021 – Health Canada recalls (seven) apricot kernel products due to cyanide poisoning risk -“Apricot kernels naturally contain amygdalin, which can release cyanide after being eaten.” (source)
    1. Symptoms of cyanide poisoning include weakness and confusion, anxiety, restlessness, headache, nausea, difficulty breathing and shortness of breath, loss of consciousness, seizures and cardiac arrest.
    2. Health Canada advises you call a doctor if you become sick after consuming one of the recalled products.
    3. As of yet, there have been no reported illnesses linked to the products.
  5. 2019 – New York arm-wrestling legend and his mom arrested for selling ‘Apricots From God’ as bogus cancer cure (source)
    1. “Agents with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration arrested the mother and son on Wednesday at their Queens home on charges of contempt of court, alleging that Vale, 51, has continued to violate a 2000 court order that banned him from selling the seeds as a purported cure for cancer.”
    2. “This marks the second time Vale has been arrested for contempt after continuing his Apricots From God enterprise despite warnings to shut it down;he was convicted in 2003 and sentenced to five years in prison for the crime. Jason and his 77-year-old mother, Barbara Vale, are also charged with introducing items into commerce by making false statements.”
  6. 2023 Dec – TGA seizes amygdalin during search warrant in Brisbane, Australia (source)

My Approach: 

There are dozens of studies confirming anti-cancer effects for apricot fruit, apricot seeds (bitter kernels), and amygdalin (a compound in apricot kernels).

Apricot fruit and kernels contain “bioactive compounds” like flavonoids (Quercetin, catechins), phenolic acids, carotenoids – with anti-cancer properties which include anti-oxidant, pro-apoptotic, anti-proliferative, cell cycle arrest inducing and angiogenesis inhibiting.

Furthermore, apricot fruit is rich in Vitamins and minerals (source).

So what’s the problem?

Let’s set aside the long complicated history of Laetrile, which is related to amygdalin.

The regulatory authorities seem to have a problem with apricot seeds. 

Health Canada first said you could “safely consume” 3 small apricot seed kernels a day. Then in 2021, they recalled seven apricot seed products due to “cyanide poisoning risk” but couldn’t produce a single person who suffered such poisoning (of course, thousands of mRNA Vaccine deaths are perfectly OK).

And the raids in New York and Brisbane on people selling Apricot seeds or amygdalin are equally bizarre and abusive.

Bottom line is this: apricot fruit and apricot seeds have proven anti-cancer properties in vitro and in vivo experiments. To what extent, isn’t entirely clear, but the effects are substantial enough.

Apricots and Apricot seeds are reasonable additions to an “Alternative Treatment” Protocol for Cancer, without any need to get involved in the “Laetrile” controversy.

Evidence suggests the apricot seeds are safe to consume and up to now, Health Canada hasn’t produced a single case of a person who got sick from apricot seeds (or a single mouse for that matter).

The apricot seed product recalls (by Health Canada) and raids in New York and Brisbane seem abusive and maybe even illegal, and it would appear that Health Canada is crossing the line to protect cancer drug sales for big pharma.

 

 

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.

Featured image is from COVID Intel

Ukraine War: Washington Moves On to Plan B

April 29th, 2024 by Mike Whitney

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

 

 

 

Here’s what everyone needs to understand about Ukraine:

The United States has already moved on to Plan B. No, the Biden administration has not issued an official statement on the matter, but the shift has already begun.

The Washington Brain-trust has abandoned any hope of winning the war outright (Plan A) and has, thus, adopted a different strategy altogether. (Plan B)

Plan B is a combination of two main elements:

  • A—A Strategy of Denial, which is ‘a defensive approach designed to stop an adversary’ from achieving its goals. In this case, the objective is to prolong the conflict for as long as possible to prevent Russian from achieving a clear victory. That is the top priority.
  • B—To continue to increase and intensify asymmetrical attacks on vital infrastructure and civilian areas in Russia proper in order to inflict as much damage on Russia as possible.

This, in essence, is Plan B.

Any concern for the Ukrainian people or the future viability of the Ukrainian state, have not been factored in to Washington’s cynical calculation.

What matters is preventing a Russian victory and inflicting as much pain on Russia as possible. Those are the primary objectives. In practical terms, that means that more Ukrainian soldiers will be slaughtered wholesale in order to continue using Ukraine as a launching pad for attacks on Russia. In fact, UK warlords have already confirmed what we are saying here. Check out this excerpt from an article at Zero Hedge:

… UK defense chief, Admiral Sir Tony Radakin, telling Financial Times that the West’s new infusion of military aid will help Ukraine increase its long-range strikes on Russian territory:

Ukraine is set to increase long-range attacks inside Russia as an influx of western military aid aims to help Kyiv shape the war “in much stronger ways”, the head of the UK military has said….

Adm. Radakin continued, “As Ukraine gains more capabilities for the long-range fight . . . its ability to continue deep operations will [increasingly] become a feature” of the war…… More of Radakin’s words point to escalation (and not negotiations) in the following… UK Defense Chief Says Ukraine To Increase Long-Range Strikes In Russia, Zero Hedge

See what I mean? This is Plan B spelled out in black and white.

There is no longer any expectation that Ukraine will win the war. None.

The country will merely be used as a platform for hectoring, harassing and terrorizing the Russian people. That’s Plan B in a nutshell.

But how can we be certain that Plan B has already begun?

First, consider the allocation of resources provided under the new “National Security Supplemental” that Biden signed into law earlier this week. The bill provides $61 billion for Ukraine, of which a mere $13 billion will be spent on weapons and weapons systems. How is that paltry sum going to help defeat the Russian Army?

Keep in mind, the US and NATO allies have already spent more than $200 billion funding the war in Ukraine, and the Ukrainians are losing. How is another $13 billion supposed to make a difference?

It won’t, nor is it intended to. As we said earlier, the real purpose of the money is to prevent a clear Russian victory by launching random attacks on critical infrastructure and civilian areas in Russia. Once you understand that the basic operational plan has changed, developments on the ground begin to make sense. The goal is to antagonize a geopolitical rival not to win a war. Capisce?

Here’s what the $61 billion aid package will not do: (According to political analyst Ted Snider)

It will not provide enough money. It will not provide the badly needed weapons, nor deliver them on time. It will not provide the even more badly needed troops. And it will not provide victory…..Though $61 billion is a massive amount of money, it is not massive enough to defeat Russia. What $61 Billion for Ukraine Won’t Do, The American Conservative

It’s worth noting, that most of Ukraine’s best-trained combat units have already been obliterated. They’re gone. That has forced the Zelensky regime to abduct men off the streets of Kiev and send them into battle with just two-weeks training, which is why casualties are so high. No one believes that these “green recruits” are going to rout the Russian Army or even slow its inexorable advance. No one. These men are simply being sacrificed so Washington can continue to launch its drone attacks on Russian oil facilities near Moscow or bomb civilian villages on the Russian border or conduct airstrikes on the Kerch Bridge . In other words, this ongoing orgy of carnage is being perpetuated so that deranged western elites can continue to deliver glancing blows that the Russian bear brushes off like a pesky mosquito.That is the value these billionaire elites place on human life. It means nothing to them. Check out this clip from an article by Scott Ritter:

US President Joe Biden recently signed a long-delayed $95 billion package, including $61 billion in aid for Ukraine, into law. At least $13.8 billion of this sum will be used to deliver weaponry, such as long-range ATACMS missiles and F-16 fighter jets….

“The $13.8 billion in military assistance that will be provided to Ukraine will be insufficient to basically halt the ongoing Russian advance,” and “to change the outcome on the battlefield,” he stated….

Russia currently enjoys “military superiority, if not outright supremacy, along the entire line of contact, not just on the front lines, but extending well into the rear areas of the Ukrainian defense areas.”… Scott Ritter: Hefty US Military Aid for Ukraine Won’t Hamper Russia’s Strategic Advantage, Sputnik

The American people who foolishly believe that the new supplemental aid package will help to expel the “evil” Russians from Ukraine are living in La la land. Nothing could be further from the truth. No one who follows events on the ground thinks Ukraine has any chance of beating a well-equipped and highly-motivated Russian Army that boasts nearly unlimited reserves, unlimited industrial capacity, unlimited resources and a firm conviction that the West is using Ukraine to break up their country and install its own puppet in Moscow. That’s what they are fighting for, and that’s why they’re going to win. Here’s more from Snider:

“$61 billion will not change the outcome of this war,” Nicolai Petro, Professor of Political Science at the University of Rhodes and the author of The Tragedy of Ukraine, (According to) Valery Zaluzhny…..That… would require five to seven times that amount, or $350-400 billion.” (But) Even if the money was sufficient, it would not provide Ukraine with the weapons it needs because the weapons are not available for purchase. (According to) Retired U.S. Army Colonel Daniel Davis, Senior Fellow at Defense Priorities: “even if you get the money, you’re not going to have the number of artillery shells, interceptor missiles for air defense. You can’t make the artillery shells any faster than we are right now. It’s a matter of physical capacity: we can’t do it.”…

Even if the West could provide Ukraine with the weapons on time, the “big problem for Ukraine,” Davis says, is not the provision of weapons, but the “manpower issue.” Ukraine’s losses on the battlefield, to death and injury, have left Ukraine with a bigger manpower problem than artillery problem…. even if the U.S. gave Ukraine all the weapons it needed, they “don’t have the men to use them.” What $61 Billion for Ukraine Won’t Do, The American Conservative

This is all pretty basic stuff. Obviously, if you don’t have the men or the money or the weapons, you’re going to lose. And, the maniacal stewards of this failed anti-Russia crusade KNOW that Ukraine is going to lose, but they’ve chosen to continue the war anyway. Why?

Because the lives, and the destruction, and the dissolution of the Ukrainian state don’t matter to them. All that matters is inflicting pain on Russia, whatever the cost. That is the ‘noble cause’ for which 500,000 Ukrainians have given their lives. And that is why this bloody debacle continues to drag on endlessly even though the outcome has never been in doubt.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on The Unz Review.

Michael Whitney is a renowned geopolitical and social analyst based in Washington State. He initiated his career as an independent citizen-journalist in 2002 with a commitment to honest journalism, social justice and World peace.

He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).  

Featured image is from TUR

The Second Fall of Babylon. Felicity Arbuthnot

April 29th, 2024 by Felicity Arbuthnot

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

[This article was published by Palestine Chronicle in 2007.]

“By the rivers of Babylon, there we sat down …. we hanged our harps upon the willows in the midst thereof.” (Psalms 137:1)

It must have been an article I wrote recently, “Erasing History” about Iraq’s splendours: I dreamt I was in Babylon again, now destroyed by the Polish and US troops. In my dream, I stood amongst the carnage, with only memories of how it was. I awoke with my head on a tear soaked pillow. Another unique wickedness wrought in the name of two professed, profoundly “Christian” leaders, the “we pray together” Bush and Blair, by degenerate “Christian soldiers”, US and Polish.

Babylon, of course, figures prominently in the Bible and its Hanging Gardens were one the of seven wonders of the ancient world. By 1792 B.C., it became the capital of the famous king, lawmaker and social reformer Hammurabi. It flourished under King Nebuchadnezzar (605-563 B.C.) who expanded and rebuilt to make it the largest and loveliest city of its time. Alexander the Great made Babylon his Capital, returning to die there in 322 B.C. The remains of the original Street of Processions had survived the millennia, but not the new crusaders.

The Lion of Babylon, symbol of the goddess Ishtar, had stood by the remains of the Main Palace since time immemorial. The ornate symbols on the back are believed to represent the belief that Ishtar would return, to stand on its back. A photograph last year showed it moved to the modern reconstructed auditorium. Only a heavy crane could have rearranged this poignant historic symbol – and only the US and Polish troops were living there. There appeared to be further damage (legend is that the last was caused by the Ottomans who believed it contained gold.)

Nebuchadnezzar’s southern palace is made up of five courtyards, each surrounded by halls and chambers, one of which is a throne room, the remains of the Hanging Gardens were here, still visible. (1)

The squatting soldiers did a bit of construction of their own, reportedly a helipad. Could these ancient wonders withstand such vibration? What of the myriad remains which lie throughout this wondrous place? Buried under a helipad and also gathered, reportedly, to fill sand bags. Tanks roamed this Biblical site, shaking and shuddering ancient and sacred structures. Tanks which destroy modern highways in hours, Babylon’s great temples reverberating. “Sacrilege”, does not even approach the enormity of this war crime.

“How many miles to Babylon? Three score and ten. Can I get there by candle-light? Yes and back again”, goes the children’s nursery rhyme; “I was a king in Babylon and you were a Christian slave”, wrote W.E. Henley (1849-1903.) Babylon has resonated wonder for four millennia.

“How many … realise that our superstitious impulse to turn our back when a black cat crosses our path stems from … Babylon? Do they come to mind when we look at the twelve divisions of our watch face … when we look up at the stars to read our fate in their movement and conjunction?” Thus wrote Leonard Woolley, archeologist, who conducted extensive excavations during the 1930’s. (2) Babylonians produced “… the principles on which harps were turned, the basis of astronomy”. Further: “No one concerned with the origins of Western civilisation can afford to ignore its roots … the visible splendour of proud Babylon and mighty Nineveh … linked with the very start of recorded history. This, their legacy, is unassailable, their renown indelible: legendary, glorious, immortal.” (3)

During the embargo years, returning from the horrors of Basra’s hospitals towards Baghdad, Abu Ziad, beloved friend, mentor, driver, would say as we approached the turning, off the main highway: “Babylon, Madam Felicity?” It was always the soul’s balm. The Ishtar Gate, entrance to a place of beauty and tranquillity – and a symbol of continuity in a world which, via the UN, had shown Iraqis cruelty beyond measure – their children dying through lack of medication and medical equipment at an average of six thousand a month.

I would carry the children I had held, watched die, or who would die, in my heart and take them and stroke the lion, the enduring symbol, for Iraqis, of resurgence, resurrection: “The Lion of Babylon will rise again …” is an Iraqi legend of regeneration.

The custodian of the site was an archaeologist in his thirties. He lived and breathed it, loving it as a living thing. During the embargo and the ongoing US/UK bombings, the wonders of the museum there – and those throughout Iraq – were removed to secret vaults for safety. But on every visit, he would solemnly take me around the museum, to the cases which had contained these ancient marvels and explain their significance as if he was still looking at them. “This is from the Akkadian era, excavated in … the colouring is significant because … this piece of it is missing, but we still hope – Insh’a’Allah – to find it one day.”

On one visit, I discovered a magnificent chamber with a large dais. What was its significance? It was, he said, the Queen’s chamber, where she had been able to dispense favours, entertain, meet out punishment. Additional to the ongoing images of the small doomed in my head, it had been a bad day of another kind. I had bought Abu Ziad and the interpreter lunch, in a kebab house they particularly favoured, in an ancient street off the central market. We found a table outside and the mounds of freshly made, piping hot bread arrived, the kebabs, the hummous and an array of dishes. The interpreter, a highly educated engineer, unable to follow his profession because of the embargo’s denial of just about all materials, suddenly excused himself and took his food inside the restaurant. Eating together is an Arab must, meals are the highlight of social interaction.

I got up and looked through the restaurant window. This gentle, immaculate man was stuffing the food in to his mouth with his hands, as if he had not eaten for weeks. When he emerged, I offered more. It took three repeat meals for both of them, before we left. A kilo of meat or chicken cost the equivalent of a month’s salary for a university Professor at the time. Madeleine Albright who thought that the deaths of half a million Iraqi children were “a hard choice, but the price, we think the price is worth it”, was still U.S. Ambassador to the U.N.

I looked at the dais and something snapped. I leapt on to it and delivered a twenty minute valedictory, in the great, echoing, empty chamber, to UN Secretary General Kofi Annan, the US and British Administrations – and to an imaginary Madeleine Albright standing in front of me. Then I “sentenced” her “to death”. (Figuratively, of course.) Abu Ziad and the interpreter laughed all the way back to Baghdad.

There was a little souvenir shop at the entrance, with exquisite, lovingly crafted replicas of ancient finds. It has been burned down. On the last visit before the invasion, the peace was total. It was a Friday afternoon, the Sabbath. Families had simple picnics – bread, hummous, tabouleh – children played where “the rivers” and “willows” had been and among the pre-antiquity magnificence, as the sun fell and golden shadows crept along, illuminating the creations of the inspired.

The archaeologist had a recurring plea: to the Germans to return the original Ishtar Gate, which was removed to the Berlin Museum in the 1920’s and other Items from this place of wonder – and for the British to do the same. Now it may be that they are all that remain totally intact.

The destroyed irreplaceable is just that, but the spirit of Babylon and Mesopotamia was captured remarkably by Hussein Al Alak, founder of the Iraq Solidarity Campaign, who wrote after the destruction of Samarra’s golden mosque, in February 2006: “With the destruction of the Mosque of Samarra, at the front of my mind, along with the great disasters that have faced Iraq and all the Iraqi people, it is said that out of the ashes, the Lion of Babylon will rise again. It will rise from the rubble of its ancient Kingdom and glance over the ruins of the land between two rivers. Each second will encompass its own recollection of betrayal and tragedies. It will recall all influences that made Mesopotamia great and will unleash a mighty roar, that will not alone send shivers throughout the land of my father, but indeed the lands of the world over.” (4)

And perhaps the harps and from the Lion’s world, the mystical Lyre of Ur, will be heard again at the magnificent Babylon music festival.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Felicity Arbuthnot is a journalist and activist who has visited the Arab and Muslim world on numerous occasions. She has written and broadcast on Iraq, her coverage of which was nominated for several awards. She was also senior researcher for John Pilger’s award-winning documentary “Paying the Price: Killing the Children of Iraq”, and author, with Nikki van der Gaag, of “Baghdad” in the “Great Cities” series, for World Almanac Books (2006.)

She is an Associate Editor of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).

Notes

(1) References: Iraq Guide : Iraq State Organisation for Tourism, 1982.

(2) Iraq: The Bradt Travel Guide, Karen Dabrowska, 2002.

(3) The Legacy of Mesopotamia, Edited by Stephanie Dalley, concluding chapter by Henrietta McCall, quoted by Dabrowska, as above.

(4) “The Lion’s Roar is Yet to be Heard.”

Featured image: George W. Bush declares victory in Iraq War, USS Abraham Lincoln, San Diego, May 1, 2003

O Congresso dos EUA aprovou um projeto de lei de “ajuda” de US$ 95 bilhões para a Ucrânia, Israel e Taiwan. O projeto de lei, votado por uma grande maioria bipartidária de democratas e republicanos, fornece US$ 60,8 bilhões para a Ucrânia, US$ 26,4 bilhões para Israel e US$ 8,1 bilhões para Taiwan na região do Indo-Pacífico. O presidente do Conselho de Serviços Armados do Senado, o republicano Mike Rogers, disse: “A China, a Rússia e o Irã estão trabalhando juntos em um novo Eixo do Mal para prejudicar nossas alianças e minar nossa segurança nacional.” O presidente Biden, que imediatamente assinou o projeto de lei, disse: “É um bom dia para os Estados Unidos, é um bom dia para a Europa e é um bom dia para a paz mundial. Isso tornará os Estados Unidos mais seguros. Isso tornará o mundo mais seguro e dará continuidade à liderança dos Estados Unidos no mundo”. Em seguida, ele acrescentou sobre Israel: “Meu compromisso com Israel, quero deixar claro novamente, é inabalável. A segurança de Israel é fundamental. Sempre garantirei que Israel tenha o que precisa para se defender contra o Irã e os terroristas que ele apoia.”

A lei, que alimenta guerras e preparativos de guerra da Europa ao Oriente Médio e Leste Asiático contra a Rússia, o Irã, a Palestina, a China e outros países, fortalece ainda mais o aparato militar dos EUA. Dos US$ 60 bilhões em “ajuda” à Ucrânia, US$ 48 bilhões financiam as Forças Armadas dos EUA: US$ 23,2 bilhões são destinados a reabastecer o estoque de armas dos EUA usado para armar a Ucrânia; US$ 11,3 bilhões são destinados às operações militares atuais dos EUA na região; US$ 13,8 bilhões são destinados à compra de sistemas avançados de armas, materiais e serviços de defesa. Ao mesmo tempo, a lei exige que os aliados dos EUA, incluindo a Itália, paguem sua “parte justa” dos custos da guerra contra o “novo Eixo do Mal”.

Manlio Dinucci

Artigo em italiano :

Gli Stati Uniti in Guerra Contro Il “Nuovo Asse del Male”

Tradução : Mondialisation.ca com DeepL

VIDEO (italiano) :

https://www.byoblu.com/2024/04/26/gli-stati-uniti-in-guerra-contro-il-nuovo-asse-del-male-grandangolo-pangea/

 

*

Manlio Dinucci é geógrafo e jornalista, antigo diretor executivo italiano da organização International Physicians for the Prevention of Nuclear War, galardoada com o Prémio Nobel da Paz em 1985. Porta-voz do Comitato no Guerra no Nato (Itália) e investigador associado do CRM (Canadá). Vencedor do Prémio Internacional de Jornalismo de Análise Geoestratégica 2019 do Club de Periodistas de México.

“How Dare You?” Alternative Perspectives on “Non-Existent” Human-Generated Climate Change

By Michael Welch and Jacob Nordangard, April 27, 2024

This week’s episode of the Global Research News Hour attempts to listen to the statements from some of these dissident scientists and possibly come to a different array of conclusions actually consistent with the true nature of scientific progress of questioning authorities no matter what the cost!

“Preemptive Nuclear War”: The Historic Battle for Peace and Democracy. A Third World War Threatens the Future of Humanity

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, April 28, 2024

At no point since the first atomic bomb was dropped on Hiroshima on August 6th, 1945, has humanity been closer to the unthinkable. All the safeguards of the Cold War era, which categorized the nuclear bomb as “a weapon of last resort”, have been scrapped.

The U.S. Against the “New Axis of Evil”. Military Aid to Three War Theaters. “It Is a Good Day for World Peace” Says Biden, “Makes America Safer”.

By Manlio Dinucci, April 28, 2024

The US Congress has approved a $95 billion bill for “aid” to Ukraine, Israel and Taiwan. The Act was voted by a large bipartisan majority of Democrats and Republicans and provided $60.8 billion for Ukraine, $26.4 billion for Israel, and $8.1 billion for Taiwan in the Indo-Pacific region.

US University Students in the Millions Are Demanding Freedom in Palestine

By Steven Sahiounie, April 29, 2024

The students in America and Canada have a war to stop, and they are determined to protest the Israeli war on Gaza. The US and Canadian government’s undying support for the genocide in Gaza has brought them under massive protests across university and college campuses, and the students are not backing down, and more campuses in Europe and Australia are joining in a global solidarity movement.

GM Golden Rice in the Philippines Stopped: The Deception of Development and the Politics of Progress

By Colin Todhunter, April 29, 2024

On 19 April 2024, the Philippines Supreme Court issued a cease-and-desist order on the commercial propagation of genetically modified (GM) Golden Rice and GM eggplant in the country.  

Mexico’s Struggle Against Imposition of GM Corn by USA Needs Wide Support as People’s Basic Right to Safe Food Is Threatened

By Bharat Dogra, April 28, 2024

How sweeping can the reach of imperialism become, and what extreme forms can it take? Can it even take such an atrocious form as to decide what people of other countries will eat? Can it become so draconian as to insist that people have to eat food that they do not consider to be safe, or are prevented from growing and eating food they consider to be safe?

“Project Maven” and the Deployment of AI “Skynet-Style Weapons” in Ukraine. Russia’s Electronic Warfare (EW) “Is in the Way”

By Drago Bosnic, April 28, 2024

Back in December last year, the United States announced that it wanted to deploy “Skynet-style weapons” against its geopolitical adversaries. The relevant reports revealed that the Pentagon is even using new military nomenclature for such a system, calling it ADA2 or all-domain attritable autonomous weapons (not to be confused with the similarly named A2/AD or anti-access/area denial weapons).

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

The students in America and Canada have a war to stop, and they are determined to protest the Israeli war on Gaza. The US and Canadian government’s undying support for the genocide in Gaza has brought them under massive protests across university and college campuses, and the students are not backing down, and more campuses in Europe and Australia are joining in a global solidarity movement.

The students are asking for their individual institutions to stop investing in companies aligned with the Israeli war on Gaza. Higher education is a big business and institutions have financial portfolios which include companies benefiting from, or connected to, the war. The students know they can achieve results, because student protests in the 1980’s played a huge role in the fall of the apartheid regime in South Africa.

Similarly, US companies doing business with the oppressive regime in South Africa were pressured to divest of interests, while the American public were pressured by protests to boycott all products made in South Africa. The student protests were part of the successful end to apartheid.

Some universities began threatening students in an effort to stop the protests which have disrupted schedules. Students were threatened with expulsion, and with Princeton University tuition at $50,000 per year, they are taking a monumental risk to protest for freedom for Palestine, a ceasefire, and university divestment. This proves just how passionate these young people are.

McGill University, in Montreal, Canada, has seen protests and rallies since October calling for the school to divest from companies that supply weapons and other items to Israel’s military. Documents on McGill’s website show that it holds investments in companies including Lockheed Martin, a defense contractor that has sold fighter jets to Israel, and Safran, a French air and defense company.

Canadian media, CBC, reported protesters were demanding McGill and Concordia universities “divest from funds implicated in the Zionist state as well as [cut] ties with Zionist academic institutions”.

Is It Really Anti-Semitism?

Some are pushing a false narrative, that students and faculty in the US are supporting anti-Semitism. Students and faculty are open-minded people who are committed to the core values of America, which are unity, individualism, equality, self-government, liberty, and diversity. One of the greatest values in America is self-government, which is democracy. Palestinians lack self-government and live under a brutal military occupation.

Around the world, calls for a ceasefire ending Israel’s relentless bombing of Gaza sparked protests with the slogan: “From the river to the sea, Palestine will be free.” This chant has been heard on campuses in the US, and the backers of Israel have accused the users of the slogan with anti-Semitism. The chant only asks for Palestine to be free, the same as their Jewish neighbors in Israel. This is the heart of the protests, as young, educated students and their faculty ask the question: why does the US government deny the right of freedom to Palestinians?

From the US State Department, we find the definition of anti-Semitism.

“Antisemitism is a certain perception of Jews, which may be expressed as hatred toward Jews.” They go on to state, “However, criticism of Israel similar to that leveled against any other country cannot be regarded as anti-Semitic.”

Jewish students are participating as well because the issue is freedom and human rights, it is not about religions.

“I do believe that as a Jewish person, I have a particular responsibility to resist the instrumentalisation of my heritage, and to say that I do not believe that genocide in Gaza or occupation and apartheid in greater Palestine is supportive of my personal safety,” said Ariela Rosenzweig, a 23-year-old student at Brown University in Rhode Island.

The UK Labor party had in the past been led by Jeremy Corbyn, who was an outspoken supporter of freedom for the Palestinian people. Corbyn often criticized the Israeli government, or officials, for denying the basic human rights of the Palestinian people living under a brutal military occupation in the West Bank, and under blockade in Gaza. Supporters of the oppression of the Palestinian people devised a successful campaign against Corbyn, by accusing him of anti-Semitism. He was removed from office, even though he was never anti-Semitic.

The Vietnam War Protests Are Lessons for Today

On Oct. 15, 1969, more than two million citizens took part in the Moratorium — a one-day national strike against the Vietnam war. In hundreds of cities, towns and campuses throughout the country, people from all walks of life took the day off to march, rally, vigil or engage in teach-ins.

Exactly a month later, on Nov. 15, more than a half-million war opponents flooded the nation’s capital for the Mobilization, and more than 100,000 rallied in a simultaneous antiwar demonstration in San Francisco.

As a result of the demonstrations, Nixon cancelled his war plans, according to his memoirs. According to Daniel Ellsberg, who was then working for the Nixon administration:

“Every 10 minutes he [Nixon] was calling the Situation Room and finding out what was going on, getting the reports from the U-2s on crowd size… He was totally absorbed.”

Robert Levering was a full-time anti-Vietnam War organizer from 1967 to 1973, and wrote

“At the time, we knew opposing the Vietnam War was the right thing to do. But it sure helps to realize that it made a real difference to have marched and rallied, petitioned and lobbied, sat through countless meetings and engaged in civil disobedience.”

“Hopefully, those involved in today’s struggles will find some helpful lessons from our experiences,” Levering wrote in 2019, and the college students in the streets today, across the world, have grasped the torch of freedom in both hands.

Zionism Is a Political Ideology

Zionism, is a political ideology that has had as its goal the creation and support of a Jewish national state in Palestine. The roots of Zionism originated in eastern and central Europe in the latter part of the 19th century, but Theodor Herzl, an Austrian journalist put a political twist to the theory when in 1897 in Switzerland he stated, “Zionism strives to create for the Jewish people a home in Palestine secured by public law.”

Supporting the occupation of Palestine is not a pillar of the Jewish religion, and this explains why so many Jews are opposed to the Israeli government’s brutality and occupation of the West Bank and Gaza. Not every Jew is a Zionist, but US President Joe Biden has stated he is a Zionist.

President Biden flew to Israel in October to show his support of the revenge attack begun by Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, following the October 7 attack by Hamas.

Biden told Netanyahu,

“I don’t believe you have to be a Jew to be a Zionist, and I am a Zionist.”

That statement has set the tone of the unflinching US support of Israel, and the 36,000 death toll and rising. Regardless of accusations in the ICJ of genocide, and the UN reporting starvation and famine due to Israel’s blockade on food to Gaza, Biden will not be swayed.

The US government, and the Biden Administration hold the keys to war and peace in Gaza. The students, and others around the world feel they must have their say. As Patrick Henry said in 1776, “Give me liberty, or give me death.”

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on Mideast Discourse.

Steven Sahiounie is a two-time award-winning journalist. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

All images in this article are from MD

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @globalresearch_crg.

This article was first published on March 9, 2022, revised and expanded on October 5, 2022, minor revisions on May 25, 2023.

 

Introduction

At no point since the first atomic bomb was dropped on Hiroshima on August 6th, 1945, has humanity been closer to the unthinkable. All the safeguards of the Cold War era, which categorized the nuclear bomb as “a weapon of last resort”, have been scrapped.

Let us also recall the unspoken history of America’s doctrine pertaining to the conduct of nuclear war. 

Barely six weeks after the bombing of Hiroshima and Nagasaki, the U.S. War Department released a Secret Plan on September 15, 1945 to  bomb 66 cities of the Soviet Union with 204 atomic bombs.

The September 1945 Plan was to “Wipe the Soviet Union off the Map” at a time when the US and the USSR were allies. Confirmed by declassified documents, Hiroshima and Nagasaki served as a “Dress Rehearsal” (see historical details and analysis below).  

Video: The Dangers of Nuclear War: Michel Chossudovsky with Caroline Mailloux

 

Leave comment Access Rumble 

Putin’s February 2022 Statement

Vladimir Putin’s statement on February 21st, 2022 was a response to US threats to use nuclear weapons on a preemptive basis against Russia, despite Joe Biden’s “reassurance” that the US would not be resorting to “A first strike” nuclear attack against an enemy of America: 

“Let me [Putin] explain that U.S. strategic planning documents contain the possibility of a so-called preemptive strike against enemy missile systems. And who is the main enemy for the U.S. and NATO? We know that too. It’s Russia. In NATO documents, our country is officially and directly declared the main threat to North Atlantic security. And Ukraine will serve as a forward springboard for the strike.” (Putin Speech, February 21, 2022, emphasis added)

In July 2021, the Biden administration launched its Nuclear Posture Review (NPR) which was formally announced in October 2022.

The 2022 NPR includes what is described as a “nuclear declaratory policy of the United States”.

The 2022 NPR largely confirms the nuclear options developed by the Obama and Bush administrations predicated on the notion of preemptive nuclear war raised in President Putin’s speech. 

The underlying US nuclear doctrine consists in portraying nuclear weapons as a means of “self defense” rather than as a “weapon of mass destruction”.

The NPR does not rule out the possibility of a “first strike” nuclear attack against Russia. According to the US Congress Research Service:  

“The NPR [2022] suggests that the United States may use nuclear weapons in circumstances that do not involve potential adversaries’ potential use of nuclear weapons. …The review also asserts that an ‘effective nuclear deterrent is foundational to broader U.S. defense strategy,’ but does not elaborate.  (…)”

“Should deterrence fail, ‘the United States would seek to end any conflict at the lowest level of damage possible on the best achievable terms’— language implying that the United States might use nuclear weapons for purposes other than deterrence.” (CRS Reports. US Congress 2022 NPR, emphasis added)

The Privatization of Nuclear War 

It should be understood, that there are powerful financial interests behind the NPR which are tied into the $1.3  trillion nuclear weapons program initiated under President Obama. 

Although the Ukraine conflict has so-far been limited to conventional weapons coupled with “economic warfare”, the use of a large array of sophisticated WMDs including nuclear weapons is on the drawing board of the Pentagon.

Dangerous narrative: The NPR proposes “increased integration of conventional and nuclear planning”, which consists in categorizing tactical nuclear weapons (e.g. B61-11 and 12) as conventional weapons, to be used on a preemptive basis in the conventional war theater (as a means of self defense)

According to the Federation of American Scientists, the total number of nuclear warheads Worldwide is of the order of 13,000.  Russia and the United States “each have around 4,000 warheads in their military stockpiles”.

 

Earlier Interview: Nuclear Doctrine

April 2023. Comments: Link to Odysee

The Dangers of Nuclear War are Real. Profit Driven. Two Trillion Dollars

Under Joe Biden, public funds allocated to nuclear weapons are slated to increase to 2 trillion by 2030 allegedly as a means to safeguarding peace and national security at taxpayers expense. (How many schools and hospitals could you finance with 2 trillion dollars?):

The United States maintains an arsenal of about 1,700 strategic nuclear warheads deployed on intercontinental ballistic missiles (ICBMs) and submarine-launched ballistic missiles (SLBMs) and at strategic bomber bases. There are an additional estimated 100 non-strategic, or tactical, nuclear weapons at bomber bases in five European countries and about 2,000 nuclear warheads in storage. [see our analysis of B61-11 and B61-12 below]

The Congressional Budget Office (CBO) estimated in May 2021 that the United States will spend a total of $634 billion over the next 10 years to sustain and modernize its nuclear arsenal. (Arms Control)

In this article, I will focus on

  • The Post Cold War shift in US Nuclear Doctrine,
  • A brief review of the History of US-Russia Relations since World War I
  • An Assessment of  the history of nuclear weapons going back to the Manhattan Project initiated in 1939 with the participation of both Canada and the United Kingdom. 

Most people in America do not know that the Manhattan Project in the immediate wake of bombing of Hiroshima, Nagasaki in August 1945, was intended to formulate a nuclear attack against the USSR, at a time when the Soviet Union and the U.S. were allies. 

What I am referring to is the U.S Blueprint of September 15, 1945 according to which the US War Department planned to drop more than 200 atomic bombs on 66 cities of the Soviet Union. This is not mentioned in the history books. See:

http://blog.nuclearsecrecy.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/1945-Atomic-Bomb-Production.pdf 

A Note on the History of US-Russia Relations. The Forgotten War of 1918

From a historical standpoint the US and its Allies have been threatening Russia for more than 104 years starting during World War I with the deployment of US and Allied Forces against Soviet Russia on January 12, 1918, (two months following the November 7, 1917 revolution allegedly in support of Russia’s Imperial Army).  

The 1918 US-UK Allied invasion of Russia is a landmark in Russian History, often mistakenly portrayed as being part of a Civil War. 

It lasted for more than two years involving the deployment of more than 200,000 troops of which 11,000 were from the US, 59,000 from the UK. Japan which was an Ally of Britain and America during World War I  dispatched 70,000 troops. 

US Troops in Vladivostok, 1918

US Occupation Troops in Vladivostok 1918

US and Allied Troops in Vladivostok in 1918

History and the Threat of Nuclear War

The US threat of nuclear war against Russia was formulated more than 76 years ago in September 1945, when the US and the Soviet Union were allies. It consisted in a “World War III Blueprint” of nuclear war against the USSR, targeting 66 cities with more than 200 atomic bombs. This diabolical project under the Manhattan Project was instrumental in triggering the Cold War and the nuclear arms race. (See analysis below).

Chronology

1918-1920:  The first US and allied forces led war against Soviet Russia with more than 10 countries sending troops to fight alongside the White Imperial Russian army. This happened exactly two months after the October Revolution, on January 12, 1918, and it lasted until the early 1920s.

The Manhattan Project initiated in 1939, with the participation of the UK and Canada. Development of the Atomic Bomb. 

Operation Barbarossa, June 1941. Nazi Invasion of the Soviet Union. Standard Oil of New Jersey was selling oil to Nazi Germany.

February 1945: The Yalta Conference. The meeting of Roosevelt, Churchill and Stalin.

“Operation Unthinkable”: A Secret attack plan against the Soviet Union formulated by Winston Churchill in the immediate wake of the Yalta conference. It was scrapped in June 1945.

April 12, 1945: The Potsdam Conference. President Harry Truman and Prime Minister Winston Churchill approve the atomic bombing of Japan.

September 15, 1945: A World War III Scenario formulated by the US War Department: A plan to  bomb 66 cities of the Soviet Union with 204 atomic bombs, when the US and USSR were allies. The Secret plan  (declassified in 1975) formulated during WWII, was released less than two weeks after the official end of WWII on September 2, 1945

1949: The Soviet Union announces the testing of its nuclear bomb.

Post Cold War Doctrine: “Preemptive Nuclear War”

The Doctrine of Mutually Assured Destruction (MAD) of the Cold War Era no longer prevails. It was replaced at the outset of the George W. Bush Administration with the Doctrine of Preemptive Nuclear War, namely the use of nuclear weapons as a means of “self-defense” against both nuclear and non-nuclear weapons states.

In early 2002, the text of George W. Bush’s Nuclear Posture Review had already been leaked, several months prior to the release of the September 2002 National Security Strategy (NSS) which defined, “Preemption” as:

“the anticipatory use of force in the face of an imminent attack”. 

Namely as an act of war on the grounds of self-defense

The MAD doctrine was scrapped. The 2001 Nuclear Posture Review not only redefined the use of nuclear weapons, so-called tactical nuclear weapons or bunker buster bombs (mini-nukes) could henceforth be used in the conventional war theater without the authorization of the Commander in Chief, namely the President of the United States.

Seven countries were identified in the 2001 NPR (adopted in 2002) as potential targets for a preemptive nuclear attack 

Discussing “requirements for nuclear strike capabilities,” the report lists Iran, Iraq, Libya, North Korea, and Syria as “among the countries that could be involved in immediate, potential, or unexpected contingencies.”  …

Three of these countries (Iraq, Libya and Syria) have since then been the object of US-led wars. The 2001 NPR also confirmed continued nuclear war preparations against China and Russia.

“The Bush review also indicates that the United States should be prepared to use nuclear weapons against China, citing “the combination of China’s still developing strategic objectives and its ongoing modernization of its nuclear and non-nuclear forces.”

“Finally, although the review repeats Bush administration assertions that Russia is no longer an enemy, it says the United States must be prepared for nuclear contingencies with Russia and notes that, if “U.S. relations with Russia significantly worsen in the future, the U.S. may need to revise its nuclear force levels and posture.” Ultimately, the review concludes that nuclear conflict with Russia is “plausible” but “not expected.” [that. was back in 2002] ( Arms Control) emphasis added.

The Privatization of Nuclear War

With tensions growing in major regions of the World, a new generation of nuclear weapons technology was unfolding making nuclear warfare a very real prospect. And with very little fanfare, the US had embarked on the privatization of nuclear war under a first-strike “preemptive” doctrine. This process went into full swing in the immediate wake of the 2001 Nuclear Posture Review (2001 NPR) adopted by the US Senate in 2002.

On August 6, 2003, on Hiroshima Day, commemorating when the first atomic bomb was dropped on Hiroshima (August 6 1945), a secret meeting was held behind closed doors at Strategic Command Headquarters at the Offutt Air Force Base in Nebraska. Senior executives from the nuclear industry and the military industrial complex were in attendance.

This mingling of defense contractors, scientists and policy-makers was not intended to commemorate Hiroshima. The meeting was intended to set the stage for the development of a new generation of “smaller”, “safer” and “more usable” nuclear weapons, to be used in the “in-theater nuclear wars” of the 21st Century.”

“Nuclear war has become a multibillion dollar undertaking, which fills the pockets of US defense contractors. What is at stake is the outright “privatization of nuclear war”. 

Nuclear War against both China and Russia is contemplated

Russia is tagged as  “Plausible” but “Not Expected”. That was back in 2002.

Today at the height of the Ukraine war, a Preemptive Nuclear attack against Russia is on the drawing of the Pentagon. That does not however mean that it will be implemented.

A Nuclear War Cannot be Won?

We recall Reagan’s historic statement: “A nuclear war cannot be won and must never be fought. The only value in our two nations possessing nuclear weapons is to make sure they will never be used.”

Nonetheless, there are powerful voices and lobby groups within the US establishment and the Biden administration that are convinced that “a nuclear war is winnable”.

Flashback to Inter-War Period: Wall Street Finances Hitler’s Election Campaign 

According to Yuri Robsov, Wall Street and the Rockefellers were funding Germany’s war machine as well as Adolf Hitler’s election campaign:

American cooperation with the German military-industrial complex was so intense and pervasive that by 1933 the key sectors of German industry and large banks such as Deutsche Bank, Dresdner Bank, Danat-Bank (Darmstädter und Nationalbank), etc.  were under the control of American financial capital.

The political force that was intended to play a crucial role in Anglo-American plans was being simultaneously prepared. We are talking about the funding of the Nazi party and Adolf Hitler personally.

On January 4th, 1932, a meeting was held between British financier Montagu Norman (Governor of the Bank of England), Adolf Hitler and Franz Von Papen (who became Chancellor a few months later in May 1932) At this meeting, an agreement on the financing of the Nationalsozialistische Deutsche Arbeiterpartei (NSDAP or Nazi Party) was reached.

This meeting was also attended by US policy-makers and the Dulles brothers, something which their biographers do not like to mention.

A year later, on January 14th, 1933, another meeting was held between Adolf Hitler, Germany’s Financier Baron Kurt von Schroeder, Chancellor Franz von Papen and Hitler’s Economic Advisor Wilhelm Keppler took place, where Hitler’s program was fully approved.

It was here that they finally resolved the issue of the transfer of power to the Nazis, and on the 30th of January 1933 Hitler became Chancellor. The implementation of the fourth stage of the strategy thus begun.

World War II: “Operation Barbarossa”

There is ample evidence that both the US and its British ally were intent upon Nazi Germany winning the war on the Eastern Front with a view to destroying the Soviet Union:  
.

“Stalin and his entourage’s growing suspicions, that the Anglo-American powers hoped the Nazi-Soviet War would last for years, were based on well-founded concerns. This desire had already been expressed in part by Harry S. Truman, future US president, hours after the Wehrmacht had invaded the Soviet Union.

Truman, then a US Senator, said he wanted to see the Soviets and Germans “kill as many as possible” between themselves, an attitude which the New York Times later called “a firm policy”. The Times had previously published Truman’s remarks on 24 June 1941, and as a result his views would most likely not have escaped the Soviets’ attention. (Shane Quinn, Global Research, March 2022)

Hitler’s Operation Barbarossa initiated in June 1941 would have failed from the very outset had it not been for the support of Standard Oil of New Jersey (owned by the Rockefellers) which routinely delivered ample supplies of oil to the Third Reich. While Germany was able  to transform coal into fuel, this synthetic production was insufficient. Moreover, Romania’s Ploesti oil resources (under Nazi control until 1944) were minimal. Nazi Germany largely depended on oil shipments from US Standard Oil.
.

Trading with the Enemy legislation (1917) officially implemented following America’s entry into World War II did not  prevent Standard Oil of New Jersey from selling oil to Nazi Germany. This despite the Senate 1942 investigation of US Standard Oil.

While direct US oil shipments were curtailed, Standard Oil would sell US oil through third countries. US oil was shipped to occupied France (officially via Switzerland, and from France it was shipped to Germany: “… The shipments went through Spain, Vichy France’s colonies in the West Indies, and Switzerland.”

Without those oil shipments instrumented by Standard Oil and the Rockefellers, Nazi Germany would not have been able to implement its military agenda. Without fuel, the Third Reich’s eastern front under Operation Barbarossa would most probably not have taken place, saving millions of lives. The Western front including the military occupation of France, Belgium and The Netherlands would no doubt also have been affected.

The USSR actually won the war against Nazi Germany, with 27 million deaths, which in part resulted from the blatant violation of Trading with the Enemy by Standard Oil.
.

“Operation Unthinkable”: A World War III Scenario Formulated During World War II

.
A  World War III scenario against the Soviet Union had already been envisaged in early 1945, under what was called  Operation Unthinkable, to be launched prior to the official end of World War II on September 2, 1945.
.
Roosevelt, Churchill and Stalin met at Yalta in early February 1945 largely with a view to negotiating the post war occupation of Germany and Japan.
 .
 
Video: Yalta Conference
.

 .
If you thought the Cold War between East and West reached its peak in the 1950s and 1960s, then think again. 1945 was the year when Europe was the crucible for a Third World War.
 .
The plan called for a massive Allied assault on 1 July 1945 by British, American, Polish and German – yes German – forces against the Red Army. They aimed to push them back out of Soviet-occupied East Germany and Poland, give Stalin and bloody nose, and force him to re-consider his domination of East Europe. … Eventually in June 1945 Churchill’s military advisors cautioned him against implementing the plan, but it still remained a blueprint for a Third World War. …The Americans had just successfully tested an atomic bomb, and there was now the final temptation of obliterating Soviet centres of population”

.

Churchill’s “Operation Unthinkable” against Soviet Forces in Eastern Europe (see above) was abandoned in June 1945.

During his mandate as Prime Minister (1940-45), Churchill had supported the Manhattan Project. He was a protagonist of nuclear war against the Soviet Union, which had been contemplated under the Manhattan project as early as 1942, when the US and the Soviet Union were allies against Nazi Germany.

A  Blueprint for a Third World War using nuclear weapons against 66 major urban areas of the Soviet Union was officially formulated on September 15, 1945 by the US War Department (see section below).

The Potsdam Conference

Vice President Harry S. Truman was sworn in as president of the United States on April 12, 1945, after the death of Franklin D. Roosevelt, who died unexpectedly of a cerebral hemorrhage.
 .
At the Potsdam meetings, President Truman entered into discussions (July 1945) with Stalin and Churchill: (see image right). The discussions were of a different nature to those of Yalta, specifically with regard to both Truman and Churchill who were both in favour of nuclear warfare:
.

“[British] PM [Churchill] and I ate alone. Discussed Manhattan (it is a success). Decided to tell Stalin about it. Stalin had told PM [Churchill] of telegram from Jap emperor asking for peace. Stalin also read his answer to me. It was satisfactory. Believe Japs will fold up before Russia comes in. I am sure they will when Manhattan appears over their homeland. I shall inform Stalin about it at an opportune time. (Truman Diary, July 17, 1945, emphasis added)

What this statement from Truman’s Diary confirms is that Japan would “fold up” and surrender to the US  “before Russia comes in”. Ultimately this was the objective of the atomic bombs dropped on Hiroshima and Nagasaki.

While Stalin was casually informed by Truman regarding the Manhattan Project in July 1945, sources suggest that the Soviet Union was aware of the Manhattan Project as early as 1942. Did Truman tell Stalin that the atom bomb was intended for Japan?

“We met at 11.00am. today.[ That is, Stalin, Churchill and the US president].

But I had a most important session [without Stalin?] with Lord Mountbatten and General Marshall [US joint Chiefs of Staff] before that. [This meeting was not part of the official agendaWe have discovered the most terrible bomb in the history of the world. It may be the fire destruction prophesied in the Euphrates Valley era, after Noah and his fabulous ark. Anyway, we think we have found the way to cause a disintegration of the atom. An experiment in the New Mexico desert was startling – to put it mildly. Thirteen pounds of the explosive caused a crater six hundred feet deep and twelve hundred feet in diameter, knocked over a steel tower a half mile away, and knocked men down ten thousand yards away. The explosion was visible for more than two hundred miles and audible for forty miles and more.

This weapon is to be used against Japan between now and August 10th.I have told the secretary of war, Mr Stimson, to use it so that military objectives and soldiers and sailors are the target and not women and children. Even if Japs are savages, ruthless, merciless and fanatic, we as the leader of the world for the common welfare cannot drop this terrible bomb on the old capital or the new. He and I are in accord. The target will be a purely military one and we will issue a warning statement asking the Japs to surrender and save lives. I’m sure they will not do that, but we will have given them the chance. It is certainly a good thing for the world that Hitler’s crowd or Stalin’s did not discover this atomic bomb. It seems to be the most terrible thing ever discovered, but it can be made the most useful.” (Truman’s Diary, Potsdam meeting on July 18, 1945)

The discussion on the Manhattan Project does not appear in the official minutes of the meetings.

The Infamous “WW III Blueprint” to Wage a Nuclear Attack against the Soviet Union (September 15, 1945)

Barely two weeks after the official end of World War II (September 2, 1945), the US War Department issued  a directive  (September 15, 1945) to “Erase the Soviet Union off the Map” (66 cities with 204 atomic bombs), when the US and USSR were allies, confirmed by declassified documents. (For further details see Chossudovsky, 2017)

According to a secret (declassified) document dated September 15, 1945, “the Pentagon had envisaged blowing up the Soviet Union  with a coordinated nuclear attack directed against major urban areas.

All major cities of the Soviet Union were included in the list of 66 “strategic” targets. The tables below categorize each city in terms of area in square miles and the corresponding number of atomic bombs required to annihilate and kill the inhabitants of selected urban areas.

Six atomic bombs were to be used to destroy each of the larger cities including Moscow, Leningrad, Tashkent, Kiev, Kharkov, Odessa.

The Pentagon estimated that a total of 204 atomic bombs would be required to “Wipe the Soviet Union off the Map”. The targets for a nuclear attack consisted of sixty-six major cities.

One single atomic bomb dropped on Hiroshima resulted in the immediate death of 100,000 people in the first seven seconds. Imagine what would have happened if 204 atomic bombs had been dropped on major cities of the Soviet Union as outlined in a secret U.S. plan formulated during the Second World War.

Hiroshima in the wake of the atomic bomb attack, 6 August 1945

The document outlining this diabolical military agenda had been released in September 1945, barely one month after the bombing of Hiroshima and Nagasaki (6 and 9 August, 1945) and two years before the onset of the Cold War (1947).

The secret plan dated September 15, 1945 (two weeks after the surrender of Japan on September 2, 1945 aboard the USS Missouri, see image below) , however, had been formulated at an earlier period, namely at the height of World War II,  at a time when America and the Soviet Union were close allies.

The Manhattan project was launched in 1939, two years prior to America’s entry into World War II in December 1941. The Kremlin was fully aware of the secret Manhattan project as early as 1942.

Hiroshima and Nagasaki: Dress Rehearsal for Planned Nuclear Attack against the Soviet Union

Were the August 1945 Hiroshima and Nagasaki attacks used by the Pentagon to evaluate the viability of  a much larger attack on the Soviet Union consisting of more than 204 atomic bombs? The key documents to bomb 66 cities of the Soviet Union (15 September 1945) were finalized 5-6 weeks after the Hiroshima and Nagasaki bombings (6, 9 August 1945):

“On September 15, 1945 — just under two weeks after the formal surrender of Japan and the end of World War II — Norstad sent a copy of the estimate to General Leslie Groves, still the head of the Manhattan Project, and the guy who, for the short term anyway, would be in charge of producing whatever bombs the USAAF might want. As you might guess, the classification on this document was high: “TOP SECRET LIMITED,” which was about as high as it went during World War II. (Alex Wellerstein, The First Atomic Stockpile Requirements (September 1945)

The Kremlin was aware of the 1945 plan to bomb sixty-six Soviet cities.

The documents confirm that the US was involved in the “planning of genocide” against the Soviet Union. 

Let’s cut to the chase. How many bombs did the USAAF request of the atomic general, when there were maybe one, maybe twobombs worth of fissile material on hand? At a minimum they wanted 123. Ideally, they’d like 466. This is just a little over a month after the bombings of Hiroshima and Nagasaki.

Of course, in true bureaucratic fashion, they provided a handy-dandy chart (Alex Wellerstein, op. cit)

http://blog.nuclearsecrecy.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/1945-Atomic-Bomb-Production.pdf 

Soviet Cities to be targeted with Atomic Bombs

 

Map of 66 Soviet Urban Strategic Areas to be Bombed with 206 atomic Bombs (Declassified September 1945) 

Access all the documents of the September 15, 1945 Operation

The Nuclear Arms Race

Central to our understanding of the Cold War which started (officially) in 1947, Washington’s September 1945 plan to bomb 66 cities into smithereens played a key role in triggering the nuclear arms race.

The Soviet Union was threatened and developed its own atomic bomb in 1949 in response to 1942 Soviet intelligence reports on the Manhattan Project.

While the Kremlin knew about these plans to “Wipe out” the USSR, the broader public was not informed because the September 1945 documents were of course classified. They were declassified 30 years later in September 1975

Today, neither the September 1945 plan to blow up the Soviet Union nor the underlying cause of the nuclear arms race are acknowledged. The Western media has largely focussed its attention on the Cold War US-USSR confrontation. The plan to annihilate the Soviet Union dating back to World War II and the infamous Manhattan project are not mentioned.

Washington’s Cold War nuclear plans are invariably presented in response to so-called Soviet threats, when in fact it was the U.S. plan released in September 1945 (formulated at an earlier period at the height of World War II) to wipe out the Soviet which motivated Moscow to develop its nuclear weapons capabilities.

The assessment of the Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists mistakenly blamed and continue to blame the Soviet Union for having launched the nuclear arms race in 1949, four years after the release of the September 1945 US Secret Plan to target 66 major Soviet cities with 204 nuclear bombs:

“1949: The Soviet Union denies it, but in the fall, President Harry Truman tells the American public that the Soviets tested their first nuclear device, officially starting the arms race. “We do not advise Americans that doomsday is near and that they can expect atomic bombs to start falling on their heads a month or year from now,” the Bulletin explains. “But we think they have reason to be deeply alarmed and to be prepared for grave decisions.(Timeline of the Doomsday Clock, Bulletin of Atomic Scientists, 2017)

IMPORTANT: Had the US decided NOT to develop nuclear weapons for use against the Soviet Union, the nuclear arms race would not have taken place. 

Neither The Soviet Union nor the People’s Republic of China would have developed nuclear capabilities as a means of “Deterrence” agains the US which had already formulated plans to annihilate the Soviet Union.

The Soviet Union lost 26 million people during World War II.

The Cold War Era

The Nuclear Arms Race was the direct result of America’s September 1945 plan to “blow up the Soviet Union”, formulated by the US War Department.

The Soviet Union tested its first nuclear bomb in 1949. Without the Manhattan Project and the War Department’s September 15, 1945 “World War III Blueprint”, the Arms Race would not have occurred.

The September 15, 1945 War Department set the stage for numerous plans to wage World War III against Russia and China:

The Cold War List of 1200 Targeted Cities

This initial 1945 list of sixty-six cities was updated in the course of the Cold War (1956) to include some 1200 cities in the USSR and the Soviet block countries of Eastern Europe (see declassified documents below). The bombs slated for use were more powerful in terms of explosive capacity than those dropped on Hiroshima and Nagasaki.

Excerpt from list of 1200 Soviet cities targeted for nuclear attack in alphabetical order. National Security Archive, op. cit.

“According to the 1956 Plan, H-Bombs were to be Used Against Priority “Air Power” Targets in the Soviet Union, China, and Eastern Europe. Major Cities in the Soviet Bloc, Including East Berlin, Were High Priorities in “Systematic Destruction” for Atomic Bombings.  (William Burr, U.S. Cold War Nuclear Attack Target List of 1200 Soviet Bloc Cities “From East Germany to China”, National Security Archive Electronic Briefing Book No. 538, December 2015

Source: National Security Archive

 

Rand Corporation

During the Cold War, the doctrine of Mutually Assured Destruction (MAD) prevailed, namely that the use of nuclear weapons would result in “the destruction of both the attacker and the defender”.

In the post Cold war era, US nuclear doctrine was redefined.  “Offensive” military actions using nuclear warheads are now described as acts of “self-defense”.

Humanitarian Nuclear Warfare under Joe Biden

 US-NATO led military Interventions (Yugoslavia, Afghanistan, Iraq, Libya, Syria, Yemen) which have resulted in millions of civilian casualties are heralded as Humanitarian Wars, as a means to ensuring Peace.

This is also the discourse underlying US-NATO intervention in Ukraine.

“I just want you to know that, when we talk about war, we’re really talking about peace” said George W. Bush

“Humanitarian Nuclear Bombs”

This kind of window dressing of “humanitarian nuclear bombs” is not only embedded into Joe Biden’s foreign policy agenda, it constitutes the mainstay of US military doctrine, namely the so-called Nuclear Posture Review, not to mention the 1.2 trillion nuclear weapons program initiated during the Obama administration.

The B61 Mini-nukes Deployed in Western Europe

The latest B61-12 “mini nuke” is slated to be deployed in Western Europe, aimed at Russia and the Middle East (replacing the existing of B61 nuclear bombs).

B-61-12 is portrayed as a “more usable” “low yield” “humanitarian bomb” “‘harmless to civilians”. That’s the ideology. The reality is “Mutual Assured Destruction” (MAD).

The B61-12 has a maximum yield of 50 kilotons which is more than three times that of a Hiroshima bomb (15 kilotons) which resulted in excess of 100,000 deaths in matter of minutes.

If a preemptive attack using a so-called mini nuke were to succeed, targeted against Russia or Iran, this could potentially lead humanity into a WW III scenario. Of course these details are not highlighted in mainstream media reports.

F-15E Eagle Strike Eagle Fighter for the Delivery of the B-61-12 

Low Yield Nukes: Humanitarian Warfare Goes Live

And when the characteristics of this “harmless” low yield nuclear bomb are inserted into the military manuals, “humanitarian warfare” goes live: “It’s low yield and safe for civilians, let’s use it” [paraphrase].

The US arsenal of B61 nuclear bombs directed against the Middle East are currently located in the military bases of 5 non-nuclear states (Italy, Germany, the Netherlands, Belgium, Turkey). The command structure pertaining to the B61-12 is yet to be confirmed. The situation with regard to Turkey’s Incirlik base is unclear.

Upholding WMDs as Instruments of Peace is a Dangerous Gimmick

Throughout History, “Mistakes” have Played a Key Role 

We are at a Dangerous Crossroads. There is no Real Anti-war Movement in Sight.

Why? Because War is Good for Business!

And the powers of Big Money which are behind US-NATO led wars control both the anti-war movement as well as the media coverage of US led wars. That’s nothing new. It goes back to the so-called Soviet-Afghan War (1979-) which was spearheaded by US National Security Advisor Zbigniew Brzezinski. 

Through their “philanthropic” foundations (Ford, Rockefeller, Soros et al) the financial elites have over the years channelled millions of dollars into financing so-called “progressive movements” including the World Social Forum (WSF)

It’s Called “Manufactured Dissent”: Big Money is also behind numerous coups d’état and color revolutions.

Meanwhile, important sectors of the Left including committed anti-war activists have endorsed the Covid mandates without verifying or acknowledging the facts and the history of the so-called pandemic.

It should be understood that the lockdown policies as well as the Covid-19 “Killer Vaccine” are an integral part of the financial elite’s “broader arsenal”. They are instruments of submission and tyranny. 

The World Economic Forum’s Great Reset is an integral part of  the World War III scenario which consists in establishing through military and non military means an imperial system of  “global governance”.

The same powerful financial interests (Rockefeller, Rothschild, BlackRock, Vanguard, et al) which are supportive of the US-NATO military agenda are firmly behind  the “Covid Pandemic Op”.

***

The Historic Battle for Peace and Democracy. A Third World War Spells the End of Humanity?

Relentless War Propaganda and Media Disinformation Is the Driving Force. It Must be Confronted. 

Is “Peaceful Coexistence” and Diplomacy between Russia and the U.S. an Option? 

“War is Good for Business”: Corrupt Governments which Uphold the Interests of Big Money Must be Challenged


Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War” 

by Michel Chossudovsky

Available to order from Global Research! 

ISBN Number: 978-0-9737147-5-3
Year: 2012
Pages: 102

PDF Edition:  $6.50 (sent directly to your email account!)

Michel Chossudovsky is Professor of Economics at the University of Ottawa and Director of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG), which hosts the critically acclaimed website www.globalresearch.ca . He is a contributor to the Encyclopedia Britannica. His writings have been translated into more than 20 languages.

Reviews

“This book is a ‘must’ resource – a richly documented and systematic diagnosis of the supremely pathological geo-strategic planning of US wars since ‘9-11’ against non-nuclear countries to seize their oil fields and resources under cover of ‘freedom and democracy’.”
John McMurtry, Professor of Philosophy, Guelph University

“In a world where engineered, pre-emptive, or more fashionably “humanitarian” wars of aggression have become the norm, this challenging book may be our final wake-up call.”
-Denis Halliday, Former Assistant Secretary General of the United Nations

Michel Chossudovsky exposes the insanity of our privatized war machine. Iran is being targeted with nuclear weapons as part of a war agenda built on distortions and lies for the purpose of private profit. The real aims are oil, financial hegemony and global control. The price could be nuclear holocaust. When weapons become the hottest export of the world’s only superpower, and diplomats work as salesmen for the defense industry, the whole world is recklessly endangered. If we must have a military, it belongs entirely in the public sector. No one should profit from mass death and destruction.
Ellen Brown, author of ‘Web of Debt’ and president of the Public Banking Institute  

  • Posted in English, Mobile, NO READ MORE LINK
  • Comments Off on “Preemptive Nuclear War”: The Historic Battle for Peace and Democracy. A Third World War Threatens the Future of Humanity

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Fundraising: Stop the Pentagon’s Ides of March

***

Israel’s plan to expand into an Eretz or “Greater” state incorporating large chunks of its neighbors’ land starts with eliminating the pre-1948 inhabitants of a place once known as Palestine.

That nearly all of those who think of themselves as Palestinians must be killed or otherwise removed is perhaps reduced to an aphorism, like “Israel has a right to defend itself,” to absolve the Israeli state and its rampaging army of any guilt in the process. Indeed, Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s ability to avoid any serious consequences for his behavior is remarkable, and it generates further atrocities that might have been unimaginable when the fighting in Gaza started back in October.

Al Jazeera has reported how Netanyahu is now pushing ahead to formalize what has been referred to as the “colonial project,” whereby “the appropriation of all Palestinian Lands will follow on… the outright exclusion of the Palestinian people from their homeland.” Bibi said in a speech to supporters that

“These are the basic lines of the national government headed by me: The Jewish people have an exclusive and unquestionable right to all areas of the Land of Israel. The government will promote and develop settlement in all parts of the Land of Israel — in the Galilee, the Negev, the Golan, Judea and Samaria.”

Journalist Patrick Lawrence, writing at Consortium News, recently described how “Israel’s savagery in its determination to exterminate the Palestinians of Gaza — and we had better brace for what is next on the West Bank of the Jordan — marks a turn for all of humanity. In its descent into depravity the Zionist state drags the West altogether down with it.” Indeed, and the United States of America is the foremost great power to be reduced to the status of a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Jewish state, unable to advance its own interests when confronted by the juggernaut of the so-called Israel Lobby and associated Jewish and Zionist-Christian organizations that have corrupted and controlled American foreign as well as select domestic policies.

Witness what has occurred in the last several weeks when the international community has rallied to end the slaughter and deliberate starvation of largely defenseless Gazan civilians. First came a United Nations Security Council move by the United States, which introduced a resolution calling for, but not demanding, an immediate though possibly temporary cease fire in Gaza. When the resolution came up for a vote it was vetoed by Russia and China. There were several problems with the text as it inevitably sought to give Israel considerable flexibility in managing the situation. It included an admonition that the effort to secure a ceasefire must be “in connection with the release of all remaining hostages,” which is an Israeli demand with the willingness of Israel to participate at all very much dependent on the hostage issue. The resolution allowed the fighting to continue and it put control of the entry and distribution of urgently needed relief supplies under the ”security” management of the Israeli army.

Then came a Russian and Chinese resolution, approved by all members of the council but the US which “abstained.” The US immediately declared the resolution to be “non-binding” and while the document was meant to permit a ceasefire through the end of Ramadan, it has yet to be enacted by Israel which continues to block food and medicine relief shipments and has focused its latest attacks on the few remaining hospitals, killing hundreds more Gazans. Even though the resolution demanded action on the ceasefire and access to relief supplies Israel has ignored it and so has Washington. As only the United States can compel Israel to change course the fact that it continues to fund Israel and provide it with secret shipments of planeloads weapons, without which Netanyahu would be unable to continue his war, speaks for itself in terms of who is controlling whom.

And don’t be fooled by President Joe Biden’s alleged pressure on Netanyahu to “protect civilians” even as Bibi draws up plans with his war cabinet to invade Gaza’s southernmost Rafah Region, where 1.5 million Palestinians have sought refuge and are now confronted by imminent death with no way out. Biden is responding to opinion polls in the US that indicate that more than half of Americans are opposed to what Israel is doing in Gaza and the percentage is steadily growing, so he is pretending to have humanitarian impulses and a conscience, neither of which is true, in a cynical effort to support his possible reelection.

To be sure both the White House and Congress, supported by the Jewish dominated media, are totally in Netanyahu’s pocket, something which he has admitted to publicly more than once, saying that the United States is “easily moved” by someone like him.

But if one really needed proof positive about who is in charge in the US-Israel relationship, one need only look at the recent omnibus federal government budget bill of $1.2 trillion.

Activist Pascal Lottaz has taken the time to go through the complete 1,012 page document detailing where the money goes and discusses his findings in a 9 minute podcast on YouTube. Lottaz has confirmed both the immediate cash payment of $3.8 billion in “tribute money” to Israel plus the already reported blocking of any federal government funding of United Nation Relief and Works Agency for Gaza (UNRWA) for at least a year. As UNRWA is the key humanitarian aid agency, the latter is a prohibition completely inconsistent with Biden’s expressed desire to confront the “surging” humanitarian aid crisis for the Gazans who are facing starvation in the context of an active genocide. The prohibition is in spite of the continuing lack of evidence to substantiate Israel’s claims of “terrorism support” leveled against the UN agency and despite the famine conditions already present in Gaza. In his review of the document, Lottaz has also discovered those and other specific benefits that involve Israel in 10 sections of the bill.

The bill also seeks to protect Israel from accountability under existing or new international law and to limit Palestinian efforts to resist or defend themselves. It requires any organization receiving US funding to show that it is actively taking steps “to combat anti-Israel bias” and it prohibits any funding to support Palestinian statehood unless it is shown that a list of specified conditions are met including satisfactory “cooperation with Israeli security organizations.” It prohibits any funding to the Palestinian Authority if Palestine is granted statehood status by the UN or any UN agency without Israel’s consent. It oddly prohibits any security support to the West Bank or Gaza unless it is shown that satisfactory steps are being taken by the Palestinian Authority to “end torture and other cruel, inhuman, and degrading treatment of detainees.” It should be noted that the Palestinians, not Israel, are required to end abuse of detainees even though it is Israel that routinely engages in those practices. The detailed sections of the bill expanding on what is blocked or prohibited are as follows:

  1. The bill forbids any US funding of the UN International Commission of Inquiry investigation into Israel’s unlawful occupation of Palestinian territory: Sec. 7848(C)(2) None of the funds appropriated by this Act may be made available for the United Nations International Commission of Inquiry on the Occupied Palestinian Territory, including East Jerusalem, and Israel.
  2. The bill defunds the UN Human Rights Council unless the organization drops all inquiry into human rights violations by Israel: Sec. 7048(b)(2)(c) UNITED NATIONS HUMAN RIGHTS COUNCIL. (1) None of the funds appropriated by this Act may be made available in support of the United Nations Human Rights Council unless the Secretary of State determines and reports to the appropriate congressional committees that participation in the Council is important to the national interest of the United States and that such Council is taking significant steps to remove Israel as a permanent agenda item and ensure integrity in the election of members to such Council.
  3. The bill requires any international organization, department, or agency receiving US funding to show that it is taking “credible steps to combat anti-Israel bias”: SEC. 7048. (a) TRANSPARENCY AND ACCOUNTABILITY. Not later than 120 days after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary of State shall report to the Committees on Appropriations whether each organization, department, or agency receiving a contribution from funds appropriated by this Act under the headings ‘‘Contributions to International Organizations’’ and ‘‘International Organizations and Programs’’:
  4. The bill prohibits funding of any support to Palestinian Statehood except under US State Department confirmation that its government meets specified conditions including that is is “cooperating with appropriate Israeli and other appropriate security organizations.”
  5. The bill prohibits any support to the Palestinian Broadcasting Corporation: SEC. 7038. None of the funds appropriated or otherwise made available by this Act may be used to provide equipment, technical support, consulting services, or any other form of assistance to the Palestinian Broadcasting Corporation.
  6. The bill prohibits any funding to security assistance to the West Bank or Gaza unless the State Department reports on “the steps being taken by the Palestinian Authority to “end torture and other cruel, inhuman, and degrading treatment of detainees”: 7039(C)(2) SECURITY ASSISTANCE AND REPORTING REQUIREMENT. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, none of the funds made available by this or prior appropriations Acts, including funds made available by transfer, may be made available for obligation for security assistance for the West Bank and Gaza until the Secretary of State reports to the Committees on Appropriations on the steps being taken by the Palestinian Authority to end torture and other cruel, inhuman, and degrading treatment of detainees, including by bringing to justice members of Palestinian security forces who commit such crimes.
  7. The bill prohibits any funding of the Palestinian Authority if Palestine achieves recognition of statehood by the UN or any UN agency without Israel’s agreement or if the Palestinians initiate an investigation of Israel in the International Criminal Court: Sec.7401(k)(2)(A)(i) None of the funds appropriated under the heading ‘‘Economic Support Fund’’ in this Act may be made available for assistance for the Palestinian Authority, if after the date of enactment of this Act the Palestinians obtain the same standing as member states or full membership as a state in the United Nations or any specialized agency thereof outside an agreement negotiated between Israel and the Palestinians or the Palestinians initiate an International Criminal Court (ICC) judicially authorized investigation, or actively support such an investigation, that subjects Israeli nationals to an investigation for alleged crimes against Palestinians.
  8. The bill extends existing loan guarantees to Israel under the Emergency Wartime Supplemental Appropriations Act through September 30, 2029: SEC. 7034(k)(6).
  9. The bill grants $3.3 billion in “Foreign Military Financing” to Israel, to be disbursed within 30 days: 7401(d) ISRAEL.—Of the funds appropriated by this Act under the heading ‘‘Foreign Military Financing Program’’, not less than $3,300,000,000 shall be available for grants only for Israel which shall be disbursed within 30 days of enactment of this Act: Provided, That to the extent that the Government of Israel requests that funds be used for such purposes, grants made available for Israel under this heading shall, as agreed by the United States and Israel, be available for advanced weapons systems, of which not less than $725,300,000 shall be available for the procurement in Israel of defense articles and defense services, including research and development.
  10. The bill authorizes half a billion dollars in military aid to Israel for “Iron Dome” and other missile defense systems: SEC. 8072. Of the amounts appropriated in this Act under the headings ‘‘Procurement, Defense-Wide’’ and ‘‘Research, Development, Test and Evaluation, Defense-Wide, $500,000,000 shall be for the Israeli Cooperative Programs.

The bill has passed through Congress, is written into law, and is on its way for Joe Biden’s signature. In other words, the US is willingly complicit in thousands of deaths already plus the impending deaths of some tens of thousands more innocent people. It is funding Israel’s war of extermination against the Palestinians and is opposed to any attempts by the Palestinians to either defend themselves or their interests as a people. It is shameful and our government is behaving monstrously, controlled by a foreign power that has thoroughly corrupted it. And the rot is spreading throughout our political system to include the death of our own right to freedom of speech. Only last week Governor Greg Abbott of Texas boasted of new legislation to stamp out alleged antisemitism and as criticism of Israel or the behavior of Jews is defined as being antisemitic it is likely that students demonstrating against the Jewish state and in support of Gaza will be expelled from universities and even prosecuted. And it is also reported that the Israel Lobby in the US is busy assembling a war chest of $100 million to fund the removal of politicians and other public figures who are critical of Israel. This is serious stuff that will affect all of us. Time to wake up America!

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on The Unz Review.

Philip M. Giraldi, Ph.D., is Executive Director of the Council for the National Interest, a 501(c)3 tax deductible educational foundation (Federal ID Number #52-1739023) that seeks a more interests-based U.S. foreign policy in the Middle East. Website is councilforthenationalinterest.org, address is P.O. Box 2157, Purcellville VA 20134 and its email is [email protected].

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: Displaced Palestinians take refuge at the Nasser Medical Complex in Khan Younis, southern Gaza, on 15 December. Ismael Mohamad UPI

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

It is virtually impossible to get good stillbirth data anywhere in the world, so this dataset is nothing short of miraculous.

A headline caught my eye two days ago. St. Albert is a small town next to Edmonton, about a 30 minute drive north of where I live. Tragically, the political representative is Alberta NDP Marie Renaud, who is an insane, far left extremist Communist.

April 23, 2024 – St. Albert Gazette – Steep rise in rate of stillbirth among young women in Alberta

“Rates of stillbirth have risen sharply among young women in Alberta. Health authorities say there are many possible reasons for the increase, as well as a need for further investigation.”

Brett McKay is a “local journalism initiative reporter” who has been able to get his hands on some stunning Alberta data, that I’m sure the health authorities did NOT want released.

Let’s look at the numbers very simply (above graph):

  • Age 15-19, 2019 (20.76) to 2023 (26.32) = 27% rise
  • Age 20-24, 2019 (8.88) to 2023 (12.91) = 45% rise
  • Age 25-29, 2019 (5.57) to 2022 (8.64) = 55% rise in 2022, 2023 (7.18) = 29% in 2023
  • Alberta average 2019 (7.33) to 2023 (9.43) = 29%

“Doctors Are Baffled” 

Alberta has had issues with syphilis on and off.

But it’s been very steady since 2019, so that doesn’t account for the latest surge in stillbirths.

“Robinson studied cases of congenital syphilis and stillbirth in Edmonton between 2015 and 2021. In every single case where congenital syphilis resulted in stillbirth, the mother did not get proper prenatal care and the infection wasn’t treated.”

“It’s nothing more complicated than that,” Robinson said. “If you go to the doctor when you are pregnant, and you get the blood work done, and you have syphilis, we treat it. But the problem with every single case, is that the mom never got the blood work done, or they couldn’t track her down so she never got treated.”

With treatment, Robinson said stillbirth is incredibly rare.

That which cannot be named. 

The article itself makes no mention of the COVID-19 Vaccine, which is fine, the data is sufficient and speaks for itself.

  • Age 15-19, 2019 (20.76) to 2023 (26.32) = 27% rise in stillbirths
  • Age 20-24, 2019 (8.88) to 2023 (12.91) = 45% rise in stillbirths
  • Age 25-29, 2019 (5.57) to 2022 (8.64) = 55% rise in 2022, 2023 (7.18) = 29% in 2023
  • Alberta average, 2019 (7.33) to 2023 (9.43) = 29% rise in stillbirths

My Take…

Once COVID-19 Vaccines rolled out, healthcare officials developed an absolute seething hatred for pregnant women

Any doctor or public health official who recommended COVID-19 mRNA Vaccines in pregancy is guilty of medical malpractice and much worse.

Here is an Alberta Health Services Official engaging in medical malpractice and medical malfeasance, in trying to harm as many pregnant women as she can (AHS COVID-19 Scientific Advisory Group Chair Dr.Lynora Saxinger). A video like this is evidence for future criminal charges.

Click here to watch the video

COVID-19 mRNA Vaccines have caused skyrocketing miscarriages and stillbirths.

When you see an increase in stillbirths of 55% in Alberta women ages 25-29 in 2023 and a 45% increase in stillbirths in Alberta women ages 20-24 in 2023, without any explanation (or even an attempt at an explanation), the data speaks for itself.

Another Alberta Health Services Official attempt to harm as many pregnant women as possible.

Click here to watch the video

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.

Featured image is from NaturalNews.com

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

How sweeping can the reach of imperialism become, and what extreme forms can it take? Can it even take such an atrocious form as to decide what people of other countries will eat? Can it become so draconian as to insist that people have to eat food that they do not consider to be safe, or are prevented from growing and eating food they consider to be safe? These are the extremely important questions at the heart of the intense debates on GM food in Mexico today. 

In a review of the existing situation titled ‘Mexico defends GM Corn restriction with Science’ the Institute for Agriculture and Trade Policy (IATP) has stated,

“Since Mexico imposed its restrictions on genetically modified (GM) corn in tortillas as precautionary measures to protect public health and corn biodiversity, the United States government has repeatedly justified its challenge to the policies under the countries’ trade agreement with the claim that Mexico’s policies are not based on science. Mexico has now filed its formal response to the U.S. in the trade dispute. Published March 5, Mexico shows that it has the latest independent science firmly on its side.” (Review written by Timothy Wise, March 14 2024).

As the Mexican government notes in its 200-page response,

“Far from there being a consensus on the safety of GMOs, scientific evidence points to various negative effects on health, on native corn and on the environment, derived from the cultivation and consumption of GM corn.” (119 –quotes from the document are italicized and cited here by their numbered paragraphs). 

 The IATP review has highlighted some of the most important quotes in the text of the Mexican government response, and some views of key academic, civil society and government leaders, who have been instrumental in the decades-long effort to stop GM corn and its companion herbicide glyphosate. 

This evidence collected and presented by the Mexico government includes:

Risks from direct consumption of GM corn: 13 pages of evidence that GM corn, particularly insect-resistant Bt varieties, poses potential health risks to humans through damage to the intestinal tract and other organs. The section includes 66 academic references from peer-reviewed journals. The documented risks arise from: direct exposure through foods; epigenetic changes that can be passed to the next generation; increased antibiotic resistance; and reduced nutritional content.

“Given the fundamental importance of corn as everyday staple food in Mexico, the population in Mexico is highly exposed and vulnerable to these risks due to the amount of corn grain consumed directly on a daily basis in the form of tortilla and other foods made with nixtamalized flour and dough.” (24)

“Although the United States has attempted to trivialize and dismiss this body of scientific evidence, Mexico’s assessment indicates that the risks are real and of particular concern to human health in Mexico.” (382)

Risks from consuming glyphosate residues on GM corn: 16 pages of evidence, including 74 academic references, on the elevated risks to Mexican consumers from glyphosate residues on GM corn. Those residues have been documented to be present in Mexican tortillas already, even though it is illegal to grow GM corn in Mexico and the country produces nearly all its own white and native corn for tortillas. That evidence of traces of glyphosate, presumably from imported GM corn, is one of the main reasons for the GM corn restrictions.

Mexico’s submission cites the growing mountain of evidence that direct exposure to glyphosate causes cancer, as jury after jury has found in damage cases against Monsanto and its owner Bayer.

Multiple academic references show risks from low-level exposures from residues on consumed food. “Mexico considers that the ingestion of residual glyphosate and other contaminants present through the direct consumption of GM corn grain represents a serious food safety risk in Mexico.” (174)

Lax U.S. regulatory processes that fail to ensure safety for Mexico: Mexico questions the U.S. presentation of the science claiming safety:

“The United States, far from proving that the measures identified are not based on science, presents information lacking scientific rigor, is outdated, or with conflicts of interest.” (230-235).

Many of the studies cited by the U.S. show conflicts of interest, indicating funding by biotech companies or researchers associated with biotech interests. U.S. regulatory standards are weak since they do not require animal studies or other safety assessments before a new GM variety is approved. The oft-cited “4,000+ studies that show GM safety” are rife with errors. Most come from companies’ own tests when they sought approval from U.S. regulators to commercialize new GM varieties. Few are peer-reviewed. Fewer are based on long-term animal feeding trials.

Mexico's quest for food sovereignty: An interview with Undersecretary of Agriculture Victor Suárez | IATP

Mexico highlights that the U.S. cannot produce a single academic study that shows that the long-term consumption of large quantities of minimally processed GM corn treated with glyphosate is safe to eat. That is why Mexico took the precautionary measures it did. As Mexico’s Undersecretary of Agriculture Victor Suárez told Reuters: 

“To this day we have not seen any scientific studies that have been presented by the U.S. and the companies on the safety of continued consumption over years. So there is no scientific basis for the U.S. and the companies to claim that their corn is safe.”

Mexico’s careful risk assessment in accordance with USMCA guidelines: Mexico presents ample evidence that it has indeed done the risk assessment required by the trade agreement and that the agreement gives Mexico the right to determine the levels of protection it deems necessary, then interpret the available science in light of that commitment.

 The absence of long-term studies with high levels of consumption forced Mexico to conduct its own risk assessment based on the available science. Mexico lists the documentation of that risk in a 31-page 2020 publication by the national science agency, which has been available for the U.S. government and the media to review. Mexico has constantly updated that evidence base in a publicly available databank that further informed its updated 2023 decree.

“The Risk Assessment evaluated the potential adverse effects on the health of Mexicans from the presence of contaminants, specifically glyphosate and GM proteins residues in foods made from GM corn commonly consumed by Mexicans.” (403)

Risks to native corn varieties from GM corn: Mexico also presents extensive evidence of the risks to native corn varieties from cross-pollination by GM corn, including a comprehensive study by NAFTA’s own environmental commission. Such contamination can undermine the genetic integrity of Mexico’s native corn varieties, which it argues is a unique and endangered natural resource valuable not just to Mexico but also to the world for future plant-breeding. Mexico cites 13 distinct national laws and international treaties that obligate it to protect native corn. That obligation includes a special exception in the current trade treaty that allows countries to take actions that guarantee cultural and Indigenous rights, of which native corn is considered an integral part.

The IATP review also quotes several experts who have praised Mexico’s response as a strong science-based justification for its policies: 

“Mexico presents ample scientific evidence on the risks to human health and the environment of consuming GM corn with residues of the herbicide glyphosate. The government of Mexico has every right to determine the appropriate level of protection to protect human health,” according to Fernando Bejarano, Ph.D., Red de Acción sobre Plaguicidas y Alternativas en México (RAPAM)/Pesticide Action Network in Mexico. 

“Mexicans are the largest consumers of corn, especially through tortillas. We have the right to prohibit the use of transgenic corn in the preparation of tortillas not only because of the presence of transgenic corn but also the higher concentrations of glyphosate residues. In addition, our country is the center of origin and diversity of corn, the basis of our culinary culture, which has been declared a world heritage site. We have the right to protect this food and this cultural asset,” stated Alejandro Calvillo, Poder del Consumidor.

“We welcome this vigorous defense of Mexico’s programs to transform its food system. The science they present backs up longstanding civil society campaigns for healthy foods and biodiverse agricultural systems. There’s a lot here that could contribute to more substantive debates on our food and agriculture system in the U.S., as well,” observed Karen Hansen-Kuhn, IATP’s director of trade and international strategies.

The IATP review concludes,

“Ever since Mexico first announced its intentions to limit GM corn and glyphosate in its tortilla chain, the U.S. government has asserted that Mexico’s policies are not based on science. Mexico’s comprehensive response refutes that claim, presenting hundreds of academic studies that show cause for concern about human health and the threat to native corn diversity.”

Another organization Canadian Biotechnology Action Network has published a report titled ‘Mexico’s Precaution on GM Corn Safety is Justified’ (see Food Tank, report written by Lucy Sharratt). 

This report says, ”The purpose of Mexico’s restrictions on GM corn is to safeguard the integrity of native corn from GM contamination and to protect human health. The purpose of the U.S. and Canadian challenge is to defend the interests of the biotechnology industry. The U.S. and Canada want to force Mexico to open its market to all genetically modified foods and seeds. Canada is supporting the U.S. challenge (as a third party in the dispute) even though Canada does not export any corn to Mexico.

“Mexico has the right to restrict the use of GM corn. The U.S. argues that Mexico’s actions are not based on scientific principles, but the government has sufficient science to justify its precautionary policies.

The Canadian Biotechnology Action Network (CBAN), is a large network of farmer and environmental groups that has been monitoring the use of genetically modified organisms (GMOs) for over 15 years, and it has extended strong support to Mexico’s restrictions. 

CBAN’s analysis shows that Mexico’s ban is supported by the science. “Research continues to find indicators of potential harm to humans from eating GM insect-resistant corn. The science also continues to warn of health impacts from exposure to the herbicide glyphosate which is used in GM corn production.

“Most GM corn plants are genetically modified to kill insect pests. The GM plants express a toxin from the soil bacteria Bacillus thuringiensis (Bt) that is known to harm the guts of specific types of insects but not others. Farmers have long used Bt as a spray to kill pests but the Bt toxins in GM crops are different from this natural Bt in structure, function, and biological effects. In fact, peer-reviewed studies across the scientific literature continue to find that Bt toxins in GM plants can harm insects (spiders, wasps, ladybugs, and lacewings, for example) that are not the intended targets.

Very recently “new peer-reviewed studies further found impacts of Bt where there was assumed to be none. For example, a 2023 study conducted by a team of researchers from universities in Brazil and Colombia, funded by the Brazilian government, found Bt had many significant impacts on the health of wasps, even affecting the next generation. University researchers in China and Pakistan also found lower diversity of bacteria in the gut of wolf spiders exposed to Bt. This adds to a laboratory test published in 2023, funded by the French government, that found a particular Bt toxin disrupts normal growth and functioning of gut cells in fruit flies, raising the possibility that Bt toxins could harm the intestinal lining of animals, including humans.

“To add to these results, a number of animal feeding trials also find that Bt toxins and GM Bt crops could have toxic effects on mammals. Toxic effects and indications of toxicity have variously been observed in the blood, stomach, small intestine, liver, kidney, spleen, and pancreas, as well as immune responses, though the mechanism is not clear from these studies. Critically, animal feeding studies are not required by the U.S. or Canadian governments in order to demonstrate GM food safety. In fact, there are very few long-term and multigenerational tests on animals in the scientific literature.

“But Bt toxicity is not the only safety concern. GM corn production is also tied to the use of glyphosate and other herbicides that are linked to serious health problems including neurological diseases and some cancers. The International Agency for Cancer Research of the World Health Organization classifies glyphosate is a “probable human carcinogen” and, as successful lawsuits against Bayer/Monsanto demonstrate, there is ample evidence that direct exposure to glyphosate-based herbicides can result in non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma in particular. Critically, evidence also points to danger from exposure to residues in food which is the concern highlighted by Mexico in relation to GM corn.

“…The U.S. and Canada essentially argue that if they have decided a genetically modified food is safe, then Mexico should agree.”

Clearly in such conditions of a difficult struggle for food safety the Mexican government, farmers and activists need widespread support from all over the world.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Bharat Dogra is Honorary Convener, Campaign to Save Earth Now. His recent books include ‘India’s Quest for Sustainable Farming and Healthy Food, 14 Questions on GM Crops, A Day in 2071 and Planet in Peril. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

The US Congress has approved a $95 billion bill for “aid” to Ukraine, Israel and Taiwan.

The Act was voted by a large bipartisan majority of Democrats and Republicans and provided $60.8 billion for Ukraine, $26.4 billion for Israel, and $8.1 billion for Taiwan in the Indo-Pacific region. The chairman of the Senate Armed Services, Republican Mike Rogers, said:

“China, Russia, and Iran are working together in a new Axis of Evil to damage our alliances and undermine our national security.”

President Biden, who immediately signed the Act, declared:

“It’s a good day for America, it’s a good day for Europe and it’s a good day for world peace.

It will make America safer. It will make the world safer and continue America’s leadership.”


Washington Post

 


Jo Biden then added concerning Israel:

“My commitment to Israel, I want to make it clear once again, is ironclad. Israel’s security is paramount. I will always ensure that Israel has what it needs to defend itself from Iran and the terrorists it supports.”

This Act fuels wars and war preparations from Europe to the Middle East and East Asia against Russia, Iran, Palestine, China, and other countries, and further strengthens the US military.

Of the 60 billion in “aid” to Ukraine, 48 billion finance the US Armed Forces: 23.2 billion dollars are intended to replenish US stockpiles of weapons used to arm Ukraine; $11.3 billion is earmarked for current U.S. military operations in the region;

13.8 billion dollars are intended for the purchase of advanced weapon systems, materials, and defence services. At the same time, the Act requires that US allies, including Italy, pay their “fair share” of the costs of war against the “new Axis of Evil.”

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published in Italian on Grandangolo, Byoblu TV.

Manlio Dinucci, award winning author, geopolitical analyst and geographer, Pisa, Italy.

He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization.

Featured image source

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

 

 

Free speech only comes into its own when you freely consent to hear what you hate to hear.

When everyone is singing from the same songbook, it sure may sound mighty sweet – but it is not free speech. It then becomes a type of cackle of congregating geese or perhaps even the synchronized song of several robins of early spring, singing the same song together.

Except for the robins themselves (or perhaps even for them!), this would become insufferably boring after the first full flush of amorous feeling.

It is the multitudinous, different tones and timbres and pitches of birdsong that has been the stuff of the poet’s longing and the spurned lover’s consolation when he walks in the woods alone. In comparing the song of the skylark to that of the nightingale and several other choristers of the skies and choosing one (Shelley, the skylark) or the other (Keats, the nightingale), we may join the poet in the exercise of free choice that follows the exercise of free speech.

For those of us who have resolved to fight the good fight of freedom, for those of us who believe in the right to protest and the right to free speech, we must support free speech anywhere, everywhere, even in our universities. Especially in our universities.

We don’t have to agree with those who protest. We may even detest their views with all our hearts. But we of all people must uphold their right to protest. To protest in peace is a fundamental right. It follows from the right to free speech and it is deeply indebted to our Christian civilization and the bequeathing to us of the ability to choose life or death, blessing or curse, for ourselves.

The present, widespread turmoil in American universities is not new.

It follows a glorious tradition of civil disobedience and protest which has inspired generations of Americans.

Quintessentially, Americans have seen themselves as blessed among the nations in their ability to protest in the hallowed grounds of their institutions of higher education and exercise their “first amendment rights.”

That ancient incubator of new ideas which is the university, has nowhere seen as much of the ever present tension between free speech and tyranny, as in America.

The people of the Western world are coming round to the idea at last, that children in Gaza must be protected from harm

  • from having their limbs and faces blown off,
  • from being burned and incinerated by bombs dropped from the skies;
  • from undergoing ampuations without anesthesia;
  • from being orphaned and seeing adults dying slow, painful deaths all around them;
  • from dying of hunger and thirst;
  • and from being shot and bombed to death themselves -with 15,000 of them killed so far, in the space of just six months.

Normal people, who have not lost their common humanity cry out in despair and shake their fists with anger at the powers that have allowed this demonic travesty to happen.

And most people, upon witnessing what is happening to the trapped children in the besieged, bombed and battered city of Gaza are, (in the words of Roger Waters, the Pink Floyd frontman), “on the edge of tears.”

But the cowardly powers behind the throne seem to think they can literally get away with murder.

The chicken hawk Speaker of the American House has lately put his satanic stamp upon sending 61 billion dollars to the killing fields of Ukraine (where 300+ billion dollars to Ukraine so far has not stopped the Russian advance) and several billion dollars to Israel, which will be used to kill more children in Gaza with American bombs.

The world was treated to the curious spectacle in the august hall of Jeffersonian democracy a week ago, when, after unleashing the dogs of war, members of congress started waving little Ukrainian flags no less! Mr. Blinken, America’s secretary of state is acting like a blinking, blundering, but dangerous fool – and there is no coherence or common sense at all that comes out of the mouths of our “leaders” – Trudeau, Biden, Sunak, Macron, Scholz, all seem to be under an evil spell.

Students in numerous American universities have now decided that enough is indeed enough – and for the last week, have been protesting peacefully in Yale, Harvard, Columbia, Cornell, Brown, Berkeley, Emory and numerous other universities.

Tyrannies feel particularly threatened by peaceful student protests, since they know that nothing short of brute and crude force will be able to suppress them (temporarily). They also know from recent history that American student protests spread with an organic intensity and fervour from university to university – and then to the public at large.

And when American students have spoken their free speech with just cause, the tyranny knows that a whole generation of people have been inspired to stand up for liberty, for freedom, for peace over war and for love over prejudice and hate. The tyranny trembles at the sounds of students marching or camping in protest.

Predictably therefore, the Biden tyranny, together with kindred powers acting in the shadows, have unleashed the full might of the state against peaceful students protesting on behalf of helpless children being killed, maimed and orphaned in Gaza.

Heavily armed police have been terrorizing peaceful students and their faculty on numerous campuses around America. Hundreds of students have been violently arrested. Once again, there is a disconnect between the Presidents, Deans and overpaid, elite university heads – and the students and faculty of these universities. Yesterday, the faculty of Yale wrote a poignant, powerful letter in support of first amendment rights, free speech, academic freedom and peaceful, student protests.

Opponents of free speech love zero-sum games, which help to simplify for themselves, the process of demonizing those they do not agree with.

The present zero-sum game they play is that the student protests in America are “anti-semitic” (while children are actually being killed in Gaza). In fact, Jewish students constitute a sizeable part of the student body protesting the killing of children in Gaza – this of course, destroys the zero-sum narrative that the protesting students are “terrorists” or “muslims” or “left wing, anti-semitic nuts.” The Yale faculty letter for example, points out that the Jewish group, “Yale Jews for Ceasefire” are a prominent part of the student protests at Yale. And yesterday, an 88 year old Jewish, holocaust survivor gave a moving, inspiring speech to protesting Columbia students.

In Columbia University, which is turning into the epicentre of the student protests, Jewish students have joined their non-Jewish peers in protest and have been arrested along with them, for peacefully protesting the slaughter in Gaza.

The zero-sum game of the charlatans who oppose campus free speech and protest and seek to demonize their opponents, is falling apart.

As in past American campus protest movements, those who are now protesting for humanity and the children of Gaza, bear watching – many of them will be tomorrow’s leaders, many of them will be hailed as heroes who stood and wept with those who weep and tenaciously defied the tyranny on behalf of those who had no voice of their own (the children of Gaza).

We, who love freedom and free speech, must be on guard – lest we fall victim ourselves to the same intolerant and dictatorial attitudes that have always characterized opponents of free speech, from the Bolsheviks in the Soviet Union, to Trudeau’s police tyranny that was unleashed on the Truckers Freedom Convoy.

The quote wrongly attributed to Voltaire (and which was actually first uttered by the English author Evelyn Beatrice Hall) should be the rallying cry of those who oppose the views of the protesting students (but still value free speech and freedom of conscience): “I may disapprove of what you say, but I will defend to the death your right to say it”

Much better, those of us on the side of freedom and humanity should join the students in solidarity, admiration and prayer. Their idealism speaks to us of the better way, a better world that beckons beyond the noise and strife of war and slaughter.

“Blessed are the peacemakers, for they shall be called the children of God.”

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. Francis Christian is a poet, surgeon, scientist. 

Featured image: Courtesy Robin Monnoti’s X feed

Israel’s Anti-UNRWA Campaign Falls Flat

April 28th, 2024 by Dr. Binoy Kampmark

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

The Israeli authorities, in their campaign of remorseless killing, doctoring and adjusting the numbers of the Palestinian populace for whatever future awaits, have been found wanting on accusations that Hamas terrorists packed, stacked and filled UNRWA (the United Nations Relief and Works Agency for Palestine Refugees in the Near East).

Not that this, in of itself, negates the need to feed, clothe and provide medical assistance to Palestinians being pummelled into oblivion. Or avoid committing war crimes against them. Or avoid starving, humiliating, and degrading them through administrative fiat and bureaucratic oppression. By any estimation, bad apples do not destroy the entire crop, and still need harvesting.

From the outset, Israel asserted that 12 such individuals in UNRWA had participated in the October 7 attacks by Hamas, sharing the sparse details on January 29 with media outlets. The grateful recipients of the alleged scandal proceeded to gorge on the thin morsel comprising a few pages. The Financial Times, for instance, wrote of Israel’s ministry of foreign affairs having “something explosive on their agenda”, even if 12 suspects from a Gaza complement of 13,000 would have barely caused a ripple in any other circumstance.

Fifteen donor governments, in a fit of stretched moral outrage, froze promised funding, insisting that investigations by the organisation be undertaken.  The UN’s Office of International Oversight Services immediately commenced an investigation while US$444 million was withheld from an aid agency that has assisted dispossessed Palestinians for three-quarters of a century.

On February 5, the UN Secretary General António Guterres announced that an independent panel would assess “whether the agency is doing everything within its power to ensure neutrality and to respond to allegations of serious breaches when they are made.”  The panel, chaired by former French Foreign Minister Catherine Colonna, and also comprising the work of the Raoul Wallenberg Institute in Sweden, the Chr. Michelsen Institute in Norway, and the Danish Institute for Human Rights, released its findings on April 22.

The full report, titled “Independent review of mechanisms and procedures to ensure adherence by UNRWA to the humanitarian principle of neutrality”, was marked by a total absence of cooperation from Israeli authorities.  Two requests from the Colonna-led inquiry in March and April requesting names and details to support Israel’s allegations died in silence.

In its findings, UNRWA was found to have, in place, “a significant number of mechanisms and procedures to ensure compliance with the humanitarian principles, with the emphasis on the principle of neutrality, and that it possesses a more developed approach to neutrality than other similar UN or NGO entities.”

It also noted that staff lists, comprising names and functions, are shared on an annual basis with Lebanon, Jordan, Syria, Israel and the US for East Jerusalem, Gaza and the West Bank. It falls on the states in question “to alert UNRWA of any information that may deem a staff member unworthy of diplomatic immunity.” The report further notes that “the Israeli Government has not informed UNRWA of any concerns relating to any UNRWA staff based on these staff lists since 2011.” Regarding the March 2024 list, Israel made public allegations “that a significant number of UNRWA employees are members of terrorist organizations.  However, Israel has yet to provide supporting evidence of this.”

The report does not ignore the challenges facing the agency in the Gaza Strip, one made more complex since Hamas took over the reins of the territory in 2007.  It found, generally, that the agency had been admirable in maintaining its neutrality in such trying circumstances, though identified eight “critical areas” for improvement, among them addressing the neutrality of education, the political position of staff unions, staff and behaviour, and management and internal oversight mechanisms. UNRWA schools, for instance, were not found to be breeding grounds of antisemitism, though some “host-country textbooks with problematic content” were being used in them.  Other areas needing rectification are unlikely to be taken, given the need for Israeli cooperation.

As the report’s executive summary notes,

“In the absence of a political solution between Israel and the Palestinians, UNRWA remains pivotal in providing life-saving humanitarian aid and essential social services, particularly in health and education, to Palestinian refugees in Gaza, Jordan, Lebanon, Syria and the West Bank.”

Despite refusing to furnish any solid evidence, Israel was already preparing the ground for refusal and refutation ahead of the release.  Any findings would be ignored with a fanatic’s adamance.  While the country jumps at every opportunity to conduct investigations into its own military misconduct at the drop of hat, with the inevitable exonerations, no external review would convince them.  Nothing short of the destruction of the agency would satisfy the objectives of the Israeli state.

In March, The Guardian quoted one Israeli diplomatic source (nameless, naturally) as claiming that a “double game” was being played by Hamas and the agency, “so much so that UNRWA is a Hamas strategic asset.”  Another nameless diplomatic source was of the view that the aid agency was “so penetrated in Gaza, it cannot be repaired.  This is the policy of the state of Israel.  We want to see an end to UNRWA activity in Gaza.  This is not a case of a few bad apples.  It is systemic, consistent and cannot be ignored.”  Out, it would seem, with the entire orchard.

Presumption can therefore take the position of hard fact, a point made crystal clear in another round of allegations (no evidence supplied about that either) that 2,135 UNRWA staff were supposedly members of Hamas, of whom 400 were alleged to be active fighters.

From the perspective of lusty warmongers, UNRWA remains an obstacle, a nuisance, a nightmare of reminder to those wishing to be done with the Palestinian issue once and for all.  May it continue to thrive, and, more ever, may its funders finally wise up to the fact that in the viciousness of conflict, civilians should never have to pay the price for military actions undertaken by others.  Unfortunately, three months after, and a human-confected famine ravaging Gaza even as the killings continue, various donor countries such as the United States, Germany and the UK are still minding their wallets.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. Binoy Kampmark was a Commonwealth Scholar at Selwyn College, Cambridge.  He currently lectures at RMIT University.  He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). Email: [email protected] 

Featured image source

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

A drone attack against the capital of the Republic of Belarus, Minsk, was neutralized by local defense forces, avoiding a serious tragedy. The UAVs departed from Lithuania – a NATO country that is home to several Belarusian expatriate terrorists who since 2020 have been promising to wage a civil war against the legitimate government of Aleksandr Lukashenko. The incident clearly shows the danger posed by these groups and how irresponsible and provocative Western countries are by sheltering, training and financing them.

On April 25, Ivan Tertel, head of the Committee for State Security (KGB), stated that a plot to attack Minsk and neighboring cities with combat drones had been disrupted by Belarusian intelligence. His speech took place during the All-Belarussian People’s Assembly, one of the most important political events in the country, which took place between April 24 and 25, bringing together representatives from all sectors of Belarusian society in Minsk. It is very likely that the attack was aimed at preventing the event from taking place properly.

Since the precise date of the attack was not revealed – which is usual procedure in security matters – it is not possible to know whether the attackers’ plan was to cancel the Assembly or target the meetings during the event, killing Belarusian public figures. What seems clear is that the importance of the Assembly to the Belarusian people appears to have been one of the main reasons for the terrorist incursion.

During his speech, Tertel warned about the risk of a serious escalation in regional tensions, given the hostile and provocative stance of NATO countries. He emphasized that Minsk has a neutral and peaceful stance in current conflicts, but the Collective West acts in a hostile manner because it does not tolerate friendly relations and mutual cooperation between the Republic of Belarus and the Russian Federation.

According to him, the US and its European allies plan to control Belarus completely, capturing the country’s wealth and turning it into a satellite state – something similar to what happened to Ukraine in 2014. The states that cooperate the most with the US to provoke Minsk are neighboring countries that have engaged in Russophobic hatred, such as Poland, the Baltic states and Ukraine. These countries are even protecting terrorists who publicly want to start a civil war in Belarus.

These terrorist groups are mainly formed by expatriate fascist militants from Belarus. In 2020, NATO financed an attempted color revolution in Minsk, co-opting nationalist militants to take to the streets and lead mass demonstrations against the legitimacy of the presidential electoral process. The country’s security forces acted efficiently and managed to neutralize the regime change attempt, which led the most radical militants to flee the country and seek shelter and financing in states such as Ukraine and NATO countries.

Ultranationalist organizations include groups such as Bypol, one of the most dangerous neo-Nazi militias in Europe. Bypol has already claimed responsibility for several terrorist attacks in Belarus, including drone attacks against the country’s capital. More than that, Bypol’s leaders have publicly admitted that their intention is to return to the territory of Belarus and start a civil war so that they can overthrow Lukashenko. Considering that there are members of Bypol in Lithuania, it is very likely that the group is also behind the latest attempted UAV incursion against Minsk.

Tertel warned in his recent speech that radical expatriate militias are currently developing advanced capabilities for using military drones – largely due to cooperation with NATO armies. He also warned of the direct action of Ukrainian intelligence in crimes committed by expatriates. According to Tertel, there are around one thousand Belarusian dissidents currently in Ukraine preparing for raids on the border with Belarus.

The official believes that the rebels plan to create a parallel [US-puppet] state on the borders. After attacking Belarus, Bypol and other militias want to establish territories inaccessible to Minsk’s forces, creating a kind of “new country”, which is expected to be able to continue fighting the official government in the long term in a permanent civil war. This plan would allow terrorists to destabilize the Russian strategic environment for a long time.

However, this project seems to be utterly unrealistic, considering the high combat and intelligence capacities of the Belarussian forces. It must be remembered, since 2023, more than 40 terrorist operations involving these nationalist groups have been neutralized – which shows that, despite the efforts of the West, Minsk continues to keep the situation absolutely under control.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Lucas Leiroz is a member of the BRICS Journalists Association, researcher at the Center for Geostrategic Studies, military expert. You can follow Lucas on X (former Twitter) and Telegram. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from InfoBrics

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

Back in December last year, the United States announced that it wanted to deploy “Skynet-style weapons” against its geopolitical adversaries. The relevant reports revealed that the Pentagon is even using new military nomenclature for such a system, calling it ADA2 or all-domain attritable autonomous weapons (not to be confused with the similarly named A2/AD or anti-access/area denial weapons). At the time, I argued that when such programs have advanced nomenclature, it clearly implies that the said weapon systems are already deeply ingrained in the emerging US strategy. The latest revelations by the infamous neoliberal mouthpiece, The New York Times, just confirmed my hypothesis by revealing that the Pentagon is using advanced AI (artificial intelligence) to “kill Russian troops”. Precisely in those terms.

In a piece titled “In Ukraine, New American Technology Won the Day. Until It Was Overwhelmed“, David E. Sanger, a White House and national security reporter, reveals the disturbing details about Project Maven which was “meant to revolutionize modern warfare”.

Sanger questioned the program’s ability to “turn the tide”, but still went on to explain how it works. Namely, back in 2018, Google started a $9 million project to develop an advanced AI system that would help the US military fight wars by using drone footage to easily determine enemy positions. Sanger then goes on to a laughable “moral high ground” rant that this idea supposedly “triggered a full-scale revolt” and “uproar” on the Google campus, as “engineers and other Google employees argued that the company should have nothing to do with Project Maven”.

Still, according to Sanger’s admission, “Project Maven didn’t die — it just moved to other contractors”. Obviously, the US will never give up on the idea of finding “shiny” new ways of killing people around the world. The program has grown exponentially since then and is actively being tested in Ukraine, where the Pentagon is sharing battlefield data directly with the Neo-Nazi junta forces.

Sanger further admitted that the “results are mixed”, as Project Maven gave “generals and commanders a new way to put a full picture of Russia’s movements and communications into one big, user-friendly picture, employing algorithms to predict where troops are moving and where attacks might happen”, but that it’s questionable whether it will “help turn the tide of the war at a moment when the Russians regained momentum“.

Interestingly, Sanger also admits that the NATO-orchestrated conflict in Ukraine became a “testing ground for Project Maven and other rapidly evolving technologies”. He said that US drones were “blown out of the sky with ease“, but that this helped the Pentagon to realize that it needs to build a massive network of military satellites identical to those of Elon Musk’s Starlink. It should be noted that, despite Musk’s posturing as a “pacifist genius” billionaire, he’s just another US military contractor helping Washington DC to continue its unceasing aggression against the world. SpaceX has long been involved with the Pentagon, virtually since its very inception, so it can only be expected that its technologies are being used for military purposes. After all, Musk bragged about “preventing Crimean mini-Pearl Harbor” by denying its usage to the Kiev regime.

Meanwhile, NATO military personnel, particularly American and British, were deployed in Ukraine to help their Neo-Nazi junta proxies to use the new advanced AI system in “exploring new ways of finding and exploiting Russian vulnerabilities, even while US officials try to navigate legal restraints about how deeply they can become involved in targeting and killing Russian troops”. This is yet another confirmation of numerous claims by my colleagues and me that NATO is directly involved in targeting Moscow’s soldiers, as there’s no “layered way of killing someone”. You’re either doing it or not. This is hardly surprising, given the fact that some Western top-ranking officers are openly bragging about their direct participation in attacking Russian forces. This admission alone could easily serve as a legitimate casus belli for the Kremlin.

And to say nothing of NATO’s terrorist attacks on Russian civilians, orchestrated through its Kiev regime puppets with the goal of not only causing religious and ethnic unrest in Russia, but also provoking Moscow to launch retaliatory strikes against the belligerent alliance itself, so that the political West could then present its direct confrontation with the Eurasian giant as supposed “defense”. Knowing all this surely makes one wonder if the true meaning of the infamous “NATO” acronym is actually “Nazi American Terrorist Organization”, as this perfectly encompasses everything it genuinely stands for. As the geopolitical (and, in many ways, literal) outgrowth of the Third Reich and the Axis powers, it might as well rename itself to this, as nothing would really change, except that it would be honest in at least one thing about itself.

Sanger’s further revelations only reinforce this notion, although he continued with futile attempts to mask this essentially illegal weaponized AI program with laughable euphemisms, such as that “Project Maven quickly became the standout success among the Pentagon’s many efforts to tiptoe into algorithmic warfare”. And indeed, using phrases such as “tiptoeing into algorithmic warfare” is not a very good way to conceal what can only be described as Skynet-style terrorism. The Pentagon itself also bragged that Project Maven is a way for the US to “harness its competitive advantage in technology to maintain superiority over Russia and China in an era of renewed superpower rivalries”. This is yet another confirmation that Washington DC will stop at nothing to remain relevant in the geopolitical arena, regardless of the means.

As for Google’s “non-involvement for moral reasons”, that too turned out to be a blatant lie, as Sanger himself stated that Eric Schmidt, one of the corporation’s top-ranking officials, is now “drawing on lessons from Ukraine to develop a new generation of autonomous drones that could revolutionize warfare”. So much for the “full-scale revolt” and “uproar” over using advanced AI as a weapon. And yet, although Sanger essentially presented Project Maven as some sort of a “quiet, invisible wunderwaffe”, the reality on the ground is starkly different. Namely, the Pentagon is frustrated by Russia’s ability to quickly adapt to these new weapon systems, disrupting or completely nullifying their ability to change the situation on the battlefield. Sanger singled out Moscow’s world-class electronic warfare (EW) capabilities as the primary issue.

According to his own admission, Russian EW systems have effectively turned American drones into plastic junk. Worse yet for the Pentagon, the grossly overhyped HIMARS is often jammed, with its rockets and missiles rendered useless. The US military and NATO are trying to figure out how Moscow is achieving this, so they could “one day use it against the Russian military directly”, but what their planners have managed to gather so far is that Russia’s EW edge is forcing the political West to revert to “the brutality of old-fashioned trench warfare, the results of which are rarely what Pentagon planners expect”. Sanger also stated that “Starlink is often the only thing connecting Ukrainian soldiers to headquarters, or to one another”, once again clearly implicating Elon Musk and showing that he’s little more than an arms dealer.

Sanger also quoted former Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, General Mark Milley, who said that “for a while we thought this would be a cyberwar, then we thought it was looking like an old-fashioned World War II tank war, but then there were days when it seemed as though they were fighting World War I”. This demonstrates the Kremlin’s ability to not only rapidly adapt to the situation on the ground, but also shape up the battlefield the way it sees fit, leaving entire teams of US/NATO planners dumbfounded as to what doctrine to use in any given situation. Busy with its aggression against the world that mostly includes bullying largely helpless opponents, the political West has completely ignored entire aspects of conventional warfare, foolishly thinking that much of it is supposedly “outdated”.

The US military uses one of its bases “more than a thousand miles west of Ukraine, deep inside an American base in the heart of Europe” (suggesting that it’s most likely in Germany) as an intelligence-gathering center “that has become the focal point of the effort to bring the allies and the new technology together to target Russian forces”. Once again, a clear admission of NATO’s direct involvement in the Ukrainian conflict. However, Sanger conceded that “visitors are discouraged in ‘the Pit’, as the center is known”. He also admits that US officials “rarely discuss its existence”, partly for security concerns, but “mostly because the operation raises questions about how deeply involved America is in the day-to-day business of finding and killing Russian troops”. And here it is again, Washington DC casually playing with WW3.

Sanger then described an event from the very first days of the special military operation (SMO), when a US military official and a senior general of the Neo-Nazi junta forces met at the Polish border, where the latter was presented with the Project Maven technology. Worse yet, the US officer demonstrated the way it works by essentially directing attacks on Russian troops. The Pentagon also transferred the technology to the Kiev regime forces, which are now using commercial satellite firms such as Maxar and Planet Labs, as well as data from various social media networks. Sanger says that “this flow of information helped Ukraine target Russia’s artillery”, but the Pentagon complains that the “initial hope that the picture of the battlefield would flow to soldiers in the trenches, connected to phones or tablets, has never been realized”.

The key is Starlink, meaning that the US military needs a constellation of thousands (if not tens of thousands) of small satellites that would provide constant ISR (intelligence, surveillance, reconnaissance) coverage. Sanger once again said that former Google CEO Schmidt was directly involved in funding this “pilot project” of sorts, since Ukraine serves as the testing ground for such technologies. The plan is to create a swarm of drones that would overwhelm Russian air defenses and pave the way for larger systems such as missiles to attack high-value targets. InfoBRICS reported on similar projects by NATO (specifically the United Kingdom) during the early stages of the SMO. It’s very likely these were part of a similar (if not the same) weapons program. However, once again, as it turned out, the Russian military’s EW “would like a word”.

The Neo-Nazi junta’s hopes of getting a NATO-backed “technological edge” over the Kremlin not only ended up in smoke, but also forced it to rely even more on basic weapons, artillery munitions and drones, all fields in which Moscow maintains a manifold advantage. Worse yet for the political West, Russia quickly learned the source of this technology and also realized that NATO would need to militarize space in order to use it strategically. In response, it rapidly developed and deployed a plethora of advanced anti-satellite (ASAT) weapons, be it on land, in air or in space. It’s also working together with China to ensure that the political West cannot jeopardize their national security interests. All this is yet another proof that shooting down NATO’s ISR assets is both justified and necessary, as it saves lives from its terrorist methods.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Drago Bosnic is an independent geopolitical and military analyst. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from InfoBrics

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

Despite almost zero coverage in the mainstream corporate media, this sea change in the way transactions are conducted has been decades in the making and will end the concept of privacy and anonymity

*

The era of cash money is nearing its end, and with it will come the end of privacy.

The World Economic Forum claims that 98 percent of the world’s central banks have agreed to implement the globalists’ long-awaited dream of a cashless society.

Most central banks, such as the U.S. Federal Reserve, are quasi-government institutions owned privately by billionaire bankers.

And the WEF is not the first to reveal the plans of the globalist elite, which have been preparing for years to eliminate paper fiat currencies. But this latest report indicates the grand plan is now very close to being realized, perhaps just awaiting a triggering event – a Black Swan event of some type – before making the switch to “digital cash.”

As first reported by Slay News, the latest revelation was made in a new white paper from the WEF which declares that nations around the world will soon be “forced” to adopt a central bank digital currency, or CBDC, in place of traditional money.

In the report, titled Modernizing Financial Markets With Wholesale Central Bank Digital Currency, the WEF asserts that a CBCD will replace all other forms of money to serve as a single global digital currency system.

It makes sense that when the petro dollar collapses, all paper currencies pegged to it will fall like dominoes.

This has been hinted at for many years, with perhaps the most clear indication coming from economist Dr. Pippa Malmgren in March 2022, when she addressed the World Governments Summit and said:

“And I’ll say this boldly, we’re about to abandon the traditional system of money and accounting and introduce a new one. And the new, the new accounting is what we call blockchain. It means digital. It means having an almost perfect record of every single transaction that happens in the economy, which will give us far greater clarity over what’s going on.”

Digital cash is not cash at all. It is not only digital but programmable, meaning some higher authority has the ability to turn it on and off, or program it in such a way that makes it applicable only at certain stores or for certain goods and services, not others.

The WEF report states:

“CeBM is ideal for systemically important transactions despite the emergence of alternative payment instruments. Wholesale central bank digital currency (wCBDC) is a form of CeBM that could unlock new economic models and integration points that are not possible today.”

The report focuses on the claimed goal of streamlining cross-border transactions, but it’s much more than that.

According to the WEF, central banks are preparing to deploy different forms of CBDCs specifically designed to be used by different institutions for different reasons.

Wholesale CBDCs will be used by banks, governments, and transnational corporations. Retail CBDCs will be reserved for the general public.

The WEF report also confirms what we already knew, that converting to this new digital system means all physical assets will eventually be “tokenized,” in a scheme meant to bring more billions in profits to elites on Wall Street.

“The tokenization of assets involves creating digital tokens representing underlying assets like real estate, equities, digital art, intellectual property, and even cash.

“Tokenization is a key use case for blockchain, with some estimates pointing towards $4-5 trillion in tokenized securities on DLTa by 2030.”

Doesn’t that sound like fun?

And I’m sure our beloved politicians will protect us from these monsters, right?

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

Speaking at the United Nations Security Council; Larry Johnson, a seasoned veteran of the CIA and State Department, as he dissects the Nord Stream pipeline sabotage.

With stakes higher than ever in global politics, Johnson brings his expertise in intelligence, counterterrorism, and financial investigations to bear on this politically charged quandary.

As we navigate the murky waters of international relations, his insights offer clarity on the necessity of a comprehensive and transparent probe led by the United Nations Security Council, drawing upon the legacy of President Truman’s pursuit of peace.

In a narrative that is as riveting as it is enlightening, Johnson stitches together the logistical and strategic threads behind the Nord Stream attack. His call for an unspoiled evidence chain and his expertise in financial forensics underscore the importance of untangling this complex web to maintain the delicate balance of international relations.

By scrutinizing the response of NATO countries and paralleling historical events like the Pan Am 103 bombing, our discussion elevates the conversation surrounding global security dynamics and the quest for truth in an age of uncertainty.

Join us for a session that not only enlightens but also imparts the gravity of leadership in the face of adversity.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image is a screenshot from the video